Remove roocode.com web app (#12375)

* Remove contributor and community references

* shutdown notice

* Allow empty web app test suite

.changeset/add-openai-gpt-5-4-mini-nano.md

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
----
-"roo-cline": patch
-"@roo-code/types": patch
----
-
-Add support for OpenAI `gpt-5.4-mini` and `gpt-5.4-nano` models.

.changeset/v3.52.0.md

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-"roo-cline": minor
----
-
-- Add Poe as an AI provider so users can access Poe models directly in Roo Code (PR #12015 by @kamilio)
-- Improve the xAI provider by migrating it to the Responses API with reusable transform utilities (#11961 by @carlesso, PR #11962 by @carlesso)
-- Fix MiniMax model listings and context window handling for more reliable configuration (#11999 by @Rexarrior, PR #12069 by @Rexarrior)
-- Add xAI Grok-4.20 models and update the default xAI model selection (#11955 by @carlesso, PR #11956 by @carlesso)
-- Add OpenAI GPT-5.4 mini and nano models to expand the available OpenAI model lineup (PR #11946 by @PeterDaveHello)
-- Chore: include the automated version bump PR from the previous release cycle for complete release accounting (PR #11892 by @app/github-actions)

.changeset/v3.54.0.md

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+---
+"roo-cline": minor
+---
+
+- Remove: Roo Code Cloud and eval infrastructure from the extension, CLI, workflows, and package surfaces so the release is focused on the standalone extension (PR #12328 by @mrubens)
+- Remove: All telemetry collection and analytics plumbing across the extension, website, shared types, provider flows, and related tests (PR #12324 by @mrubens)
+- Remove: MDM and organization membership enforcement, including host wiring, webview state, user-facing messages, and locale strings (PR #12323 by @mrubens)
+- Remove: The MCP marketplace, marketplace services, webview marketplace UI, package contributions, and related localized copy (PR #12326 by @mrubens)
+- Update: Extension-facing support, diagnostics, and announcement content for the final Roo Code release, including GitHub help paths and links to Roomote, ZooCode, and Cline (PR #12341 by @brunobergher)
+- Add: A cleaned docs app with GitHub Pages deployment support (PR #12344 by @brunobergher)
+- Fix: Configure the docs GitHub Pages base URL so deployed assets and canonical paths load correctly under the repository Pages path (PR #12370 by @mrubens)
+- Update: Point docs links in the root README, localized READMEs, and web app copy to the current GitHub Pages docs URL (PR #12371 by @mrubens)
+- Remove: Stale `roocode.github.io` docs references, including the old CNAME and outdated docs README and robots.txt URLs (PR #12372 by @mrubens)
+- Update: The website to focus almost entirely on the Roo Code extension and remove cloud, team, enterprise, provider, pricing, Slack, and Linear product pages (PR #12180 by @brunobergher)
+- Remove: Contributor, community, social channel, and tutorial references from README files, docs, website copy, issue templates, and workflows (PR #12347 by @brunobergher)

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.yml

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ body:
     attributes:
       value: |
         ---
-        Optional (for contributors): You can stop here if you're just proposing the improvement.
+        Optional: You can stop here if you're just proposing the improvement.
 
   - type: textarea
     id: acceptance-criteria

.github/pull_request_template.md

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-Thank you for contributing to Roo Code!
-
-Before submitting your PR, please ensure:
-- It's linked to an approved GitHub Issue.
-- You've reviewed our [Contributing Guidelines](../CONTRIBUTING.md).
--->
-
-### Related GitHub Issue
-
-<!-- Every PR MUST be linked to an approved issue. -->
-
-Closes: # <!-- Replace with the issue number, e.g., Closes: #123 -->
-
-### Roo Code Task Context (Optional)
-
-<!--
-If you used Roo Code to help create this PR, you can share public task links here.
-This helps reviewers understand your development process and provides additional context.
-Example: https://app.roocode.com/share/task-id
--->
-
-### Description
-
-<!--
-Briefly summarize the changes in this PR and how they address the linked issue.
-The issue should cover the "what" and "why"; this section should focus on:
-- The "how": key implementation details, design choices, or trade-offs made.
-- Anything specific reviewers should pay attention to in this PR.
--->
-
-### Test Procedure
-
-<!--
-Detail the steps to test your changes. This helps reviewers verify your work.
-- How did you test this specific implementation? (e.g., unit tests, manual testing steps)
-- How can reviewers reproduce your tests or verify the fix/feature?
-- Include relevant testing environment details if applicable.
--->
-
-### Pre-Submission Checklist
-
-<!-- Go through this checklist before marking your PR as ready for review. -->
-
-- [ ] **Issue Linked**: This PR is linked to an approved GitHub Issue (see "Related GitHub Issue" above).
-- [ ] **Scope**: My changes are focused on the linked issue (one major feature/fix per PR).
-- [ ] **Self-Review**: I have performed a thorough self-review of my code.
-- [ ] **Testing**: New and/or updated tests have been added to cover my changes (if applicable).
-- [ ] **Documentation Impact**: I have considered if my changes require documentation updates (see "Documentation Updates" section below).
-- [ ] **Contribution Guidelines**: I have read and agree to the [Contributor Guidelines](/CONTRIBUTING.md).
-
-### Screenshots / Videos
-
-<!--
-For UI changes, please provide before-and-after screenshots or a short video of the *actual results*.
-This greatly helps in understanding the visual impact of your changes.
--->
-
-### Documentation Updates
-
-<!--
-Does this PR necessitate updates to user-facing documentation?
-- [ ] No documentation updates are required.
-- [ ] Yes, documentation updates are required. (Please describe what needs to be updated or link to a PR in the docs repository).
--->
-
-### Additional Notes
-
-<!-- Add any other context, questions, or information for reviewers here. -->
-
-### Get in Touch
-
-<!--
-Please provide your Discord username for reviewers or maintainers to reach you if they have questions about your PR
--->

.github/workflows/docs-pages.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+name: Deploy docs to GitHub Pages
+
+on:
+    push:
+        branches:
+            - main
+        paths:
+            - "apps/docs/**"
+            - ".github/workflows/docs-pages.yml"
+            - ".github/actions/setup-node-pnpm/**"
+            - "package.json"
+            - "pnpm-lock.yaml"
+            - "pnpm-workspace.yaml"
+    workflow_dispatch:
+
+concurrency:
+    group: docs-pages
+    cancel-in-progress: true
+
+permissions:
+    contents: read
+    pages: write
+    id-token: write
+
+jobs:
+    build:
+        runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+        steps:
+            - name: Checkout code
+              uses: actions/checkout@v4
+            - name: Setup Node.js and pnpm
+              uses: ./.github/actions/setup-node-pnpm
+              with:
+                  install-args: "--frozen-lockfile"
+            - name: Run type check
+              run: pnpm --filter @roo-code/docs check-types
+            - name: Run lint
+              run: pnpm --filter @roo-code/docs lint
+            - name: Build docs
+              run: pnpm --filter @roo-code/docs build
+            - name: Upload Pages artifact
+              uses: actions/upload-pages-artifact@v3
+              with:
+                  path: apps/docs/build
+
+    deploy:
+        runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+        needs: build
+        environment:
+            name: github-pages
+            url: ${{ steps.deployment.outputs.page_url }}
+        steps:
+            - name: Deploy to GitHub Pages
+              id: deployment
+              uses: actions/deploy-pages@v4

.github/workflows/evals.yml

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-name: Evals
-
-on:
-    pull_request:
-        types: [labeled]
-    workflow_dispatch:
-
-env:
-    DOCKER_BUILDKIT: 1
-    COMPOSE_DOCKER_CLI_BUILD: 1
-
-jobs:
-    evals:
-        # Run if triggered manually or if PR has 'evals' label.
-        if: github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' || contains(github.event.label.name, 'evals')
-        runs-on: blacksmith-16vcpu-ubuntu-2404
-        timeout-minutes: 45
-
-        defaults:
-            run:
-                working-directory: packages/evals
-
-        steps:
-            - name: Checkout repository
-              uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-            - name: Set up Docker Buildx
-              uses: docker/setup-buildx-action@v3
-
-            - name: Create environment
-              run: |
-                  cat > .env.local << EOF
-                  OPENROUTER_API_KEY=${{ secrets.OPENROUTER_API_KEY || 'test-key-for-build' }}
-                  EOF
-
-                  cat > .env.development << EOF
-                  NODE_ENV=development
-                  DATABASE_URL=postgresql://postgres:password@db:5432/evals_development
-                  REDIS_URL=redis://redis:6379
-                  HOST_EXECUTION_METHOD=docker
-                  EOF
-
-            - name: Build image
-              uses: docker/build-push-action@v6
-              with:
-                  context: .
-                  file: packages/evals/Dockerfile.runner
-                  tags: evals-runner:latest
-                  cache-from: type=gha
-                  cache-to: type=gha,mode=max
-                  push: false
-                  load: true
-
-            - name: Tag image
-              run: docker tag evals-runner:latest evals-runner
-
-            - name: Start containers
-              run: |
-                  docker compose up -d db redis
-                  timeout 60 bash -c 'until docker compose exec -T db pg_isready -U postgres; do sleep 2; done'
-                  timeout 60 bash -c 'until docker compose exec -T redis redis-cli ping | grep -q PONG; do sleep 2; done'
-                  docker compose run --rm runner sh -c 'nc -z db 5432 && echo "✓ Runner -> Database connection successful"'
-                  docker compose run --rm runner sh -c 'nc -z redis 6379 && echo "✓ Runner -> Redis connection successful"'
-                  docker compose run --rm runner docker ps
-
-            - name: Run database migrations
-              run: docker compose run --rm runner pnpm --filter @roo-code/evals db:migrate
-
-            - name: Run evals
-              run: docker compose run --rm runner pnpm --filter @roo-code/evals cli --ci
-
-            - name: Cleanup
-              if: always()
-              run: docker compose down -v --remove-orphans

.github/workflows/update-contributors.yml

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-name: Update Contributors # Refresh contrib.rocks image cache
-
-on:
-  workflow_dispatch:
-
-permissions:
-  contents: write
-  pull-requests: write
-
-jobs:
-  refresh-contrib-cache:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      - name: Bump cacheBust in all README files
-        run: |
-          set -euo pipefail
-          TS="$(date +%s)"
-          # Target only the root README.md and localized READMEs under locales/*/README.md
-          mapfile -t FILES < <(git ls-files README.md 'locales/*/README.md' || true)
-
-          if [ "${#FILES[@]}" -eq 0 ]; then
-            echo "No target README files found." >&2
-            exit 1
-          fi
-
-          UPDATED=0
-          for f in "${FILES[@]}"; do
-            if grep -q 'cacheBust=' "$f"; then
-              # Use portable sed in GNU environment of ubuntu-latest
-              sed -i -E "s/cacheBust=[0-9]+/cacheBust=${TS}/g" "$f"
-              echo "Updated cacheBust in $f"
-              UPDATED=1
-            else
-              echo "Warning: cacheBust parameter not found in $f" >&2
-            fi
-          done
-
-          if [ "$UPDATED" -eq 0 ]; then
-            echo "No files were updated. Ensure READMEs embed contrib.rocks with cacheBust param." >&2
-            exit 1
-          fi
-
-      - name: Detect changes
-        id: changes
-        run: |
-          if git diff --quiet; then
-            echo "changed=false" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-          else
-            echo "changed=true" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-          fi
-
-      - name: Create Pull Request
-        if: steps.changes.outputs.changed == 'true'
-        uses: peter-evans/create-pull-request@v7
-        with:
-          token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-          commit-message: "docs: update contributors list [skip ci]"
-          committer: "github-actions[bot] <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>"
-          branch: refresh-contrib-cache
-          delete-branch: true
-          title: "Refresh contrib.rocks image cache (all READMEs)"
-          body: |
-            Automated refresh of the contrib.rocks image cache by bumping the cacheBust parameter in README.md and locales/*/README.md.
-          base: main

.github/workflows/website-deploy.yml

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-name: Deploy roocode.com
-
-on:
-    push:
-        branches:
-            - main
-        paths:
-            - 'apps/web-roo-code/**'
-    workflow_dispatch:
-
-concurrency:
-    group: deploy-roocode-com
-    cancel-in-progress: true
-
-env:
-    VERCEL_ORG_ID: ${{ secrets.VERCEL_ORG_ID }}
-    VERCEL_PROJECT_ID: ${{ secrets.VERCEL_PROJECT_ID }}
-
-jobs:
-    check-secrets:
-        runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-        outputs:
-            has-vercel-token: ${{ steps.check.outputs.has-vercel-token }}
-        steps:
-            - name: Check if VERCEL_TOKEN exists
-              id: check
-              run: |
-                if [ -n "${{ secrets.VERCEL_TOKEN }}" ]; then
-                  echo "has-vercel-token=true" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-                else
-                  echo "has-vercel-token=false" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-                fi
-
-    deploy:
-        runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-        needs: check-secrets
-        if: ${{ needs.check-secrets.outputs.has-vercel-token == 'true' }}
-        steps:
-            - name: Checkout code
-              uses: actions/checkout@v4
-            - name: Setup Node.js and pnpm
-              uses: ./.github/actions/setup-node-pnpm
-            - name: Run lint
-              run: pnpm lint
-              working-directory: apps/web-roo-code
-            - name: Run type check
-              run: pnpm check-types
-              working-directory: apps/web-roo-code
-            - name: Run build
-              run: pnpm build
-              working-directory: apps/web-roo-code
-            - name: Install Vercel CLI
-              run: npm install --global vercel@latest
-            - name: Pull Vercel Environment Information
-              run: npx vercel pull --yes --environment=production --token=${{ secrets.VERCEL_TOKEN }}
-            - name: Build Project Artifacts
-              run: npx vercel build --prod --token=${{ secrets.VERCEL_TOKEN }}
-            - name: Deploy Project Artifacts to Vercel
-              run: npx vercel deploy --prebuilt --prod --token=${{ secrets.VERCEL_TOKEN }}

.github/workflows/website-preview.yml

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-name: Preview roocode.com
-
-on:
-    push:
-        branches-ignore:
-            - main
-        paths:
-            - "apps/web-roo-code/**"
-    pull_request:
-        paths:
-            - "apps/web-roo-code/**"
-    workflow_dispatch:
-
-concurrency:
-    group: preview-roocode-com-${{ github.ref }}
-    cancel-in-progress: true
-
-env:
-    VERCEL_ORG_ID: ${{ secrets.VERCEL_ORG_ID }}
-    VERCEL_PROJECT_ID: ${{ secrets.VERCEL_PROJECT_ID }}
-
-jobs:
-    check-secrets:
-        runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-        outputs:
-            has-vercel-token: ${{ steps.check.outputs.has-vercel-token }}
-        steps:
-            - name: Check if VERCEL_TOKEN exists
-              id: check
-              run: |
-                  if [ -n "${{ secrets.VERCEL_TOKEN }}" ]; then
-                    echo "has-vercel-token=true" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-                  else
-                    echo "has-vercel-token=false" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-                  fi
-
-    preview:
-        runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-        needs: check-secrets
-        if: ${{ needs.check-secrets.outputs.has-vercel-token == 'true' }}
-        steps:
-            - name: Checkout code
-              uses: actions/checkout@v4
-            - name: Setup Node.js and pnpm
-              uses: ./.github/actions/setup-node-pnpm
-            - name: Run lint
-              run: pnpm lint
-              working-directory: apps/web-roo-code
-            - name: Run type check
-              run: pnpm check-types
-              working-directory: apps/web-roo-code
-            - name: Run build
-              run: pnpm build
-              working-directory: apps/web-roo-code
-            - name: Install Vercel CLI
-              run: npm install --global vercel@latest
-            - name: Pull Vercel Environment Information
-              run: npx vercel pull --yes --environment=preview --token=${{ secrets.VERCEL_TOKEN }}
-            - name: Build Project Artifacts
-              run: npx vercel build --token=${{ secrets.VERCEL_TOKEN }}
-            - name: Deploy Project Artifacts to Vercel
-              id: deploy
-              run: |
-                  DEPLOYMENT_URL=$(npx vercel deploy --prebuilt --token=${{ secrets.VERCEL_TOKEN }})
-                  echo "deployment_url=$DEPLOYMENT_URL" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-                  echo "Preview deployed to: $DEPLOYMENT_URL"
-
-            - name: Comment PR with preview link
-              if: github.event_name == 'pull_request'
-              uses: actions/github-script@v7
-              with:
-                  script: |
-                      const deploymentUrl = '${{ steps.deploy.outputs.deployment_url }}';
-                      const commentIdentifier = '<!-- roo-preview-comment -->';
-
-                      const { data: comments } = await github.rest.issues.listComments({
-                        owner: context.repo.owner,
-                        repo: context.repo.repo,
-                        issue_number: context.issue.number,
-                      });
-
-                      const existingComment = comments.find(comment =>
-                        comment.body.includes(commentIdentifier)
-                      );
-
-                      const comment = commentIdentifier + '\n🚀 **Preview deployed!**\n\nYour changes have been deployed to Vercel:\n\n**Preview URL:** ' + deploymentUrl + '\n\nThis preview will be updated automatically when you push new commits to this PR.';
-
-                      if (existingComment) {
-                        await github.rest.issues.updateComment({
-                          owner: context.repo.owner,
-                          repo: context.repo.repo,
-                          comment_id: existingComment.id,
-                          body: comment
-                        });
-                      } else {
-                        await github.rest.issues.createComment({
-                          owner: context.repo.owner,
-                          repo: context.repo.repo,
-                          issue_number: context.issue.number,
-                          body: comment
-                        });
-                      }

CHANGELOG.md

@@ -1,5 +1,39 @@
 # Roo Code Changelog
 
+## 3.53.0
+
+### Minor Changes
+
+- **The Roo Code plugin is not going away.** You may have seen the [recent announcement](https://x.com/mattrubens/status/2046636598859559114) that Roo Code hit 3 million installs and the original team is going all-in on Roomote. We know that news was hard for a lot of you. This plugin means a lot to us and to you, and we hear you. The good news: a community team has stepped up to carry Roo Code forward, and we're working with them on an official handoff so the plugin you rely on keeps getting maintained and improved.
+- Add GPT-5.5 support via the OpenAI Codex provider (PR #12170 by @hannesrudolph)
+- Add Claude Opus 4.7 support on Vertex AI (#12134 by @saneroen, PR #12135 by @saneroen)
+- Add previous checkpoint navigation controls and i18n in chat (#12138 by @saneroen, PR #12139 by @saneroen)
+- Add Roomote banner (PR #12119 by @brunobergher)
+- Redesign Roomote announcement banner with violet branding on the web (PR #12161 by @roomote-v0)
+- Add sunsetting Roo Code blog post (PR #12160 by @roomote-v0)
+
+## 3.52.1
+
+### Patch Changes
+
+- Add correct JSON schema for `.roomodes` configuration files (#11790 by @algorhythm85, PR #11791 by @app/roomote-v0)
+- Remove the hiring announcement from the VS Code extension UI (PR #12108 by @app/roomote-v0)
+
+## 3.52.0
+
+### Minor Changes
+
+- Add Poe as an AI provider so users can access Poe models directly in Roo Code (PR #12015 by @kamilio)
+- Improve the xAI provider by migrating it to the Responses API with reusable transform utilities (#11961 by @carlesso, PR #11962 by @carlesso)
+- Fix MiniMax model listings and context window handling for more reliable configuration (#11999 by @Rexarrior, PR #12069 by @Rexarrior)
+- Add xAI Grok-4.20 models and update the default xAI model selection (#11955 by @carlesso, PR #11956 by @carlesso)
+- Add OpenAI GPT-5.4 mini and nano models to expand the available OpenAI model lineup (PR #11946 by @PeterDaveHello)
+- Chore: include the automated version bump PR from the previous release cycle for complete release accounting (PR #11892 by @app/github-actions)
+
+### Patch Changes
+
+- Add support for OpenAI `gpt-5.4-mini` and `gpt-5.4-nano` models.
+
 ## 3.51.1
 
 ### Patch Changes
@@ -1240,7 +1274,6 @@
 - Reposition Add Image button inside ChatTextArea (thanks @roomote!)
 - Bring back a way to temporarily and globally pause auto-approve without losing your toggle state (thanks @brunobergher!)
 - Makes text area buttons appear only when there's text (thanks @brunobergher!)
-- CONTRIBUTING.md tweaks and issue template rewrite (thanks @hannesrudolph!)
 - Bump axios from 1.9.0 to 1.12.0 (thanks @dependabot!)
 
 ## [3.28.2] - 2025-09-14
@@ -1700,7 +1733,6 @@
 - Fix Claude model detection by name for API protocol selection (thanks @daniel-lxs!)
 - Move marketplace icon from overflow menu to top navigation
 - Optional setting to prevent completion with open todos
-- Added YouTube to website footer (thanks @thill2323!)
 
 ## [3.23.14] - 2025-07-17
 
@@ -2094,7 +2126,6 @@
 - Fix bug with context condensing in Amazon Bedrock
 - Fix UTF-8 encoding in ExecaTerminalProcess (thanks @mr-ryan-james!)
 - Set sidebar name bugfix (thanks @chrarnoldus!)
-- Fix link to CONTRIBUTING.md in feature request template (thanks @cannuri!)
 - Add task metadata to Unbound and improve caching logic (thanks @pugazhendhi-m!)
 
 ## [3.19.0] - 2025-05-29
@@ -3062,7 +3093,6 @@
 - Ask and Architect modes can now edit markdown files
 - Custom modes can now be restricted to specific file patterns (for example, a technical writer who can only edit markdown files 👋)
 - Support for configuring the Bedrock provider with AWS Profiles
-- New Roo Code community Discord at https://roocode.com/discord!
 
 ## [3.2.8]
 
@@ -3102,8 +3132,6 @@
     - Create specialized assistants for any workflow
     - Just type "Create a new mode for <X>" or visit the Prompts tab in the top menu to get started
 
-Join us at https://www.reddit.com/r/RooCode to share your custom modes and be part of our next chapter!
-
 ## [3.1.7]
 
 - DeepSeek-R1 support (thanks @philipnext!)
@@ -3151,12 +3179,8 @@ Join us at https://www.reddit.com/r/RooCode to share your custom modes and be pa
 
 ## [3.0.1]
 
-- Fix the reddit link and a small visual glitch in the chat input
-
 ## [3.0.0]
 
-- This release adds chat modes! Now you can ask Roo Code questions about system architecture or the codebase without immediately jumping into writing code. You can even assign different API configuration profiles to each mode if you prefer to use different models for thinking vs coding. Would love feedback in the new Roo Code Reddit! https://www.reddit.com/r/RooCode
-
 ## [2.2.46]
 
 - Only parse @-mentions in user input (not in files)

CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md

@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<div align="center">
-<sub>
-
-<b>English</b> • [Català](locales/ca/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Deutsch](locales/de/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Español](locales/es/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Français](locales/fr/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [हिंदी](locales/hi/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Bahasa Indonesia](locales/id/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Italiano](locales/it/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [日本語](locales/ja/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md)
-
-</sub>
-<sub>
-
-[한국어](locales/ko/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Nederlands](locales/nl/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Polski](locales/pl/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Português (BR)](locales/pt-BR/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Русский](locales/ru/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Türkçe](locales/tr/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [Tiếng Việt](locales/vi/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [简体中文](locales/zh-CN/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) • [繁體中文](locales/zh-TW/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md)
-
-</sub>
-</div>
-
-# Contributor Covenant Code of Conduct
-
-## Our Pledge
-
-In the interest of fostering an open and welcoming environment, we as
-contributors and maintainers pledge to make participation in our project and
-our community a harassment-free experience for everyone, regardless of age, body
-size, disability, ethnicity, sex characteristics, gender identity and expression,
-level of experience, education, socio-economic status, nationality, personal
-appearance, race, religion, or sexual identity and orientation.
-
-## Our Standards
-
-Examples of behavior that contributes to creating a positive environment
-include:
-
-- Using welcoming and inclusive language
-- Being respectful of differing viewpoints and experiences
-- Gracefully accepting constructive criticism
-- Focusing on what is best for the community
-- Showing empathy towards other community members
-
-Examples of unacceptable behavior by participants include:
-
-- The use of sexualized language or imagery and unwelcome sexual attention or
-  advances
-- Trolling, insulting/derogatory comments, and personal or political attacks
-- Public or private harassment
-- Publishing others' private information, such as a physical or electronic
-  address, without explicit permission
-- Other conduct which could reasonably be considered inappropriate in a
-  professional setting
-
-## Our Responsibilities
-
-Project maintainers are responsible for clarifying the standards of acceptable
-behavior and are expected to take appropriate and fair corrective action in
-response to any instances of unacceptable behavior.
-
-Project maintainers have the right and responsibility to remove, edit, or
-reject comments, commits, code, wiki edits, issues, and other contributions
-that are not aligned to this Code of Conduct, or to ban temporarily or
-permanently any contributor for other behaviors that they deem inappropriate,
-threatening, offensive, or harmful.
-
-## Scope
-
-This Code of Conduct applies both within project spaces and in public spaces
-when an individual is representing the project or its community. Examples of
-representing a project or community include using an official project e-mail
-address, posting via an official social media account, or acting as an appointed
-representative at an online or offline event. Representation of a project may be
-further defined and clarified by project maintainers.
-
-## Enforcement
-
-Instances of abusive, harassing, or otherwise unacceptable behavior may be
-reported by contacting the project team at support@roocode.com. All complaints
-will be reviewed and investigated and will result in a response that
-is deemed necessary and appropriate to the circumstances. The project team is
-obligated to maintain confidentiality with regard to the reporter of an incident.
-Further details of specific enforcement policies may be posted separately.
-
-Project maintainers who do not follow or enforce the Code of Conduct in good
-faith may face temporary or permanent repercussions as determined by other
-members of the project's leadership.
-
-## Attribution
-
-This Code of Conduct is adapted from [Cline's version][cline_coc] of the [Contributor Covenant][homepage], version 1.4,
-available at https://www.contributor-covenant.org/version/1/4/code-of-conduct.html
-
-[cline_coc]: https://github.com/cline/cline/blob/main/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
-[homepage]: https://www.contributor-covenant.org
-
-For answers to common questions about this code of conduct, see
-https://www.contributor-covenant.org/faq

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-<div align="center">
-<sub>
-
-<b>English</b> • [Català](locales/ca/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Deutsch](locales/de/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Español](locales/es/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Français](locales/fr/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [हिंदी](locales/hi/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Bahasa Indonesia](locales/id/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Italiano](locales/it/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [日本語](locales/ja/CONTRIBUTING.md)
-
-</sub>
-<sub>
-
-[한국어](locales/ko/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Nederlands](locales/nl/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Polski](locales/pl/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Português (BR)](locales/pt-BR/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Русский](locales/ru/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Türkçe](locales/tr/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [Tiếng Việt](locales/vi/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [简体中文](locales/zh-CN/CONTRIBUTING.md) • [繁體中文](locales/zh-TW/CONTRIBUTING.md)
-
-</sub>
-</div>
-
-# Contributing to Roo Code
-
-Roo Code is a community-driven project, and we deeply value every contribution. To streamline collaboration, we operate on an [Issue-First](#issue-first-approach) basis, meaning all [Pull Requests (PRs)](#submitting-a-pull-request) must first be linked to a GitHub Issue. Please review this guide carefully.
-
-## Table of Contents
-
-- [Before You Contribute](#before-you-contribute)
-- [Finding & Planning Your Contribution](#finding--planning-your-contribution)
-- [Development & Submission Process](#development--submission-process)
-- [Legal](#legal)
-
-## Before You Contribute
-
-### 1. Code of Conduct
-
-All contributors must adhere to our [Code of Conduct](./CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md).
-
-### 2. Project Roadmap
-
-Our roadmap guides the project's direction. Align your contributions with these key goals:
-
-### Reliability First
-
-- Ensure diff editing and command execution are consistently reliable.
-- Reduce friction points that deter regular usage.
-- Guarantee smooth operation across all locales and platforms.
-- Expand robust support for a wide variety of AI providers and models.
-
-### Enhanced User Experience
-
-- Streamline the UI/UX for clarity and intuitiveness.
-- Continuously improve the workflow to meet the high expectations developers have for daily-use tools.
-
-### Leading on Agent Performance
-
-- Establish comprehensive evaluation benchmarks (evals) to measure real-world productivity.
-- Make it easy for everyone to easily run and interpret these evals.
-- Ship improvements that demonstrate clear increases in eval scores.
-
-Mention alignment with these areas in your PRs.
-
-### 3. Join the Roo Code Community
-
-- **Primary:** Join our [Discord](https://discord.gg/roocode) and DM **Hannes Rudolph (`hrudolph`)**.
-- **Alternative:** Experienced contributors can engage directly via [GitHub Projects](https://github.com/orgs/RooCodeInc/projects/1).
-
-## Finding & Planning Your Contribution
-
-### Types of Contributions
-
-- **Bug Fixes:** Addressing code issues.
-- **New Features:** Adding functionality.
-- **Documentation:** Improving guides and clarity.
-
-### Issue-First Approach
-
-All contributions start with a GitHub Issue using our skinny templates.
-
-- **Check existing issues**: Search [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code/issues).
-- **Create an issue** using:
-    - **Enhancements:** "Enhancement Request" template (plain language focused on user benefit).
-    - **Bugs:** "Bug Report" template (minimal repro + expected vs actual + version).
-- **Want to work on it?** Comment "Claiming" on the issue and DM **Hannes Rudolph (`hrudolph`)** on [Discord](https://discord.gg/roocode) to get assigned. Assignment will be confirmed in the thread.
-- **PRs must link to the issue.** Unlinked PRs may be closed.
-
-### Deciding What to Work On
-
-- Check the [GitHub Project](https://github.com/orgs/RooCodeInc/projects/1) for "Issue [Unassigned]" issues.
-- For docs, visit [Roo Code Docs](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code-Docs).
-
-### Reporting Bugs
-
-- Check for existing reports first.
-- Create a new bug using the ["Bug Report" template](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code/issues/new/choose) with:
-    - Clear, numbered reproduction steps
-    - Expected vs actual result
-    - Roo Code version (required); API provider/model if relevant
-- **Security issues**: Report privately via [security advisories](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code/security/advisories/new).
-
-## Development & Submission Process
-
-### Development Setup
-
-1. **Fork & Clone:**
-
-```
-git clone https://github.com/YOUR_USERNAME/Roo-Code.git
-```
-
-2. **Install Dependencies:**
-
-```
-pnpm install
-```
-
-3. **Debugging:** Open with VS Code (`F5`).
-
-### Writing Code Guidelines
-
-- One focused PR per feature or fix.
-- Follow ESLint and TypeScript best practices.
-- Write clear, descriptive commits referencing issues (e.g., `Fixes #123`).
-- Provide thorough testing (`npm test`).
-- Rebase onto the latest `main` branch before submission.
-
-### Submitting a Pull Request
-
-- Begin as a **Draft PR** if seeking early feedback.
-- Clearly describe your changes following the Pull Request Template.
-- Link the issue in the PR description/title (e.g., "Fixes #123").
-- Provide screenshots/videos for UI changes.
-- Indicate if documentation updates are necessary.
-
-### Pull Request Policy
-
-- Must reference an assigned GitHub Issue. To get assigned: comment "Claiming" on the issue and DM **Hannes Rudolph (`hrudolph`)** on [Discord](https://discord.gg/roocode). Assignment will be confirmed in the thread.
-- Unlinked PRs may be closed.
-- PRs should pass CI tests, align with the roadmap, and have clear documentation.
-
-### Review Process
-
-- **Daily Triage:** Quick checks by maintainers.
-- **Weekly In-depth Review:** Comprehensive assessment.
-- **Iterate promptly** based on feedback.
-
-## Legal
-
-By contributing, you agree your contributions will be licensed under the Apache 2.0 License, consistent with Roo Code's licensing.

PRIVACY.md

@@ -6,12 +6,11 @@ Roo Code respects your privacy and is committed to transparency about how we han
 
 ### **Where Your Data Goes (And Where It Doesn’t)**
 
-- **Code & Files**: Roo Code accesses files on your local machine when needed for AI-assisted features. When you send commands to Roo Code, relevant files may be transmitted to your chosen AI model provider (e.g., OpenAI, Anthropic, OpenRouter) to generate responses. If you select Roo Code Cloud as the model provider (proxy mode), your code may transit Roo Code servers only to forward it to the upstream provider. We do not store your code; it is deleted immediately after forwarding. Otherwise, your code is sent directly to the provider. AI providers may store data per their privacy policies.
+- **Code & Files**: Roo Code accesses files on your local machine when needed for AI-assisted features. When you send commands to Roo Code, relevant files may be transmitted to your chosen AI model provider (e.g., OpenAI, Anthropic, OpenRouter) to generate responses. AI providers may store data per their privacy policies.
 - **Commands**: Any commands executed through Roo Code happen on your local environment. However, when you use AI-powered features, the relevant code and context from your commands may be transmitted to your chosen AI model provider (e.g., OpenAI, Anthropic, OpenRouter) to generate responses. We do not have access to or store this data, but AI providers may process it per their privacy policies.
-- **Prompts & AI Requests**: When you use AI-powered features, your prompts and relevant project context are sent to your chosen AI model provider (e.g., OpenAI, Anthropic, OpenRouter) to generate responses. We do not store or process this data. These AI providers have their own privacy policies and may store data per their terms of service. If you choose Roo Code Cloud as the provider (proxy mode), prompts may transit Roo Code servers only to forward them to the upstream model and are not stored.
+- **Prompts & AI Requests**: When you use AI-powered features, your prompts and relevant project context are sent to your chosen AI model provider (e.g., OpenAI, Anthropic, OpenRouter) to generate responses. We do not store or process this data. These AI providers have their own privacy policies and may store data per their terms of service.
 - **API Keys & Credentials**: If you enter an API key (e.g., to connect an AI model), it is stored locally on your device and never sent to us or any third party, except the provider you have chosen.
 - **Telemetry (Usage Data)**: We collect anonymous feature usage and error data to help us improve Roo Code. This telemetry is powered by PostHog and includes your VS Code machine ID, feature usage patterns, and exception reports. This telemetry does **not** collect personally identifiable information, your code, or AI prompts. You can opt out of this telemetry at any time through the settings.
-- **Marketplace Requests**: When you browse or search the Marketplace for Model Configuration Profiles (MCPs) or Custom Modes, Roo Code makes a secure API call to Roo Code's backend servers to retrieve listing information. These requests send only the query parameters (e.g., extension version, search term) necessary to fulfill the request and do not include your code, prompts, or personally identifiable information.
 
 ### **How We Use Your Data (If Collected)**
 

README.md

@@ -1,24 +1,11 @@
 <p align="center">
-  <a href="https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=RooVeterinaryInc.roo-cline"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/VS_Code_Marketplace-007ACC?style=flat&logo=visualstudiocode&logoColor=white" alt="VS Code Marketplace"></a>
-  <a href="https://x.com/roocode"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/roocode-000000?style=flat&logo=x&logoColor=white" alt="X"></a>
-  <a href="https://youtube.com/@roocodeyt?feature=shared"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/YouTube-FF0000?style=flat&logo=youtube&logoColor=white" alt="YouTube"></a>
-  <a href="https://discord.gg/roocode"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/Join%20Discord-5865F2?style=flat&logo=discord&logoColor=white" alt="Join Discord"></a>
-  <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/RooCode/"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/Join%20r%2FRooCode-FF4500?style=flat&logo=reddit&logoColor=white" alt="Join r/RooCode"></a>
-</p>
-<p align="center">
-  <em>Get help fast → <a href="https://discord.gg/roocode">Join Discord</a> • Prefer async? → <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/RooCode/">Join r/RooCode</a></em>
+  <a href="https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=RooVeterinaryInc.roo-cline"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/VS_Code_Marketplace-007ACC?style=flat&logo=visualstudiocode&logoColor=white" alt="VS Code Marketplace"></a>  
 </p>
 
 # Roo Code
 
 > Your AI-Powered Dev Team, Right in Your Editor
 
-## What's New in v3.52.0
-
-- Add Poe as an AI provider so you can access Poe models directly in Roo Code.
-- Improve the xAI provider with a Responses API migration, reusable transform utilities, and updated Grok-4.20 defaults.
-- Fix MiniMax model listings and context window handling for more reliable setup.
-
 <details>
   <summary>🌐 Available languages</summary>
 
@@ -41,7 +28,7 @@
 - [简体中文](locales/zh-CN/README.md)
 - [繁體中文](locales/zh-TW/README.md)
 - ...
-  </details>
+    </details>
 
 ---
 
@@ -65,117 +52,26 @@ Roo Code adapts to how you work:
 - Debug Mode: trace issues, add logs, isolate root causes
 - Custom Modes: build specialized modes for your team or workflow
 
-Learn more: [Using Modes](https://docs.roocode.com/basic-usage/using-modes) • [Custom Modes](https://docs.roocode.com/advanced-usage/custom-modes)
-
-## Tutorial & Feature Videos
-
-<div align="center">
-
-|                                                                                                                                                                           |                                                                                                                                                                            |                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| :-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: |
-| <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mcq3r1EPZ-4"><img src="https://img.youtube.com/vi/Mcq3r1EPZ-4/maxresdefault.jpg" width="100%"></a><br><b>Installing Roo Code</b> | <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZBML8h5cCgo"><img src="https://img.youtube.com/vi/ZBML8h5cCgo/maxresdefault.jpg" width="100%"></a><br><b>Configuring Profiles</b> | <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r1bpod1VWhg"><img src="https://img.youtube.com/vi/r1bpod1VWhg/maxresdefault.jpg" width="100%"></a><br><b>Codebase Indexing</b>  |
-|    <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iiAv1eKOaxk"><img src="https://img.youtube.com/vi/iiAv1eKOaxk/maxresdefault.jpg" width="100%"></a><br><b>Custom Modes</b>     |     <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ho30nyY332E"><img src="https://img.youtube.com/vi/Ho30nyY332E/maxresdefault.jpg" width="100%"></a><br><b>Checkpoints</b>      | <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HmnNSasv7T8"><img src="https://img.youtube.com/vi/HmnNSasv7T8/maxresdefault.jpg" width="100%"></a><br><b>Context Management</b> |
-
-</div>
-<p align="center">
-<a href="https://docs.roocode.com/tutorial-videos">More quick tutorial and feature videos...</a>
-</p>
+Learn more: [Using Modes](https://roocodeinc.github.io/Roo-Code/basic-usage/using-modes) • [Custom Modes](https://roocodeinc.github.io/Roo-Code/advanced-usage/custom-modes)
 
 ## Resources
 
-- **[Documentation](https://docs.roocode.com):** The official guide to installing, configuring, and mastering Roo Code.
-- **[YouTube Channel](https://youtube.com/@roocodeyt?feature=shared):** Watch tutorials and see features in action.
-- **[Discord Server](https://discord.gg/roocode):** Join the community for real-time help and discussion.
-- **[Reddit Community](https://www.reddit.com/r/RooCode):** Share your experiences and see what others are building.
+- **[Documentation](https://roocodeinc.github.io/Roo-Code/):** The official guide to installing, configuring, and mastering Roo Code.
 - **[GitHub Issues](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code/issues):** Report bugs and track development.
-- **[Feature Requests](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code/discussions/categories/feature-requests?discussions_q=is%3Aopen+category%3A%22Feature+Requests%22+sort%3Atop):** Have an idea? Share it with the developers.
-
----
-
-## Local Setup & Development
-
-1. **Clone** the repo:
-
-```sh
-git clone https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code.git
-```
-
-2. **Install dependencies**:
-
-```sh
-pnpm install
-```
-
-3. **Run the extension**:
-
-There are several ways to run the Roo Code extension:
-
-### Development Mode (F5)
-
-For active development, use VSCode's built-in debugging:
-
-Press `F5` (or go to **Run** → **Start Debugging**) in VSCode. This will open a new VSCode window with the Roo Code extension running.
-
-- Changes to the webview will appear immediately.
-- Changes to the core extension will also hot reload automatically.
-
-### Automated VSIX Installation
-
-To build and install the extension as a VSIX package directly into VSCode:
-
-```sh
-pnpm install:vsix [-y] [--editor=<command>]
-```
-
-This command will:
-
-- Ask which editor command to use (code/cursor/code-insiders) - defaults to 'code'
-- Uninstall any existing version of the extension.
-- Build the latest VSIX package.
-- Install the newly built VSIX.
-- Prompt you to restart VS Code for changes to take effect.
-
-Options:
-
-- `-y`: Skip all confirmation prompts and use defaults
-- `--editor=<command>`: Specify the editor command (e.g., `--editor=cursor` or `--editor=code-insiders`)
-
-### Manual VSIX Installation
-
-If you prefer to install the VSIX package manually:
-
-1.  First, build the VSIX package:
-    ```sh
-    pnpm vsix
-    ```
-2.  A `.vsix` file will be generated in the `bin/` directory (e.g., `bin/roo-cline-<version>.vsix`).
-3.  Install it manually using the VSCode CLI:
-    ```sh
-    code --install-extension bin/roo-cline-<version>.vsix
-    ```
-
----
-
-We use [changesets](https://github.com/changesets/changesets) for versioning and publishing. Check our `CHANGELOG.md` for release notes.
 
 ---
 
 ## Disclaimer
 
+The Roo Code Extension was shut down on May 15th.
+
+- If you're looking for an alternative, check out [ZooCode](https://github.com/Zoo-Code-Org/Zoo-Code/) (a fork started by the Roo Code community) and [Cline](https://cline.bot/) (from where Roo Code originated).
+- If you were a paying user and have billing questions, please write [billing@roocode.com](mailto:billing@roocode.com).
+
 **Please note** that Roo Code, Inc does **not** make any representations or warranties regarding any code, models, or other tools provided or made available in connection with Roo Code, any associated third-party tools, or any resulting outputs. You assume **all risks** associated with the use of any such tools or outputs; such tools are provided on an **"AS IS"** and **"AS AVAILABLE"** basis. Such risks may include, without limitation, intellectual property infringement, cyber vulnerabilities or attacks, bias, inaccuracies, errors, defects, viruses, downtime, property loss or damage, and/or personal injury. You are solely responsible for your use of any such tools or outputs (including, without limitation, the legality, appropriateness, and results thereof).
 
 ---
 
-## Contributing
-
-We love community contributions! Get started by reading our [CONTRIBUTING.md](CONTRIBUTING.md).
-
----
-
 ## License
 
-[Apache 2.0 © 2025 Roo Code, Inc.](./LICENSE)
-
----
-
-**Enjoy Roo Code!** Whether you keep it on a short leash or let it roam autonomously, we can’t wait to see what you build. If you have questions or feature ideas, drop by our [Reddit community](https://www.reddit.com/r/RooCode/) or [Discord](https://discord.gg/roocode). Happy coding!
+[Apache 2.0 © 2026 Roo Code, Inc.](./LICENSE)

apps/cli/README.md

@@ -53,21 +53,6 @@ roo upgrade
 rm -rf ~/.roo/cli ~/.local/bin/roo
 ```
 
-### Development Installation
-
-For contributing or development:
-
-```bash
-# From the monorepo root.
-pnpm install
-
-# Build the main extension first.
-pnpm --filter roo-cline bundle
-
-# Build the CLI.
-pnpm --filter @roo-code/cli build
-```
-
 ## Usage
 
 ### Interactive Mode (Default)
@@ -130,81 +115,29 @@ printf '{"command":"start","requestId":"1","prompt":"1+1=?"}\n' | roo --print --
 printf '{"command":"start","requestId":"1","taskId":"018f7fc8-7c96-7f7c-98aa-2ec4ff7f6d87","prompt":"1+1=?"}\n' | roo --print --stdin-prompt-stream --output-format stream-json
 ```
 
-### Roo Code Cloud Authentication
-
-To use Roo Code Cloud features (like the provider proxy), you need to authenticate:
-
-```bash
-# Log in to Roo Code Cloud (opens browser)
-roo auth login
-
-# Check authentication status
-roo auth status
-
-# Log out
-roo auth logout
-```
-
-The `auth login` command:
-
-1. Opens your browser to authenticate with Roo Code Cloud
-2. Receives a secure token via localhost callback
-3. Stores the token in `~/.config/roo/credentials.json`
-
-Tokens are valid for 90 days. The CLI will prompt you to re-authenticate when your token expires.
-
-**Authentication Flow:**
-
-```
-┌──────┐         ┌─────────┐         ┌───────────────┐
-│  CLI │         │ Browser │         │ Roo Code Cloud│
-└──┬───┘         └────┬────┘         └───────┬───────┘
-   │                  │                      │
-   │ Open auth URL    │                      │
-   │─────────────────>│                      │
-   │                  │                      │
-   │                  │ Authenticate         │
-   │                  │─────────────────────>│
-   │                  │                      │
-   │                  │<─────────────────────│
-   │                  │ Token via callback   │
-   │<─────────────────│                      │
-   │                  │                      │
-   │ Store token      │                      │
-   │                  │                      │
-```
-
 ## Options
 
-| Option                                  | Description                                                                             | Default                                  |
-| --------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- |
-| `[prompt]`                              | Your prompt (positional argument, optional)                                             | None                                     |
-| `--prompt-file <path>`                  | Read prompt from a file instead of command line argument                                | None                                     |
-| `--create-with-session-id <session-id>` | Create a new task using the provided session ID (UUID)                                  | None                                     |
-| `-w, --workspace <path>`                | Workspace path to operate in                                                            | Current directory                        |
-| `-p, --print`                           | Print response and exit (non-interactive mode)                                          | `false`                                  |
-| `--stdin-prompt-stream`                 | Read NDJSON control commands from stdin (requires `--print`)                            | `false`                                  |
-| `-e, --extension <path>`                | Path to the extension bundle directory                                                  | Auto-detected                            |
-| `-d, --debug`                           | Enable debug output (includes detailed debug information, prompts, paths, etc)          | `false`                                  |
-| `-a, --require-approval`                | Require manual approval before actions execute                                          | `false`                                  |
-| `-k, --api-key <key>`                   | API key for the LLM provider                                                            | From env var                             |
-| `--provider <provider>`                 | API provider (roo, anthropic, openai, openrouter, etc.)                                 | `openrouter` (or `roo` if authenticated) |
-| `-m, --model <model>`                   | Model to use                                                                            | `anthropic/claude-opus-4.6`              |
-| `--mode <mode>`                         | Mode to start in (code, architect, ask, debug, etc.)                                    | `code`                                   |
-| `--terminal-shell <path>`               | Absolute shell path for inline terminal command execution                               | Auto-detected shell                      |
-| `-r, --reasoning-effort <effort>`       | Reasoning effort level (unspecified, disabled, none, minimal, low, medium, high, xhigh) | `medium`                                 |
-| `--consecutive-mistake-limit <n>`       | Consecutive error/repetition limit before guidance prompt (`0` disables the limit)      | `10`                                     |
-| `--ephemeral`                           | Run without persisting state (uses temporary storage)                                   | `false`                                  |
-| `--oneshot`                             | Exit upon task completion                                                               | `false`                                  |
-| `--output-format <format>`              | Output format with `--print`: `text`, `json`, or `stream-json`                          | `text`                                   |
-
-## Auth Commands
-
-| Command           | Description                        |
-| ----------------- | ---------------------------------- |
-| `roo auth login`  | Authenticate with Roo Code Cloud   |
-| `roo auth logout` | Clear stored authentication token  |
-| `roo auth status` | Show current authentication status |
+| Option                                  | Description                                                                             | Default                     |
+| --------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- |
+| `[prompt]`                              | Your prompt (positional argument, optional)                                             | None                        |
+| `--prompt-file <path>`                  | Read prompt from a file instead of command line argument                                | None                        |
+| `--create-with-session-id <session-id>` | Create a new task using the provided session ID (UUID)                                  | None                        |
+| `-w, --workspace <path>`                | Workspace path to operate in                                                            | Current directory           |
+| `-p, --print`                           | Print response and exit (non-interactive mode)                                          | `false`                     |
+| `--stdin-prompt-stream`                 | Read NDJSON control commands from stdin (requires `--print`)                            | `false`                     |
+| `-e, --extension <path>`                | Path to the extension bundle directory                                                  | Auto-detected               |
+| `-d, --debug`                           | Enable debug output (includes detailed debug information, prompts, paths, etc)          | `false`                     |
+| `-a, --require-approval`                | Require manual approval before actions execute                                          | `false`                     |
+| `-k, --api-key <key>`                   | API key for the LLM provider                                                            | From env var                |
+| `--provider <provider>`                 | API provider (anthropic, openai, openrouter, etc.)                                      | `openrouter`                |
+| `-m, --model <model>`                   | Model to use                                                                            | `anthropic/claude-opus-4.6` |
+| `--mode <mode>`                         | Mode to start in (code, architect, ask, debug, etc.)                                    | `code`                      |
+| `--terminal-shell <path>`               | Absolute shell path for inline terminal command execution                               | Auto-detected shell         |
+| `-r, --reasoning-effort <effort>`       | Reasoning effort level (unspecified, disabled, none, minimal, low, medium, high, xhigh) | `medium`                    |
+| `--consecutive-mistake-limit <n>`       | Consecutive error/repetition limit before guidance prompt (`0` disables the limit)      | `10`                        |
+| `--ephemeral`                           | Run without persisting state (uses temporary storage)                                   | `false`                     |
+| `--oneshot`                             | Exit upon task completion                                                               | `false`                     |
+| `--output-format <format>`              | Output format with `--print`: `text`, `json`, or `stream-json`                          | `text`                      |
 
 ## Environment Variables
 
@@ -212,19 +145,12 @@ The CLI will look for API keys in environment variables if not provided via `--a
 
 | Provider          | Environment Variable        |
 | ----------------- | --------------------------- |
-| roo               | `ROO_API_KEY`               |
 | anthropic         | `ANTHROPIC_API_KEY`         |
 | openai-native     | `OPENAI_API_KEY`            |
 | openrouter        | `OPENROUTER_API_KEY`        |
 | gemini            | `GOOGLE_API_KEY`            |
 | vercel-ai-gateway | `VERCEL_AI_GATEWAY_API_KEY` |
 
-**Authentication Environment Variables:**
-
-| Variable          | Description                                                          |
-| ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `ROO_WEB_APP_URL` | Override the Roo Code Cloud URL (default: `https://app.roocode.com`) |
-
 ## Architecture
 
 ```
@@ -268,7 +194,7 @@ The CLI will look for API keys in environment variables if not provided via `--a
 
 ```bash
 # Run directly from source (no build required)
-pnpm dev --provider roo --api-key $ROO_API_KEY --print "Hello"
+pnpm dev --provider openrouter --api-key $OPENROUTER_API_KEY --print "Hello"
 
 # Run tests
 pnpm test
@@ -280,12 +206,6 @@ pnpm check-types
 pnpm lint
 ```
 
-By default the `start` script points `ROO_CODE_PROVIDER_URL` at `http://localhost:8080/proxy` for local development. To point at the production API instead, override the environment variable:
-
-```bash
-ROO_CODE_PROVIDER_URL=https://api.roocode.com/proxy pnpm dev --provider roo --api-key $ROO_API_KEY --print "Hello"
-```
-
 ## Releasing
 
 Official releases are created via the GitHub Actions workflow at `.github/workflows/cli-release.yml`.

apps/cli/package.json

@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
 		"test:integration": "tsx scripts/integration/run.ts",
 		"build": "tsup",
 		"build:extension": "pnpm --filter roo-cline bundle",
-		"dev": "ROO_AUTH_BASE_URL=https://app.roocode.com ROO_SDK_BASE_URL=https://cloud-api.roocode.com ROO_CODE_PROVIDER_URL=https://api.roocode.com/proxy tsx src/index.ts",
-		"dev:local": "ROO_AUTH_BASE_URL=http://localhost:3000 ROO_SDK_BASE_URL=http://localhost:3001 ROO_CODE_PROVIDER_URL=http://localhost:8080/proxy tsx src/index.ts",
+		"dev": "tsx src/index.ts",
+		"dev:local": "tsx src/index.ts",
 		"clean": "rimraf dist .turbo"
 	},
 	"dependencies": {

apps/cli/scripts/integration/cases/create-with-session-id-resume-loads-correct-session.ts

@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ async function createSessionWithCustomId(
 			"dev",
 			"--print",
 			"--provider",
-			"roo",
+			"openrouter",
 			"--output-format",
 			"stream-json",
 			"--workspace",
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ async function resumeSessionAndSendMarker(
 			"--print",
 			"--stdin-prompt-stream",
 			"--provider",
-			"roo",
+			"openrouter",
 			"--output-format",
 			"stream-json",
 			"--workspace",

apps/cli/scripts/integration/lib/stream-harness.ts

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ export async function runStreamCase(options: RunStreamCaseOptions): Promise<void
 
 	const child = execa(
 		"pnpm",
-		["dev", "--print", "--stdin-prompt-stream", "--provider", "roo", "--output-format", "stream-json"],
+		["dev", "--print", "--stdin-prompt-stream", "--provider", "openrouter", "--output-format", "stream-json"],
 		{
 			cwd: cliRoot,
 			stdin: "pipe",

apps/cli/src/agent/extension-host.ts

@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ export class ExtensionHost extends EventEmitter implements ExtensionHostInterfac
 		// Apply CLI settings to the runtime config and context proxy BEFORE
 		// sending webviewDidLaunch. This prevents a race condition where the
 		// webviewDidLaunch handler's first-time init sync reads default state
-		// (apiProvider: "anthropic") instead of the CLI-provided settings.
+		// instead of the CLI-provided settings.
 		setRuntimeConfigValues("roo-cline", this.initialSettings as Record<string, unknown>)
 		this.sendToExtension({ type: "updateSettings", updatedSettings: this.initialSettings })
 

apps/cli/src/commands/auth/index.ts

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-export * from "./login.js"
-export * from "./logout.js"
-export * from "./status.js"

apps/cli/src/commands/auth/login.ts

@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-import http from "http"
-import { randomBytes } from "crypto"
-import net from "net"
-import { exec } from "child_process"
-
-import { AUTH_BASE_URL } from "@/types/index.js"
-import { saveToken } from "@/lib/storage/index.js"
-
-export interface LoginOptions {
-	timeout?: number
-	verbose?: boolean
-}
-
-export type LoginResult =
-	| {
-			success: true
-			token: string
-	  }
-	| {
-			success: false
-			error: string
-	  }
-
-const LOCALHOST = "127.0.0.1"
-
-export async function login({ timeout = 5 * 60 * 1000, verbose = false }: LoginOptions = {}): Promise<LoginResult> {
-	const state = randomBytes(16).toString("hex")
-	const port = await getAvailablePort()
-	const host = `http://${LOCALHOST}:${port}`
-
-	if (verbose) {
-		console.log(`[Auth] Starting local callback server on port ${port}`)
-	}
-
-	// Create promise that will be resolved when we receive the callback.
-	const tokenPromise = new Promise<{ token: string; state: string }>((resolve, reject) => {
-		const server = http.createServer((req, res) => {
-			const url = new URL(req.url!, host)
-
-			if (url.pathname === "/callback") {
-				const receivedState = url.searchParams.get("state")
-				const token = url.searchParams.get("token")
-				const error = url.searchParams.get("error")
-
-				if (error) {
-					const errorUrl = new URL(`${AUTH_BASE_URL}/cli/sign-in?error=error-in-callback`)
-					errorUrl.searchParams.set("message", error)
-					res.writeHead(302, { Location: errorUrl.toString() })
-					res.end(() => {
-						server.close()
-						reject(new Error(error))
-					})
-				} else if (!token) {
-					const errorUrl = new URL(`${AUTH_BASE_URL}/cli/sign-in?error=missing-token`)
-					errorUrl.searchParams.set("message", "Missing token in callback")
-					res.writeHead(302, { Location: errorUrl.toString() })
-					res.end(() => {
-						server.close()
-						reject(new Error("Missing token in callback"))
-					})
-				} else if (receivedState !== state) {
-					const errorUrl = new URL(`${AUTH_BASE_URL}/cli/sign-in?error=invalid-state-parameter`)
-					errorUrl.searchParams.set("message", "Invalid state parameter")
-					res.writeHead(302, { Location: errorUrl.toString() })
-					res.end(() => {
-						server.close()
-						reject(new Error("Invalid state parameter"))
-					})
-				} else {
-					res.writeHead(302, { Location: `${AUTH_BASE_URL}/cli/sign-in?success=true` })
-					res.end(() => {
-						server.close()
-						resolve({ token, state: receivedState })
-					})
-				}
-			} else {
-				res.writeHead(404, { "Content-Type": "text/plain" })
-				res.end("Not found")
-			}
-		})
-
-		server.listen(port, LOCALHOST)
-
-		const timeoutId = setTimeout(() => {
-			server.close()
-			reject(new Error("Authentication timed out"))
-		}, timeout)
-
-		server.on("close", () => {
-			clearTimeout(timeoutId)
-		})
-	})
-
-	const authUrl = new URL(`${AUTH_BASE_URL}/cli/sign-in`)
-	authUrl.searchParams.set("state", state)
-	authUrl.searchParams.set("callback", `${host}/callback`)
-
-	console.log("Opening browser for authentication...")
-	console.log(`If the browser doesn't open, visit: ${authUrl.toString()}`)
-
-	try {
-		await openBrowser(authUrl.toString())
-	} catch (error) {
-		if (verbose) {
-			console.warn("[Auth] Failed to open browser automatically:", error)
-		}
-
-		console.log("Please open the URL above in your browser manually.")
-	}
-
-	try {
-		const { token } = await tokenPromise
-		await saveToken(token)
-		console.log("✓ Successfully authenticated!")
-		return { success: true, token }
-	} catch (error) {
-		const message = error instanceof Error ? error.message : String(error)
-		console.error(`✗ Authentication failed: ${message}`)
-		return { success: false, error: message }
-	}
-}
-
-async function getAvailablePort(startPort = 49152, endPort = 65535): Promise<number> {
-	return new Promise((resolve, reject) => {
-		const server = net.createServer()
-		let port = startPort
-
-		const tryPort = () => {
-			server.once("error", (err: NodeJS.ErrnoException) => {
-				if (err.code === "EADDRINUSE" && port < endPort) {
-					port++
-					tryPort()
-				} else {
-					reject(err)
-				}
-			})
-
-			server.once("listening", () => {
-				server.close(() => {
-					resolve(port)
-				})
-			})
-
-			server.listen(port, LOCALHOST)
-		}
-
-		tryPort()
-	})
-}
-
-function openBrowser(url: string): Promise<void> {
-	return new Promise((resolve, reject) => {
-		const platform = process.platform
-		let command: string
-
-		switch (platform) {
-			case "darwin":
-				command = `open "${url}"`
-				break
-			case "win32":
-				command = `start "" "${url}"`
-				break
-			default:
-				// Linux and other Unix-like systems.
-				command = `xdg-open "${url}"`
-				break
-		}
-
-		exec(command, (error) => {
-			if (error) {
-				reject(error)
-			} else {
-				resolve()
-			}
-		})
-	})
-}

apps/cli/src/commands/auth/logout.ts

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-import { clearToken, hasToken, getCredentialsPath } from "@/lib/storage/index.js"
-
-export interface LogoutOptions {
-	verbose?: boolean
-}
-
-export interface LogoutResult {
-	success: boolean
-	wasLoggedIn: boolean
-}
-
-export async function logout({ verbose = false }: LogoutOptions = {}): Promise<LogoutResult> {
-	const wasLoggedIn = await hasToken()
-
-	if (!wasLoggedIn) {
-		console.log("You are not currently logged in.")
-		return { success: true, wasLoggedIn: false }
-	}
-
-	if (verbose) {
-		console.log(`[Auth] Removing credentials from ${getCredentialsPath()}`)
-	}
-
-	await clearToken()
-	console.log("✓ Successfully logged out")
-	return { success: true, wasLoggedIn: true }
-}

apps/cli/src/commands/auth/status.ts

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-import { loadToken, loadCredentials, getCredentialsPath } from "@/lib/storage/index.js"
-import { isTokenExpired, isTokenValid, getTokenExpirationDate } from "@/lib/auth/index.js"
-
-export interface StatusOptions {
-	verbose?: boolean
-}
-
-export interface StatusResult {
-	authenticated: boolean
-	expired?: boolean
-	expiringSoon?: boolean
-	userId?: string
-	orgId?: string | null
-	expiresAt?: Date
-	createdAt?: Date
-}
-
-export async function status(options: StatusOptions = {}): Promise<StatusResult> {
-	const { verbose = false } = options
-
-	const token = await loadToken()
-
-	if (!token) {
-		console.log("✗ Not authenticated")
-		console.log("")
-		console.log("Run: roo auth login")
-		return { authenticated: false }
-	}
-
-	const expiresAt = getTokenExpirationDate(token)
-	const expired = !isTokenValid(token)
-	const expiringSoon = isTokenExpired(token, 24 * 60 * 60) && !expired
-
-	const credentials = await loadCredentials()
-	const createdAt = credentials?.createdAt ? new Date(credentials.createdAt) : undefined
-
-	if (expired) {
-		console.log("✗ Authentication token expired")
-		console.log("")
-		console.log("Run: roo auth login")
-
-		return {
-			authenticated: false,
-			expired: true,
-			expiresAt: expiresAt ?? undefined,
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (expiringSoon) {
-		console.log("⚠ Expires soon; refresh with `roo auth login`")
-	} else {
-		console.log("✓ Authenticated")
-	}
-
-	if (expiresAt) {
-		const remaining = getTimeRemaining(expiresAt)
-		console.log(`  Expires:      ${formatDate(expiresAt)} (${remaining})`)
-	}
-
-	if (createdAt && verbose) {
-		console.log(`  Created:      ${formatDate(createdAt)}`)
-	}
-
-	if (verbose) {
-		console.log(`  Credentials:  ${getCredentialsPath()}`)
-	}
-
-	return {
-		authenticated: true,
-		expired: false,
-		expiringSoon,
-		expiresAt: expiresAt ?? undefined,
-		createdAt,
-	}
-}
-
-function formatDate(date: Date): string {
-	return date.toLocaleDateString("en-US", { year: "numeric", month: "long", day: "numeric" })
-}
-
-function getTimeRemaining(date: Date): string {
-	const now = new Date()
-	const diff = date.getTime() - now.getTime()
-
-	if (diff <= 0) {
-		return "expired"
-	}
-
-	const days = Math.floor(diff / (1000 * 60 * 60 * 24))
-	const hours = Math.floor((diff % (1000 * 60 * 60 * 24)) / (1000 * 60 * 60))
-
-	if (days > 0) {
-		return `${days} day${days === 1 ? "" : "s"}`
-	}
-
-	return `${hours} hour${hours === 1 ? "" : "s"}`
-}

apps/cli/src/commands/cli/list.ts

@@ -6,11 +6,10 @@ import pWaitFor from "p-wait-for"
 
 import type { TaskSessionEntry } from "@roo-code/core/cli"
 import type { Command, ModelRecord, WebviewMessage } from "@roo-code/types"
-import { getProviderDefaultModelId } from "@roo-code/types"
+import { openRouterDefaultModelId } from "@roo-code/types"
 
 import { ExtensionHost, type ExtensionHostOptions } from "@/agent/index.js"
 import { readWorkspaceTaskSessions } from "@/lib/task-history/index.js"
-import { loadToken } from "@/lib/storage/index.js"
 import { getDefaultExtensionPath } from "@/lib/utils/extension.js"
 import { getApiKeyFromEnv } from "@/lib/utils/provider.js"
 import { isRecord } from "@/lib/utils/guards.js"
@@ -106,14 +105,14 @@ function outputSessionsText(sessions: SessionLike[]): void {
 async function createListHost(options: BaseListOptions, hostOptions: ListHostOptions): Promise<ExtensionHost> {
 	const workspacePath = resolveWorkspacePath(options.workspace)
 	const extensionPath = resolveExtensionPath(options.extension)
-	const apiKey = options.apiKey || (await loadToken()) || getApiKeyFromEnv("roo")
+	const apiKey = options.apiKey || getApiKeyFromEnv("openrouter")
 
 	const extensionHostOptions: ExtensionHostOptions = {
 		mode: "code",
 		reasoningEffort: undefined,
 		user: null,
-		provider: "roo",
-		model: getProviderDefaultModelId("roo"),
+		provider: "openrouter",
+		model: openRouterDefaultModelId,
 		apiKey,
 		workspacePath,
 		extensionPath,
@@ -215,26 +214,15 @@ function requestModes(host: ExtensionHost): Promise<ModeLike[]> {
 	})
 }
 
-function requestRooModels(host: ExtensionHost): Promise<ModelRecord> {
-	return requestFromExtension(host, "requestRooModels", (message) => {
-		if (message.type !== "singleRouterModelFetchResponse") {
+function requestOpenRouterModels(host: ExtensionHost): Promise<ModelRecord> {
+	return requestFromExtension(host, "requestRouterModels", (message) => {
+		if (message.type !== "routerModels") {
 			return undefined
 		}
 
-		const values = isRecord(message.values) ? message.values : undefined
-		if (values?.provider !== "roo") {
-			return undefined
-		}
-
-		if (message.success === false) {
-			const errorMessage =
-				typeof message.error === "string" && message.error.length > 0
-					? message.error
-					: "Failed to fetch Roo models"
-			throw new Error(errorMessage)
-		}
-
-		return isRecord(values.models) ? (values.models as ModelRecord) : {}
+		const routerModels = isRecord(message.routerModels) ? message.routerModels : {}
+		const openRouterModels = routerModels.openrouter
+		return isRecord(openRouterModels) ? (openRouterModels as ModelRecord) : {}
 	})
 }
 
@@ -299,7 +287,7 @@ export async function listModels(options: BaseListOptions): Promise<void> {
 	const format = parseFormat(options.format)
 
 	await withHostAndSignalHandlers(options, { ephemeral: true }, async (host) => {
-		const models = await requestRooModels(host)
+		const models = await requestOpenRouterModels(host)
 
 		if (format === "json") {
 			outputJson({ models })

apps/cli/src/commands/cli/run.ts

@@ -10,22 +10,17 @@ import { setLogger } from "@roo-code/vscode-shim"
 import {
 	FlagOptions,
 	isSupportedProvider,
-	OnboardingProviderChoice,
 	supportedProviders,
 	DEFAULT_FLAGS,
 	REASONING_EFFORTS,
-	SDK_BASE_URL,
 	OutputFormat,
 } from "@/types/index.js"
 import { isValidOutputFormat } from "@/types/json-events.js"
 import { JsonEventEmitter } from "@/agent/json-event-emitter.js"
 
-import { createClient } from "@/lib/sdk/index.js"
-import { loadToken, loadSettings } from "@/lib/storage/index.js"
+import { loadSettings } from "@/lib/storage/index.js"
 import { readWorkspaceTaskSessions, resolveWorkspaceResumeSessionId } from "@/lib/task-history/index.js"
-import { isRecord } from "@/lib/utils/guards.js"
 import { getEnvVarName, getApiKeyFromEnv } from "@/lib/utils/provider.js"
-import { runOnboarding } from "@/lib/utils/onboarding.js"
 import { validateTerminalShellPath } from "@/lib/utils/shell.js"
 import { getDefaultExtensionPath } from "@/lib/utils/extension.js"
 import { isValidSessionId } from "@/lib/utils/session-id.js"
@@ -36,7 +31,6 @@ import { isExpectedControlFlowError } from "./cancellation.js"
 import { runStdinStreamMode } from "./stdin-stream.js"
 
 const __dirname = path.dirname(fileURLToPath(import.meta.url))
-const ROO_MODEL_WARMUP_TIMEOUT_MS = 10_000
 const SIGNAL_ONLY_EXIT_KEEPALIVE_MS = 60_000
 const STREAM_RESUME_WAIT_TIMEOUT_MS = 2_000
 
@@ -54,59 +48,6 @@ function normalizeError(error: unknown): Error {
 	return error instanceof Error ? error : new Error(String(error))
 }
 
-async function warmRooModels(host: ExtensionHost): Promise<void> {
-	await new Promise<void>((resolve, reject) => {
-		let settled = false
-
-		const cleanup = () => {
-			clearTimeout(timeoutId)
-			host.off("extensionWebviewMessage", onMessage)
-		}
-
-		const finish = (fn: () => void) => {
-			if (settled) return
-			settled = true
-			cleanup()
-			fn()
-		}
-
-		const onMessage = (message: unknown) => {
-			if (!isRecord(message)) {
-				return
-			}
-
-			if (message.type !== "singleRouterModelFetchResponse") {
-				return
-			}
-
-			const values = isRecord(message.values) ? message.values : undefined
-
-			if (values?.provider !== "roo") {
-				return
-			}
-
-			if (message.success === false) {
-				const errorMessage =
-					typeof message.error === "string" && message.error.length > 0
-						? message.error
-						: "failed to refresh Roo models"
-
-				finish(() => reject(new Error(errorMessage)))
-				return
-			}
-
-			finish(() => resolve())
-		}
-
-		const timeoutId = setTimeout(() => {
-			finish(() => reject(new Error(`timed out waiting for Roo models after ${ROO_MODEL_WARMUP_TIMEOUT_MS}ms`)))
-		}, ROO_MODEL_WARMUP_TIMEOUT_MS)
-
-		host.on("extensionWebviewMessage", onMessage)
-		host.sendToExtension({ type: "requestRooModels" })
-	})
-}
-
 export async function run(promptArg: string | undefined, flagOptions: FlagOptions) {
 	setLogger({
 		info: () => {},
@@ -169,19 +110,17 @@ export async function run(promptArg: string | undefined, flagOptions: FlagOption
 
 	// Options
 
-	let rooToken = await loadToken()
 	const settings = await loadSettings()
 
 	const isTuiSupported = process.stdin.isTTY && process.stdout.isTTY
 	const isTuiEnabled = !flagOptions.print && isTuiSupported
-	const isOnboardingEnabled = isTuiEnabled && !rooToken && !flagOptions.provider && !settings.provider
 
 	// Determine effective values: CLI flags > settings file > DEFAULT_FLAGS.
 	const effectiveMode = flagOptions.mode || settings.mode || DEFAULT_FLAGS.mode
 	const effectiveModel = flagOptions.model || settings.model || DEFAULT_FLAGS.model
 	const effectiveReasoningEffort =
 		flagOptions.reasoningEffort || settings.reasoningEffort || DEFAULT_FLAGS.reasoningEffort
-	const effectiveProvider = flagOptions.provider ?? settings.provider ?? (rooToken ? "roo" : "openrouter")
+	const effectiveProvider = flagOptions.provider ?? settings.provider ?? "openrouter"
 	const effectiveWorkspacePath = flagOptions.workspace ? path.resolve(flagOptions.workspace) : process.cwd()
 	const legacyRequireApprovalFromSettings =
 		settings.requireApproval ??
@@ -229,49 +168,6 @@ export async function run(promptArg: string | undefined, flagOptions: FlagOption
 		terminalShell,
 	}
 
-	// Roo Code Cloud Authentication
-
-	if (isOnboardingEnabled) {
-		let { onboardingProviderChoice } = settings
-
-		if (!onboardingProviderChoice) {
-			const { choice, token } = await runOnboarding()
-			onboardingProviderChoice = choice
-			rooToken = token ?? null
-		}
-
-		if (onboardingProviderChoice === OnboardingProviderChoice.Roo) {
-			extensionHostOptions.provider = "roo"
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (extensionHostOptions.provider === "roo") {
-		if (rooToken) {
-			try {
-				const client = createClient({ url: SDK_BASE_URL, authToken: rooToken })
-				const me = await client.auth.me.query()
-
-				if (me?.type !== "user") {
-					throw new Error("Invalid token")
-				}
-
-				extensionHostOptions.apiKey = rooToken
-				extensionHostOptions.user = me.user
-			} catch {
-				// If an explicit API key was provided via flag or env var, fall through
-				// to the general API key resolution below instead of exiting.
-				if (!flagOptions.apiKey && !getApiKeyFromEnv(extensionHostOptions.provider)) {
-					console.error("[CLI] Your Roo Code Router token is not valid.")
-					console.error("[CLI] Please run: roo auth login")
-					console.error("[CLI] Or use --api-key or set ROO_API_KEY to provide your own API key.")
-					process.exit(1)
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		// If no rooToken, fall through to the general API key resolution below
-		// which will check flagOptions.apiKey and ROO_API_KEY env var.
-	}
-
 	// Validations
 	// TODO: Validate the API key for the chosen provider.
 	// TODO: Validate the model for the chosen provider.
@@ -287,18 +183,8 @@ export async function run(promptArg: string | undefined, flagOptions: FlagOption
 		extensionHostOptions.apiKey || flagOptions.apiKey || getApiKeyFromEnv(extensionHostOptions.provider)
 
 	if (!extensionHostOptions.apiKey) {
-		if (extensionHostOptions.provider === "roo") {
-			console.error("[CLI] Error: Authentication with Roo Code Cloud failed or was cancelled.")
-			console.error("[CLI] Please run: roo auth login")
-			console.error("[CLI] Or use --api-key to provide your own API key.")
-		} else {
-			console.error(
-				`[CLI] Error: No API key provided. Use --api-key or set the appropriate environment variable.`,
-			)
-			console.error(
-				`[CLI] For ${extensionHostOptions.provider}, set ${getEnvVarName(extensionHostOptions.provider)}`,
-			)
-		}
+		console.error(`[CLI] Error: No API key provided. Use --api-key or set the appropriate environment variable.`)
+		console.error(`[CLI] For ${extensionHostOptions.provider}, set ${getEnvVarName(extensionHostOptions.provider)}`)
 
 		process.exit(1)
 	}
@@ -606,16 +492,6 @@ export async function run(promptArg: string | undefined, flagOptions: FlagOption
 
 		try {
 			await host.activate()
-			if (extensionHostOptions.provider === "roo") {
-				try {
-					await warmRooModels(host)
-				} catch (warmupError) {
-					if (flagOptions.debug) {
-						const message = warmupError instanceof Error ? warmupError.message : String(warmupError)
-						console.error(`[CLI] Warning: Roo model warmup failed: ${message}`)
-					}
-				}
-			}
 
 			if (jsonEmitter) {
 				jsonEmitter.attachToClient(host.client)

apps/cli/src/commands/index.ts

@@ -1,2 +1 @@
-export * from "./auth/index.js"
 export * from "./cli/index.js"

apps/cli/src/index.ts

@@ -2,17 +2,7 @@ import { Command } from "commander"
 
 import { DEFAULT_FLAGS } from "@/types/constants.js"
 import { VERSION } from "@/lib/utils/version.js"
-import {
-	run,
-	login,
-	logout,
-	status,
-	listCommands,
-	listModes,
-	listModels,
-	listSessions,
-	upgrade,
-} from "@/commands/index.js"
+import { run, listCommands, listModes, listModels, listSessions, upgrade } from "@/commands/index.js"
 
 const program = new Command()
 
@@ -45,7 +35,7 @@ program
 	.option("-d, --debug", "Enable debug output (includes detailed debug information)", false)
 	.option("-a, --require-approval", "Require manual approval for actions", false)
 	.option("-k, --api-key <key>", "API key for the LLM provider")
-	.option("--provider <provider>", "API provider (roo, anthropic, openai, openrouter, etc.)")
+	.option("--provider <provider>", "API provider (anthropic, openai, openrouter, etc.)")
 	.option("-m, --model <model>", "Model to use", DEFAULT_FLAGS.model)
 	.option("--mode <mode>", "Mode to start in (code, architect, ask, debug, etc.)", DEFAULT_FLAGS.mode)
 	.option("--terminal-shell <path>", "Absolute path to shell executable for inline terminal commands")
@@ -79,7 +69,7 @@ const applyListOptions = (command: Command) =>
 	command
 		.option("-w, --workspace <path>", "Workspace directory path (defaults to current working directory)")
 		.option("-e, --extension <path>", "Path to the extension bundle directory")
-		.option("-k, --api-key <key>", "Roo API key (falls back to saved login/session token)")
+		.option("-k, --api-key <key>", "API key for the LLM provider")
 		.option("--format <format>", 'Output format: "json" (default) or "text"', "json")
 		.option("-d, --debug", "Enable debug output", false)
 
@@ -117,7 +107,7 @@ applyListOptions(listCommand.command("modes").description("List available modes"
 	},
 )
 
-applyListOptions(listCommand.command("models").description("List available Roo models")).action(
+applyListOptions(listCommand.command("models").description("List available models")).action(
 	async (options: Parameters<typeof listModels>[0]) => {
 		await runListAction(() => listModels(options))
 	},
@@ -136,33 +126,4 @@ program
 		await runUpgradeAction(() => upgrade())
 	})
 
-const authCommand = program.command("auth").description("Manage authentication for Roo Code Cloud")
-
-authCommand
-	.command("login")
-	.description("Authenticate with Roo Code Cloud")
-	.option("-v, --verbose", "Enable verbose output", false)
-	.action(async (options: { verbose: boolean }) => {
-		const result = await login({ verbose: options.verbose })
-		process.exit(result.success ? 0 : 1)
-	})
-
-authCommand
-	.command("logout")
-	.description("Log out from Roo Code Cloud")
-	.option("-v, --verbose", "Enable verbose output", false)
-	.action(async (options: { verbose: boolean }) => {
-		const result = await logout({ verbose: options.verbose })
-		process.exit(result.success ? 0 : 1)
-	})
-
-authCommand
-	.command("status")
-	.description("Show authentication status")
-	.option("-v, --verbose", "Enable verbose output", false)
-	.action(async (options: { verbose: boolean }) => {
-		const result = await status({ verbose: options.verbose })
-		process.exit(result.authenticated ? 0 : 1)
-	})
-
 program.parse()

apps/cli/src/lib/auth/index.ts

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-export * from "./token.js"

apps/cli/src/lib/auth/token.ts

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-export interface DecodedToken {
-	iss: string
-	sub: string
-	exp: number
-	iat: number
-	nbf: number
-	v: number
-	r?: {
-		u?: string
-		o?: string
-		t: string
-	}
-}
-
-function decodeToken(token: string): DecodedToken | null {
-	try {
-		const parts = token.split(".")
-
-		if (parts.length !== 3) {
-			return null
-		}
-
-		const payload = parts[1]
-
-		if (!payload) {
-			return null
-		}
-
-		const padded = payload + "=".repeat((4 - (payload.length % 4)) % 4)
-		const decoded = Buffer.from(padded, "base64url").toString("utf-8")
-		return JSON.parse(decoded) as DecodedToken
-	} catch {
-		return null
-	}
-}
-
-export function isTokenExpired(token: string, bufferSeconds = 24 * 60 * 60): boolean {
-	const decoded = decodeToken(token)
-
-	if (!decoded?.exp) {
-		return true
-	}
-
-	const expiresAt = decoded.exp
-	const bufferTime = Math.floor(Date.now() / 1000) + bufferSeconds
-	return expiresAt < bufferTime
-}
-
-export function isTokenValid(token: string): boolean {
-	return !isTokenExpired(token, 0)
-}
-
-export function getTokenExpirationDate(token: string): Date | null {
-	const decoded = decodeToken(token)
-
-	if (!decoded?.exp) {
-		return null
-	}
-
-	return new Date(decoded.exp * 1000)
-}

apps/cli/src/lib/storage/__tests__/credentials.test.ts

@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-import fs from "fs/promises"
-import path from "path"
-
-// Use vi.hoisted to make the test directory available to the mock
-// This must return the path synchronously since CREDENTIALS_FILE is computed at import time
-const { getTestConfigDir } = vi.hoisted(() => {
-	// eslint-disable-next-line @typescript-eslint/no-require-imports
-	const os = require("os")
-	// eslint-disable-next-line @typescript-eslint/no-require-imports
-	const path = require("path")
-	const testRunId = Date.now().toString()
-	const testConfigDir = path.join(os.tmpdir(), `roo-cli-test-${testRunId}`)
-	return { getTestConfigDir: () => testConfigDir }
-})
-
-vi.mock("../config-dir.js", () => ({
-	getConfigDir: getTestConfigDir,
-}))
-
-// Import after mocking
-import { saveToken, loadToken, loadCredentials, clearToken, hasToken, getCredentialsPath } from "../credentials.js"
-
-// Re-derive the test config dir for use in tests (must match the hoisted one)
-const actualTestConfigDir = getTestConfigDir()
-
-describe("Token Storage", () => {
-	const expectedCredentialsFile = path.join(actualTestConfigDir, "cli-credentials.json")
-
-	beforeEach(async () => {
-		// Clear test directory before each test
-		await fs.rm(actualTestConfigDir, { recursive: true, force: true })
-	})
-
-	afterAll(async () => {
-		// Clean up test directory
-		await fs.rm(actualTestConfigDir, { recursive: true, force: true })
-	})
-
-	describe("getCredentialsPath", () => {
-		it("should return the correct credentials file path", () => {
-			expect(getCredentialsPath()).toBe(expectedCredentialsFile)
-		})
-	})
-
-	describe("saveToken", () => {
-		it("should save token to disk", async () => {
-			const token = "test-token-123"
-			await saveToken(token)
-
-			const savedData = await fs.readFile(expectedCredentialsFile, "utf-8")
-			const credentials = JSON.parse(savedData)
-
-			expect(credentials.token).toBe(token)
-			expect(credentials.createdAt).toBeDefined()
-		})
-
-		it("should save token with user info", async () => {
-			const token = "test-token-456"
-			await saveToken(token, { userId: "user_123", orgId: "org_456" })
-
-			const savedData = await fs.readFile(expectedCredentialsFile, "utf-8")
-			const credentials = JSON.parse(savedData)
-
-			expect(credentials.token).toBe(token)
-			expect(credentials.userId).toBe("user_123")
-			expect(credentials.orgId).toBe("org_456")
-		})
-
-		it("should create config directory if it doesn't exist", async () => {
-			const token = "test-token-789"
-			await saveToken(token)
-
-			const dirStats = await fs.stat(actualTestConfigDir)
-			expect(dirStats.isDirectory()).toBe(true)
-		})
-
-		// Unix file permissions don't apply on Windows - skip this test
-		it.skipIf(process.platform === "win32")("should set restrictive file permissions", async () => {
-			const token = "test-token-perms"
-			await saveToken(token)
-
-			const stats = await fs.stat(expectedCredentialsFile)
-			// Check that only owner has read/write (mode 0o600)
-			const mode = stats.mode & 0o777
-			expect(mode).toBe(0o600)
-		})
-	})
-
-	describe("loadToken", () => {
-		it("should load saved token", async () => {
-			const token = "test-token-abc"
-			await saveToken(token)
-
-			const loaded = await loadToken()
-			expect(loaded).toBe(token)
-		})
-
-		it("should return null if no token exists", async () => {
-			const loaded = await loadToken()
-			expect(loaded).toBeNull()
-		})
-	})
-
-	describe("loadCredentials", () => {
-		it("should load full credentials", async () => {
-			const token = "test-token-def"
-			await saveToken(token, { userId: "user_789" })
-
-			const credentials = await loadCredentials()
-
-			expect(credentials).not.toBeNull()
-			expect(credentials?.token).toBe(token)
-			expect(credentials?.userId).toBe("user_789")
-			expect(credentials?.createdAt).toBeDefined()
-		})
-
-		it("should return null if no credentials exist", async () => {
-			const credentials = await loadCredentials()
-			expect(credentials).toBeNull()
-		})
-	})
-
-	describe("clearToken", () => {
-		it("should remove saved token", async () => {
-			const token = "test-token-ghi"
-			await saveToken(token)
-
-			await clearToken()
-
-			const loaded = await loadToken()
-			expect(loaded).toBeNull()
-		})
-
-		it("should not throw if no token exists", async () => {
-			await expect(clearToken()).resolves.not.toThrow()
-		})
-	})
-
-	describe("hasToken", () => {
-		it("should return true if token exists", async () => {
-			await saveToken("test-token-jkl")
-
-			const exists = await hasToken()
-			expect(exists).toBe(true)
-		})
-
-		it("should return false if no token exists", async () => {
-			const exists = await hasToken()
-			expect(exists).toBe(false)
-		})
-	})
-})

apps/cli/src/lib/storage/__tests__/settings.test.ts

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ describe("Settings Storage", () => {
 
 		it("should load saved settings", async () => {
 			const settingsData = {
-				onboardingProviderChoice: OnboardingProviderChoice.Roo,
+				onboardingProviderChoice: OnboardingProviderChoice.Byok,
 				mode: "architect",
 				provider: "anthropic" as const,
 				model: "claude-sonnet-4-20250514",
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ describe("Settings Storage", () => {
 
 	describe("resetOnboarding", () => {
 		it("should reset onboarding provider choice", async () => {
-			await saveSettings({ onboardingProviderChoice: OnboardingProviderChoice.Roo })
+			await saveSettings({ onboardingProviderChoice: OnboardingProviderChoice.Byok })
 
 			await resetOnboarding()
 

apps/cli/src/lib/storage/credentials.ts

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-import fs from "fs/promises"
-import path from "path"
-
-import { getConfigDir } from "./index.js"
-
-const CREDENTIALS_FILE = path.join(getConfigDir(), "cli-credentials.json")
-
-export interface Credentials {
-	token: string
-	createdAt: string
-	userId?: string
-	orgId?: string
-}
-
-export async function saveToken(token: string, options?: { userId?: string; orgId?: string }): Promise<void> {
-	await fs.mkdir(getConfigDir(), { recursive: true })
-
-	const credentials: Credentials = {
-		token,
-		createdAt: new Date().toISOString(),
-		userId: options?.userId,
-		orgId: options?.orgId,
-	}
-
-	await fs.writeFile(CREDENTIALS_FILE, JSON.stringify(credentials, null, 2), {
-		mode: 0o600, // Read/write for owner only
-	})
-}
-
-export async function loadToken(): Promise<string | null> {
-	try {
-		const data = await fs.readFile(CREDENTIALS_FILE, "utf-8")
-		const credentials: Credentials = JSON.parse(data)
-		return credentials.token
-	} catch (error) {
-		if ((error as NodeJS.ErrnoException).code === "ENOENT") {
-			return null
-		}
-		throw error
-	}
-}
-
-export async function loadCredentials(): Promise<Credentials | null> {
-	try {
-		const data = await fs.readFile(CREDENTIALS_FILE, "utf-8")
-		return JSON.parse(data) as Credentials
-	} catch (error) {
-		if ((error as NodeJS.ErrnoException).code === "ENOENT") {
-			return null
-		}
-		throw error
-	}
-}
-
-export async function clearToken(): Promise<void> {
-	try {
-		await fs.unlink(CREDENTIALS_FILE)
-	} catch (error) {
-		if ((error as NodeJS.ErrnoException).code !== "ENOENT") {
-			throw error
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-export async function hasToken(): Promise<boolean> {
-	const token = await loadToken()
-	return token !== null
-}
-
-export function getCredentialsPath(): string {
-	return CREDENTIALS_FILE
-}

apps/cli/src/lib/storage/index.ts

@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
 export * from "./config-dir.js"
 export * from "./settings.js"
-export * from "./credentials.js"
 export * from "./ephemeral.js"

apps/cli/src/lib/utils/onboarding.ts

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-import { createElement } from "react"
-
-import { type OnboardingResult, OnboardingProviderChoice } from "@/types/index.js"
-import { login } from "@/commands/index.js"
-import { saveSettings } from "@/lib/storage/index.js"
-
-export async function runOnboarding(): Promise<OnboardingResult> {
-	const { render } = await import("ink")
-	const { OnboardingScreen } = await import("../../ui/components/onboarding/index.js")
-
-	return new Promise<OnboardingResult>((resolve) => {
-		const onSelect = async (choice: OnboardingProviderChoice) => {
-			await saveSettings({ onboardingProviderChoice: choice })
-
-			app.unmount()
-
-			console.log("")
-
-			if (choice === OnboardingProviderChoice.Roo) {
-				const result = await login()
-				await saveSettings({ onboardingProviderChoice: choice })
-
-				resolve({
-					choice: OnboardingProviderChoice.Roo,
-					token: result.success ? result.token : undefined,
-					skipped: false,
-				})
-			} else {
-				console.log("Using your own API key.")
-				console.log("Set your API key via --api-key or environment variable.")
-				console.log("")
-				resolve({ choice: OnboardingProviderChoice.Byok, skipped: false })
-			}
-		}
-
-		const app = render(createElement(OnboardingScreen, { onSelect }))
-	})
-}

apps/cli/src/lib/utils/provider.ts

@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ const envVarMap: Record<SupportedProvider, string> = {
 	gemini: "GOOGLE_API_KEY",
 	openrouter: "OPENROUTER_API_KEY",
 	"vercel-ai-gateway": "VERCEL_AI_GATEWAY_API_KEY",
-	roo: "ROO_API_KEY",
 }
 
 export function getEnvVarName(provider: SupportedProvider): string {
@@ -48,10 +47,6 @@ export function getProviderSettings(
 			if (apiKey) config.vercelAiGatewayApiKey = apiKey
 			if (model) config.vercelAiGatewayModelId = model
 			break
-		case "roo":
-			if (apiKey) config.rooApiKey = apiKey
-			if (model) config.apiModelId = model
-			break
 		default:
 			if (apiKey) config.apiKey = apiKey
 			if (model) config.apiModelId = model

apps/cli/src/types/constants.ts

@@ -21,7 +21,3 @@ export const ASCII_ROO = `  _,'   ___
       \\,\\ / \\\\
         //   \\\\
       ,/'     \`\\_,`
-
-export const AUTH_BASE_URL = process.env.ROO_AUTH_BASE_URL ?? "https://app.roocode.com"
-
-export const SDK_BASE_URL = process.env.ROO_SDK_BASE_URL ?? "https://cloud-api.roocode.com"

apps/cli/src/types/types.ts

@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ export const supportedProviders = [
 	"gemini",
 	"openrouter",
 	"vercel-ai-gateway",
-	"roo",
 ] as const satisfies ProviderName[]
 
 export type SupportedProvider = (typeof supportedProviders)[number]
@@ -44,7 +43,6 @@ export type FlagOptions = {
 }
 
 export enum OnboardingProviderChoice {
-	Roo = "roo",
 	Byok = "byok",
 }
 

apps/cli/src/ui/components/onboarding/OnboardingScreen.tsx

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-import { Box, Text } from "ink"
-import { Select } from "@inkjs/ui"
-
-import { OnboardingProviderChoice, ASCII_ROO } from "@/types/index.js"
-
-export interface OnboardingScreenProps {
-	onSelect: (choice: OnboardingProviderChoice) => void
-}
-
-export function OnboardingScreen({ onSelect }: OnboardingScreenProps) {
-	return (
-		<Box flexDirection="column" gap={1}>
-			<Text bold color="cyan">
-				{ASCII_ROO}
-			</Text>
-			<Text dimColor>Welcome! How would you like to connect to an LLM provider?</Text>
-			<Select
-				options={[
-					{ label: "Connect to Roo Code Cloud", value: OnboardingProviderChoice.Roo },
-					{ label: "Bring your own API key", value: OnboardingProviderChoice.Byok },
-				]}
-				onChange={(value: string) => {
-					onSelect(value as OnboardingProviderChoice)
-				}}
-			/>
-		</Box>
-	)
-}

apps/cli/src/ui/components/onboarding/index.ts

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-export * from "./OnboardingScreen.js"

apps/docs/.env.example

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# No environment variables are required for local docs development.

apps/docs/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Dependencies
+/node_modules
+
+# Production
+/build
+
+# Generated files
+.docusaurus
+.cache-loader
+*.js
+!src/**/*.js
+
+# Misc
+.DS_Store
+.env
+!.env.example
+.env.local
+.env.development.local
+.env.test.local
+.env.production.local
+
+npm-debug.log*
+yarn-debug.log*
+yarn-error.log*
+
+.devcontainer
+TEMP/
+
+.history/
+
+.roo/mcp.json

apps/docs/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.

apps/docs/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Roo Code Docs
+
+This website is built using [Docusaurus](https://docusaurus.io/), a modern static website generator, and lives at https://roocodeinc.github.io/Roo-Code/
+
+### Installation
+
+```
+$ pnpm install
+```
+
+### Local Development
+
+```
+$ pnpm start
+```
+
+This command starts a local development server and opens up a browser window. Most changes are reflected live without having to restart the server.
+
+### License
+
+[![License](https://img.shields.io/badge/License-Apache_2.0-blue.svg)](LICENSE)

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/access-mcp-resource.md

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+---
+description: Learn how the access_mcp_resource tool retrieves data from Model Context Protocol servers for additional context in Roo Code tasks.
+keywords:
+    - access_mcp_resource
+    - MCP
+    - Model Context Protocol
+    - MCP resources
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - context retrieval
+    - API integration
+---
+
+# access_mcp_resource
+
+The `access_mcp_resource` tool retrieves data from resources exposed by connected Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. It allows Roo to access files, API responses, documentation, or system information that provides additional context for tasks.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `server_name` (required): The name of the MCP server providing the resource
+- `uri` (required): The URI identifying the specific resource to access
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool connects to MCP servers and fetches data from their exposed resources. Unlike `use_mcp_tool` which executes actions, this tool specifically retrieves information that serves as context for tasks.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When Roo needs additional context from external systems
+- When Roo needs to access domain-specific data from specialized MCP servers
+- When Roo needs to retrieve reference documentation hosted by MCP servers
+- When Roo needs to integrate real-time data from external APIs via MCP
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Retrieves both text and image data from MCP resources
+- Requires user approval before executing resource access
+- Uses URI-based addressing to precisely identify resources
+- Integrates with the Model Context Protocol SDK
+- Displays resource content appropriately based on content type
+- Supports timeouts for reliable network operations
+- Handles server connection states (connected, connecting, disconnected)
+- Discovers available resources from connected servers
+- Processes structured response data with metadata
+- Handles image content special rendering
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Depends on external MCP servers being available and connected
+- Limited to the resources provided by connected servers
+- Cannot access resources from disabled servers
+- Network issues can affect reliability and performance
+- Resource access subject to configured timeouts
+- URI formats are determined by the specific MCP server implementation
+- No offline or cached resource access capabilities
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `access_mcp_resource` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Connection Validation**:
+
+    - Verifies that an MCP hub is available and initialized
+    - Confirms the specified server exists in the connection list
+    - Checks if the server is disabled (returns an error if it is)
+
+2. **User Approval**:
+
+    - Presents the resource access request to the user for approval
+    - Provides server name and resource URI for user verification
+    - Proceeds only if the user approves the resource access
+
+3. **Resource Request**:
+
+    - Uses the Model Context Protocol SDK to communicate with servers
+    - Makes a `resources/read` request to the server through the MCP hub
+    - Applies configured timeouts to prevent hanging on unresponsive servers
+
+4. **Response Processing**:
+    - Receives a structured response with metadata and content arrays
+    - Processes text content for display to the user
+    - Handles image data specially for appropriate display
+    - Returns the processed resource data to Roo for use in the current task
+
+---
+
+## Resource Types
+
+MCP servers can provide two main types of resources:
+
+1. **Standard Resources**:
+
+    - Fixed resources with specific URIs
+    - Defined name, description, and MIME type
+    - Direct access without parameters
+    - Typically represent static data or real-time information
+
+2. **Resource Templates**:
+    - Parameterized resources with placeholder values in URIs
+    - Allow dynamic resource generation based on provided parameters
+    - Can represent queries or filtered views of data
+    - More flexible but require additional URI formatting
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When helping with API development, Roo retrieves endpoint specifications from MCP resources to ensure correct implementation.
+- When assisting with data visualization, Roo accesses current data samples from connected MCP servers.
+- When working in specialized domains, Roo retrieves technical documentation to provide accurate guidance.
+- When generating industry-specific code, Roo references compliance requirements from documentation resources.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Accessing current weather data:
+
+```
+<access_mcp_resource>
+<server_name>weather-server</server_name>
+<uri>weather://san-francisco/current</uri>
+</access_mcp_resource>
+```
+
+Retrieving API documentation:
+
+```
+<access_mcp_resource>
+<server_name>api-docs</server_name>
+<uri>docs://payment-service/endpoints</uri>
+</access_mcp_resource>
+```
+
+Accessing domain-specific knowledge:
+
+```
+<access_mcp_resource>
+<server_name>knowledge-base</server_name>
+<uri>kb://medical/terminology/common</uri>
+</access_mcp_resource>
+```
+
+Fetching system configuration:
+
+```
+<access_mcp_resource>
+<server_name>infra-monitor</server_name>
+<uri>config://production/database</uri>
+</access_mcp_resource>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff.md

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+---
+description: Master the apply_diff tool for making surgical code changes using fuzzy matching and line hints in Roo Code with multi-file support.
+keywords:
+    - apply_diff
+    - file editing
+    - code modifications
+    - fuzzy matching
+    - diff tool
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - multi-file edits
+---
+
+# apply_diff
+
+The `apply_diff` tool makes precise, surgical changes to files by specifying exactly what content to replace. It uses a sophisticated strategy for finding and applying changes while maintaining proper code formatting and structure.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `path` (required): The path of the file to modify relative to the current working directory.
+- `diff` (required): The search/replace block defining the changes using a format specific to the active diff strategy.
+- `start_line` (optional): A hint for where the search content begins. _Note: This top-level parameter appears unused by the current main strategy, which relies on `:start_line:` within the diff content._
+- `end_line` (optional): A hint for where the search content ends. _Note: This top-level parameter appears unused by the current main strategy._
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool applies targeted changes to existing files using fuzzy matching guided by line number hints to locate and replace content precisely. Unlike simple search and replace, it identifies the exact block for replacement based on the provided content and location hints.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When Roo needs to make precise changes to existing code without rewriting entire files.
+- When refactoring specific sections of code while maintaining surrounding context.
+- When fixing bugs in existing code with surgical precision.
+- When implementing feature enhancements that modify only certain parts of a file.
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Uses fuzzy matching (Levenshtein distance on normalized strings) guided by a `:start_line:` hint, with configurable confidence thresholds (typically 0.8-1.0).
+- Provides context around matches using `BUFFER_LINES` (default 40).
+- Performs a middle-out search within a configurable context window (`bufferLines`) around the hinted start line.
+- Preserves code formatting and indentation passively by replacing exact blocks.
+- Shows changes in a diff view for user review and editing before applying.
+- Tracks consecutive errors per file (`consecutiveMistakeCountForApplyDiff`) to prevent repeated failures.
+- Validates file access against `.rooignore` rules.
+- Handles multi-line edits effectively.
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Works best with unique, distinctive code sections for reliable identification.
+- Performance can vary with very large files or highly repetitive code patterns.
+- Fuzzy matching might occasionally select incorrect locations if content is ambiguous.
+- Each diff strategy has specific format requirements.
+- Complex edits might require careful strategy selection or manual review.
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `apply_diff` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1.  **Parameter Validation**: Validates required `path` and `diff` parameters.
+2.  **RooIgnore Check**: Validates if the target file path is allowed by `.rooignore` rules.
+3.  **File Analysis**: Loads the target file content.
+4.  **Match Finding**: Uses a fuzzy matching algorithm (Levenshtein on normalized strings) guided by the `:start_line:` hint within a context window (`BUFFER_LINES`), searching middle-out to locate the target content based on the confidence threshold.
+5.  **Change Preparation**: Generates the proposed changes by replacing the identified block.
+6.  **User Interaction**:
+    - Displays the changes in a diff view.
+    - Allows the user to review and potentially edit the proposed changes.
+    - Waits for user approval or rejection.
+7.  **Change Application**: If approved, applies the changes (potentially including user edits) to the file.
+8.  **Error Handling**: If errors occur (e.g., match failure, partial application), increments the `consecutiveMistakeCountForApplyDiff` for the file and reports the failure type.
+9.  **Feedback**: Returns the result, including any user feedback or error details.
+
+---
+
+## Diff Format Requirements
+
+The `<diff>` parameter requires a specific format supporting one or more changes in a single request. Each change block requires a line number hint for the original content.
+
+- **Requires**: Exact match for the `SEARCH` block content (within the fuzzy threshold), including whitespace and indentation. The `:start_line:` number hint is mandatory within each block. The `:end_line:` hint is optional (but supported by the parser). Markers like `<<<<<<<` within the file's content must be escaped (`\\`) in the SEARCH block.
+
+Example format for the `<diff>` block:
+
+```diff
+<<<<<<< SEARCH
+:start_line:10
+:end_line:12
+-------
+    // Old calculation logic
+    const result = value * 0.9;
+    return result;
+=======
+    // Updated calculation logic with logging
+    console.log(`Calculating for value: ${value}`);
+    const result = value * 0.95; // Adjusted factor
+    return result;
+>>>>>>> REPLACE
+
+<<<<<<< SEARCH
+:start_line:25
+:end_line:25
+-------
+    const defaultTimeout = 5000;
+=======
+    const defaultTimeout = 10000; // Increased timeout
+>>>>>>> REPLACE
+```
+
+---

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-patch.md

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+---
+description: Apply unified diff patches to multiple files in a single operation using the apply_patch tool in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - apply_patch
+    - patch
+    - unified diff
+    - multi-file edits
+    - file operations
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - diff patches
+---
+
+# apply_patch
+
+The `apply_patch` tool applies unified diff patches to multiple files in a single operation. It supports custom patch headers for adding, deleting, and updating files, making it ideal for complex multi-file refactoring operations.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `patch` (required): A unified diff patch string with custom headers. Supports `*** Add File:`, `*** Delete File:`, and `*** Update File:` headers.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool processes unified diff patches containing operations for multiple files. It parses the patch content, identifies file operations (add, delete, update), and applies the changes atomically. Unlike [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) which handles single-file search-and-replace operations, `apply_patch` works with traditional unified diff format.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When applying patches generated by version control systems or diff tools
+- When performing complex multi-file refactoring with precise line-level changes
+- When migrating code changes from one branch or repository to another
+- When bulk-adding, updating, or removing multiple files in one operation
+- When working with patches from external sources or automated tools
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Supports multiple files in a single patch operation
+- Handles file addition, deletion, and modification
+- Uses unified diff format for precise line-level control
+- Custom headers (`*** Add File:`, `*** Delete File:`, `*** Update File:`) for clarity
+- Atomic operations with validation before applying changes
+- Compatible with standard diff/patch tooling output
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Requires proper unified diff format syntax
+- Line numbers and context must match existing file content
+- Cannot apply patches with conflicts or mismatched context
+- Less flexible than search-and-replace tools for fuzzy matching
+- Requires exact line-level accuracy in patches
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `apply_patch` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Patch Parsing**: Parses the patch string to identify custom headers (`*** Add File:`, `*** Delete File:`, `*** Update File:`) and unified diff blocks.
+2. **Operation Identification**: Groups changes by file path and operation type (add, delete, update).
+3. **Validation**: Validates that target files exist (for updates/deletes) or can be created (for adds).
+4. **RooIgnore Check**: Ensures target files are not restricted by `.rooignore` rules.
+5. **User Review**: Presents the patch operations for user review and approval.
+6. **Application**: Applies approved changes to each file sequentially.
+7. **Feedback**: Reports success or failure for each file operation.
+
+---
+
+## Patch Format
+
+The patch format uses custom headers followed by unified diff blocks:
+
+```diff
+*** Add File: src/utils/newHelper.ts
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/src/utils/newHelper.ts
+@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
++export function helperFunction(value: string): string {
++  return value.toUpperCase();
++}
+
+*** Update File: src/main.ts
+--- a/src/main.ts
++++ b/src/main.ts
+@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
+ import { config } from './config';
+-const timeout = 5000;
++const timeout = 10000;
+
+ function main() {
+
+*** Delete File: src/deprecated/oldUtil.ts
+```
+
+---
+
+## Relation to Other Tools
+
+- [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff): Use for single-file search-and-replace with fuzzy matching
+- `apply_patch`: Use for multi-file operations with unified diff format
+- [`write_to_file`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/write-to-file): Use for creating entire new files

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/ask-followup-question.md

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+---
+description: Enable interactive communication in Roo Code with the ask_followup_question tool for gathering clarification and user preferences.
+keywords:
+    - ask_followup_question
+    - user interaction
+    - interactive communication
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - clarification
+    - user feedback
+---
+
+# ask_followup_question
+
+The `ask_followup_question` tool enables interactive communication by asking specific questions to gather additional information needed to complete tasks effectively.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `question` (required): The specific question to ask the user
+- `follow_up` (optional): A list of 2-4 suggested answers that help guide user responses, each within `<suggest>` tags
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool creates a conversational interface between Roo and the user, allowing for gathering clarification, additional details, or user preferences when facing ambiguities or decision points. Each question can include suggested responses to streamline the interaction.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When critical information is missing from the original request
+- When Roo needs to choose between multiple valid implementation approaches
+- When technical details or preferences are required to proceed
+- When Roo encounters ambiguities that need resolution
+- When additional context would significantly improve the solution quality
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Provides a structured way to gather specific information without breaking workflow
+- Includes suggested answers to reduce user typing and guide responses
+- Maintains conversation history and context across interactions
+- Supports responses containing images and code snippets
+- Available in all modes as part of the "always available" tool set
+- Enables direct user guidance on implementation decisions
+- Formats responses with `<answer>` tags to distinguish them from regular conversation
+- Resets consecutive error counter when used successfully
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Limited to asking one specific question per tool use
+- Presents suggestions as selectable options in the UI
+- Cannot force structured responses – users can still respond freely
+- Excessive use can slow down task completion and create a fragmented experience
+- Suggested answers must be complete, with no placeholders requiring user edits
+- No built-in validation for user responses
+- Contains no mechanism to enforce specific answer formats
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `ask_followup_question` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates the required `question` parameter and checks for optional suggestions
+
+    - Ensures question text is provided
+    - Parses any suggested answers from the `follow_up` parameter using the `fast-xml-parser` library
+    - Normalizes suggestions into an array format even if there's only one suggestion
+
+2. **JSON Transformation**: Converts the XML structure into a standardized JSON format for UI display
+
+    ```typescript
+    {
+      question: "User's question here",
+      suggest: [
+        { answer: "Suggestion 1" },
+        { answer: "Suggestion 2" }
+      ]
+    }
+    ```
+
+3. **UI Integration**:
+
+    - Passes the JSON structure to the UI layer via the `ask("followup", ...)` method
+    - Displays selectable suggestion buttons to the user in the interface
+    - Creates an interactive experience for selecting or typing a response
+
+4. **Response Collection and Processing**:
+
+    - Captures user text input and any images included in the response
+    - Wraps user responses in `<answer>` tags when returning to the assistant
+    - Preserves any images included in the user's response
+    - Maintains the conversational context by adding the response to the history
+    - Resets the consecutive error counter when the tool is used successfully
+
+5. **Error Handling**:
+    - Tracks consecutive mistakes using a counter
+    - Resets the counter when the tool is used successfully
+    - Provides specific error messages:
+        - For missing parameters: "Missing required parameter 'question'"
+        - For XML parsing: "Failed to parse operations: [error message]"
+        - For invalid format: "Invalid operations xml format"
+    - Contains safeguards to prevent tool execution when required parameters are missing
+    - Increments consecutive mistake count when errors occur
+
+---
+
+## Workflow Sequence
+
+The question-answer cycle follows this sequence:
+
+1. **Information Gap Recognition**: Roo identifies missing information needed to proceed
+2. **Specific Question Creation**: Roo formulates a clear, targeted question
+3. **Suggestion Development**: Roo creates relevant suggested answers (optional but recommended)
+4. **Tool Invocation**: Assistant invokes the tool with question and optional suggestions
+5. **UI Presentation**: Question and suggestions are displayed to the user as interactive elements
+6. **User Response**: The user selects a suggestion or provides a custom answer
+7. **Message Handling**: System handles both partial and complete messages
+    - For streaming responses, processes chunks as they arrive
+    - For complete messages, processes the entire response at once
+    - Maintains state consistency regardless of message chunking
+8. **Response Processing**: System wraps the response in `<answer>` tags and preserves images
+9. **Context Integration**: Response is added to the conversation history
+10. **Task Continuation**: Roo proceeds with the task using the new information
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When developing a web application, Roo might ask about preferred styling frameworks (Bootstrap, Tailwind, custom CSS)
+- When creating an API, Roo might ask about authentication methods (JWT, OAuth, API keys)
+- When refactoring code, Roo might ask about prioritizing performance vs. readability
+- When setting up a database, Roo might ask about specific schema design preferences
+- When creating a custom feature, Roo might ask about specific behavior expectations
+- When troubleshooting errors, Roo might ask about specific environment details
+
+---
+
+## Response Format
+
+When a user responds to a question, the response is formatted with `<answer>` tags for clarity and consistency. This format helps clearly separate the user's answer from other conversation elements.
+
+Example response format:
+
+```
+<answer>
+Use Tailwind CSS for utility-first styling with maximum flexibility
+</answer>
+```
+
+Key characteristics of the response format:
+
+- Surrounded by `<answer>` tags
+- Preserves formatting of the original response
+- Maintains images if included in the response
+- Returns the complete text, even for long responses
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Asking about implementation preferences:
+
+```
+<ask_followup_question>
+<question>Which styling approach would you prefer for this web application?</question>
+<follow_up>
+<suggest>Use Bootstrap for rapid development with consistent components</suggest>
+<suggest>Use Tailwind CSS for utility-first styling with maximum flexibility</suggest>
+<suggest>Use vanilla CSS with custom styling for complete control and minimal dependencies</suggest>
+</follow_up>
+</ask_followup_question>
+```
+
+Requesting technical clarification:
+
+```
+<ask_followup_question>
+<question>What database should this application use for storing user data?</question>
+<follow_up>
+<suggest>MongoDB for flexible schema and document-based storage</suggest>
+<suggest>PostgreSQL for relational data with strong consistency guarantees</suggest>
+<suggest>Firebase for real-time updates and simplified backend management</suggest>
+<suggest>SQLite for lightweight local storage without external dependencies</suggest>
+</follow_up>
+</ask_followup_question>
+```
+
+Addressing ambiguity in requirements:
+
+```
+<ask_followup_question>
+<question>How should the application handle user authentication?</question>
+<follow_up>
+<suggest>Implement email/password authentication with account verification</suggest>
+<suggest>Use social login providers (Google, GitHub, etc.) for quick signup</suggest>
+<suggest>Implement both email/password and social login options</suggest>
+</follow_up>
+</ask_followup_question>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/attempt-completion.md

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+---
+description: Learn how the attempt_completion tool signals task completion, presents results, and enables iterative refinement in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - attempt_completion
+    - task completion
+    - result presentation
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - user feedback
+    - task summary
+---
+
+# attempt_completion
+
+The `attempt_completion` tool signals that Roo believes a task is complete and presents results to the user. It provides a summary of what was accomplished, optionally includes a command to demonstrate the result, and supports continued refinement through user feedback.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `result` (required): The final result description summarizing what was accomplished
+- `command` (optional): A CLI command to execute to demonstrate the result
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool marks the end of a task by presenting a final summary of what was accomplished. It signals to both the user and the system that the current task is complete. When a command is provided, it can also demonstrate the result through a live execution.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When Roo believes the user's task has been completed
+- When summarizing what changes or improvements were made
+- When demonstrating the current result with a command execution
+- When providing a checkpoint for user feedback on the solution
+- When transitioning from one phase of work to potential refinements
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Provides a clear signal that Roo believes the task is complete
+- Summarizes accomplishments in a concise message
+- Optionally demonstrates results through command execution
+- Enables user feedback for further refinements
+- Displays results in a special UI format distinct from regular messages
+- Maintains a structured conversation flow by providing checkpoints
+- Supports subtask completion within larger workflows
+- Ensures users receive a clear summary of what was done
+- Available in all modes as part of the "always available" tool group
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Should not be used until previous tool uses are confirmed successful (guideline, not enforced)
+- Limited to a single command for result demonstration
+- Cannot present multiple command options
+- Commands require user approval before execution
+- Limited to demonstrating results that can be shown via CLI commands
+- Cannot be used for partial task completion or progress updates
+- Result formatting strips XML closing tags through internal processing
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `attempt_completion` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Safety Consideration** (guideline, not enforced):
+
+    - The AI is instructed to confirm previous tool uses were successful
+    - This is a best practice rather than a programmatically enforced mechanism
+
+2. **Result Presentation**:
+
+    - Displays the completion message to the user in a special "completion_result" UI format
+    - Removes XML closing tags from the result text using the `removeClosingTag` function
+    - Presents the result differently than regular messages for visual distinction
+
+3. **Command Execution** (if provided):
+
+    - Requests user approval before executing the command
+    - Only executes if the user approves
+    - Executes the command using the system's command execution functionality
+    - Shows the result of the command to the user
+
+4. **Feedback Collection**:
+
+    - Waits for user feedback on the completion result
+    - Processes this feedback and returns it to the AI
+    - Enables continued refinement based on user input
+
+5. **Task Completion and Continuation**:
+
+    - Signals the task as completed in the system
+    - Captures telemetry data for the completed task
+    - For subtasks, offers to finish the subtask and resume the parent task
+    - Supports continued conversation through the feedback mechanism
+
+6. **Implementation Integration**:
+    - Tool results are parsed through the system's parsing mechanism in `parse-assistant-message.ts`
+    - The tool is part of the "ALWAYS_AVAILABLE_TOOLS" constant, making it available in all modes
+
+---
+
+## Result Formatting Guidelines
+
+The result message should follow these guidelines:
+
+- Clearly communicate what was accomplished
+- Be concise but complete
+- Focus on the value delivered to the user
+- Avoid unnecessary pleasantries or filler text
+- Maintain a professional, straightforward tone
+- Present information in a way that's easy to scan and understand
+- Acknowledge that the user may provide feedback for further refinements
+
+Note: The system automatically strips XML closing tags from the result text through the `removeClosingTag` function.
+
+---
+
+## Command Selection Guidelines
+
+When including a command, follow these guidelines:
+
+- Choose commands that visually demonstrate the result
+- Prefer commands that show the user what was created or modified
+- Examples include:
+    - `open index.html` to display a created website
+    - `npm start` to launch a development server
+    - `python app.py` to run a created application
+- Avoid commands that merely print text (like `echo` or `cat`)
+- Remember that commands require user approval before execution
+- Ensure the command is valid for the user's operating system
+
+---
+
+## Feedback and UI Representation
+
+The `attempt_completion` tool has a unique feedback mechanism:
+
+- Results appear in a special "completion_result" UI format distinct from regular messages
+- The system waits for user feedback after presenting the result
+- Feedback is processed and returned to Roo for further refinements
+- This creates an iterative improvement cycle rather than ending the conversation
+- The UI includes special elements for providing feedback
+- Results serve as clear checkpoints in the conversation flow
+
+When used within subtasks:
+
+- The system offers to finish the subtask and resume the parent task
+- If approved, the subtask is completed with a summary
+- The parent task resumes with context from the completed subtask
+- This enables complex, nested workflows while maintaining context
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When creating a website, Roo presents the solution and uses `open index.html` to show the result. The user provides feedback, and Roo refines the design.
+- When implementing a feature, Roo summarizes the changes and their impact. The user requests additional test coverage, and Roo continues the task.
+- When fixing bugs, Roo explains what was fixed and how the solution addresses the root cause. The user confirms the fix works.
+- When setting up a development environment, Roo confirms all components are installed. The user requests additional configuration, and Roo continues.
+- When creating a data processing script, Roo summarizes the functionality. The user suggests performance improvements, and Roo optimizes the code.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Completing a task with just a result summary:
+
+```
+<attempt_completion>
+<result>
+I've updated the CSS for the navigation bar to match the design mockup. The changes include:
+1. Updated color scheme to use the new brand colors
+2. Added responsive behavior for mobile devices
+3. Fixed the alignment issues in the dropdown menus
+</result>
+</attempt_completion>
+```
+
+Completing a task with a result and demonstration command:
+
+```
+<attempt_completion>
+<result>
+I've created a simple React application with the following features:
+1. A responsive landing page with the requested hero section
+2. A working contact form with validation
+3. Navigation between all three requested pages
+4. Styling that matches the provided design mockup
+</result>
+<command>npm start</command>
+</attempt_completion>
+```
+
+Completing a Python script task with execution:
+
+```
+<attempt_completion>
+<result>
+I've created a data processing script that:
+1. Reads the CSV files from the data directory
+2. Cleans and normalizes the data as requested
+3. Generates the summary statistics in JSON format
+4. Outputs the processed data to the output directory
+</result>
+<command>python process_data.py</command>
+</attempt_completion>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/codebase-search.md

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+---
+description: Perform intelligent semantic searches across your codebase using AI embeddings to find relevant code by meaning, not just keywords.
+keywords:
+    - codebase_search
+    - semantic search
+    - AI embeddings
+    - code search
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - vector search
+    - Qdrant
+---
+
+# codebase_search
+
+:::info Setup Required
+The `codebase_search` tool is part of the [Codebase Indexing](/features/codebase-indexing) feature. It requires additional setup including an embedding provider and vector database.
+:::
+
+The `codebase_search` tool performs semantic searches across your entire codebase using AI embeddings. Unlike traditional text-based search, it understands the meaning of your queries and finds relevant code even when exact keywords don't match.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `query` (required): Natural language search query describing what you're looking for
+- `path` (optional): Directory path to limit search scope to a specific part of your codebase
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool searches through your indexed codebase using semantic similarity rather than exact text matching. It finds code blocks that are conceptually related to your query, even if they don't contain the exact words you searched for. Results include relevant code snippets with file paths, line numbers, and similarity scores.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When Roo needs to find code related to specific functionality across your project
+- When looking for implementation patterns or similar code structures
+- When searching for error handling, authentication, or other conceptual code patterns
+- When exploring unfamiliar codebases to understand how features are implemented
+- When finding related code that might be affected by changes or refactoring
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- **Semantic Understanding**: Finds code by meaning rather than exact keyword matches
+- **Cross-Project Search**: Searches across your entire indexed codebase, not just open files
+- **Contextual Results**: Returns code snippets with file paths and line numbers for easy navigation
+- **Similarity Scoring**: Results ranked by relevance with similarity scores (0-1 scale)
+- **Scope Filtering**: Optional path parameter to limit searches to specific directories
+- **Intelligent Ranking**: Results sorted by semantic relevance to your query
+- **UI Integration**: Results displayed with syntax highlighting and navigation links
+- **Performance Optimized**: Fast vector-based search with configurable result limits
+
+---
+
+## Requirements
+
+This tool is only available when the Codebase Indexing feature is properly configured:
+
+- **Feature Configured**: Codebase Indexing must be configured in settings
+- **Embedding Provider**: OpenAI API key or Ollama configuration required
+- **Vector Database**: Qdrant instance running and accessible
+- **Index Status**: Codebase must be indexed (status: "Indexed" or "Indexing")
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- **Requires Configuration**: Depends on external services (embedding provider + Qdrant)
+- **Index Dependency**: Only searches through indexed code blocks
+- **Result Limits**: Maximum of 50 results per search to maintain performance
+- **Similarity Threshold**: Only returns results above similarity threshold (default: 0.4, configurable)
+- **File Size Limits**: Limited to files under 1MB that were successfully indexed
+- **Language Support**: Effectiveness depends on Tree-sitter language support
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `codebase_search` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Availability Validation**:
+
+    - Verifies that the CodeIndexManager is available and initialized
+    - Confirms codebase indexing is enabled in settings
+    - Checks that indexing is properly configured (API keys, Qdrant URL)
+    - Validates the current index state allows searching
+
+2. **Query Processing**:
+
+    - Takes your natural language query and generates an embedding vector
+    - Uses the same embedding provider configured for indexing (OpenAI or Ollama)
+    - Converts the semantic meaning of your query into a mathematical representation
+
+3. **Vector Search Execution**:
+
+    - Searches the Qdrant vector database for similar code embeddings
+    - Uses cosine similarity to find the most relevant code blocks
+    - Applies the minimum similarity threshold (default: 0.4, configurable) to filter results
+    - Limits results to 50 matches for optimal performance
+
+4. **Path Filtering** (if specified):
+
+    - Filters results to only include files within the specified directory path
+    - Uses normalized path comparison for accurate filtering
+    - Maintains relevance ranking within the filtered scope
+
+5. **Result Processing and Formatting**:
+
+    - Converts absolute file paths to workspace-relative paths
+    - Structures results with file paths, line ranges, similarity scores, and code content
+    - Formats for both AI consumption and UI display with syntax highlighting
+
+6. **Dual Output Format**:
+    - **AI Output**: Structured text format with query, file paths, scores, and code chunks
+    - **UI Output**: JSON format with syntax highlighting and navigation capabilities
+
+---
+
+## Search Query Best Practices
+
+### Effective Query Patterns
+
+**Good: Conceptual and specific**
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>user authentication and password validation</query>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+**Good: Feature-focused**
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>database connection pool setup</query>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+**Good: Problem-oriented**
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>error handling for API requests</query>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+**Less effective: Too generic**
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>function</query>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+### Query Types That Work Well
+
+- **Functional Descriptions**: "file upload processing", "email validation logic"
+- **Technical Patterns**: "singleton pattern implementation", "factory method usage"
+- **Domain Concepts**: "user profile management", "payment processing workflow"
+- **Architecture Components**: "middleware configuration", "database migration scripts"
+
+---
+
+## Directory Scoping
+
+Use the optional `path` parameter to focus searches on specific parts of your codebase:
+
+**Search within API modules:**
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>endpoint validation middleware</query>
+<path>src/api</path>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+**Search in test files:**
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>mock data setup patterns</query>
+<path>tests</path>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+**Search specific feature directories:**
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>component state management</query>
+<path>src/components/auth</path>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+---
+
+## Result Interpretation
+
+### Similarity Scores
+
+- **0.8-1.0**: Highly relevant matches, likely exactly what you're looking for
+- **0.6-0.8**: Good matches with strong conceptual similarity
+- **0.4-0.6**: Potentially relevant but may require review
+- **Below 0.4**: Filtered out as too dissimilar
+
+### Result Structure
+
+Each search result includes:
+
+- **File Path**: Workspace-relative path to the file containing the match
+- **Score**: Similarity score indicating relevance (0.4-1.0)
+- **Line Range**: Start and end line numbers for the code block
+- **Code Chunk**: The actual code content that matched your query
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When implementing a new feature, Roo searches for "authentication middleware" to understand existing patterns before writing new code.
+- When debugging an issue, Roo searches for "error handling in API calls" to find related error patterns across the codebase.
+- When refactoring code, Roo searches for "database transaction patterns" to ensure consistency across all database operations.
+- When onboarding to a new codebase, Roo searches for "configuration loading" to understand how the application bootstraps.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Searching for authentication-related code across the entire project:
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>user login and authentication logic</query>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+Finding database-related code in a specific directory:
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>database connection and query execution</query>
+<path>src/data</path>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+Looking for error handling patterns in API code:
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>HTTP error responses and exception handling</query>
+<path>src/api</path>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+Searching for testing utilities and mock setups:
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>test setup and mock data creation</query>
+<path>tests</path>
+</codebase_search>
+```
+
+Finding configuration and environment setup code:
+
+```xml
+<codebase_search>
+<query>environment variables and application configuration</query>
+</codebase_search>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit-file.md

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+---
+description: Replace a uniquely-identified occurrence of text in files using the edit_file search-and-replace tool in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - edit_file
+    - search and replace
+    - file editing
+    - text replacement
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - code modifications
+---
+
+# edit_file
+
+The `edit_file` tool performs targeted search-and-replace operations on files. By default it replaces **exactly one** uniquely-identified occurrence and errors if multiple matches are found. It also supports a special file-creation mode when `old_string` is empty.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `file_path` (required): The path of the file to modify relative to the current working directory.
+- `old_string` (required): The exact text to search for and replace. Pass an empty string (`""`) to create a new file or append to an existing file.
+- `new_string` (required): The replacement text.
+- `expected_replacements` (optional): Expected number of replacements (defaults to 1). The operation fails if the actual count doesn't match. Use this only when intentionally replacing more than one occurrence.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool searches for an exact string in a file and replaces **exactly one** occurrence with new text. The search string must uniquely identify the target location. If multiple matches are found, the tool returns an error unless `expected_replacements` is explicitly set to match. When `old_string` is empty, the tool creates a new file or appends `new_string` to an existing file.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When making a targeted change to a specific, uniquely identifiable location in a file
+- When updating a specific string literal or configuration value at a known location
+- When fixing a specific instance of a typo or outdated terminology
+- When replacing a uniquely-identified occurrence of a deprecated API or import path
+- When creating a new file or appending content to an existing file (`old_string=""`)
+- When you need to ensure exact match replacement without fuzzy logic
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Replaces **exactly one** uniquely-identified occurrence by default
+- Errors if multiple matches are found (unless `expected_replacements` is explicitly set)
+- `old_string=""` mode: creates a new file or appends content to an existing file
+- Exact string matching (no regex or fuzzy matching)
+- Optional `expected_replacements` for intentional multi-occurrence replacements
+- Shows preview of changes before applying
+- Fails safely if actual replacement count doesn't match `expected_replacements`
+- Preserves file formatting and structure
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Requires exact string matches (case-sensitive, whitespace-sensitive)
+- Errors if the search string matches more than one location (unless `expected_replacements` is set)
+- Cannot use regular expressions or patterns
+- Not suitable for context-dependent replacements
+- Less precise than [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) for complex edits
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `edit_file` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates required `file_path`, `old_string`, and `new_string` parameters.
+2. **File Creation Mode**: If `old_string` is empty (`""`), creates the file with `new_string` as content (or appends if the file already exists), then stops.
+3. **File Loading**: Reads the target file content.
+4. **Uniqueness Check**: Counts occurrences of `old_string`. If the count doesn't match `expected_replacements` (default: 1), returns an error.
+5. **Replacement**: Replaces the matched occurrence(s) with `new_string`.
+6. **User Review**: Shows a preview of changes for user approval.
+7. **Application**: Applies changes to the file if approved.
+8. **Feedback**: Reports the number of replacements made.
+
+---
+
+## Relation to Other Tools
+
+- `edit_file`: Replaces **exactly one** uniquely-identified occurrence by default; supports `old_string=""` file creation (this tool)
+- [`edit`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit): Replaces **first occurrence** only (unless `replace_all: true`)
+- [`search_replace`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-replace): Also replaces **exactly one** uniquely-identified occurrence
+- [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff): Use for precise, context-aware edits with fuzzy matching
+
+These are different implementations of search-and-replace with varying capabilities.

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit.md

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+---
+description: Replace the first or all occurrences of text using the edit search-and-replace tool in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - edit
+    - search and replace
+    - file editing
+    - text replacement
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - code modifications
+---
+
+# edit
+
+The `edit` tool performs search-and-replace operations on files, replacing either the **first occurrence** (default) or **all occurrences** when explicitly specified. It provides flexible control over replacement scope.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `file_path` (required): The path of the file to modify relative to the current working directory.
+- `old_string` (required): The exact text to search for and replace.
+- `new_string` (required): The text to replace occurrences with.
+- `replace_all` (optional): Boolean flag. When `true`, replaces all occurrences. When `false` or omitted, replaces only the first occurrence.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool searches for an exact string in a file and replaces either the first occurrence or all occurrences based on the `replace_all` parameter. By default, it replaces only the **first match**, making it suitable for targeted single-instance changes.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When updating a single specific occurrence of text (default behavior)
+- When the first instance requires different handling than subsequent ones
+- When you need explicit control over whether to replace once or globally
+- When making targeted changes to specific instances without affecting others
+- When replacing all instances by setting `replace_all: true`
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Replaces **first occurrence only** by default (conservative behavior)
+- Optional `replace_all` parameter for global replacement
+- Exact string matching (no regex or fuzzy matching)
+- Shows preview of changes before applying
+- Preserves file formatting and structure
+- User approval required before applying changes
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Requires exact string matches (case-sensitive, whitespace-sensitive)
+- Cannot use regular expressions or patterns
+- Not suitable for context-dependent replacements requiring code analysis
+- Less precise than [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) for complex edits
+- Cannot specify which specific occurrence to replace (first vs. second vs. third)
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `edit` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates required `file_path`, `old_string`, and `new_string` parameters.
+2. **File Loading**: Reads the target file content.
+3. **Search Operation**: Searches for occurrences of `old_string` in the file.
+4. **Replacement Logic**:
+    - If `replace_all` is `false` or omitted: replaces only the first occurrence
+    - If `replace_all` is `true`: replaces all occurrences
+5. **User Review**: Shows a preview of changes for user approval.
+6. **Application**: Applies changes to the file if approved.
+7. **Feedback**: Reports the result of the operation.
+
+---
+
+## Relation to Other Tools
+
+- `edit`: Replaces **first occurrence** by default (this tool)
+- [`edit_file`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit-file): Always replaces **all occurrences**
+- [`search_replace`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-replace): Always replaces **all occurrences**
+- [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff): Use for precise, context-aware edits with fuzzy matching
+
+:::info Deprecated Alias
+`SearchAndReplaceTool` is a deprecated internal alias for `EditTool`. They are the same tool.
+:::

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command.md

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+---
+description: Execute terminal commands in Roo Code for system operations, dependency installation, builds, and development workflows.
+keywords:
+    - execute_command
+    - CLI commands
+    - terminal
+    - system operations
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - command execution
+    - shell integration
+---
+
+# execute_command
+
+The `execute_command` tool runs CLI commands on the user's system. It allows Roo to perform system operations, install dependencies, build projects, start servers, and execute other terminal-based tasks needed to accomplish user objectives.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `command` (required): The CLI command to execute. Must be valid for the user's operating system.
+- `cwd` (optional): The working directory to execute the command in. If not provided, the current working directory is used.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool executes terminal commands directly on the user's system, enabling a wide range of operations from file manipulations to running development servers. Commands run in managed terminal instances with real-time output capture, integrated with VS Code's terminal system for optimal performance and security.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When installing project dependencies (npm install, pip install, etc.)
+- When building or compiling code (make, npm run build, etc.)
+- When starting development servers or running applications
+- When initializing new projects (git init, npm init, etc.)
+- When performing file operations beyond what other tools provide
+- When running tests or linting operations
+- When needing to execute specialized commands for specific technologies
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Integrates with VS Code shell API for reliable terminal execution
+- Reuses terminal instances when possible through a registry system
+- Captures command output line by line with real-time feedback
+- Supports long-running commands that continue in the background
+- Allows specification of custom working directories
+- Maintains terminal history and state across command executions
+- Handles complex command chains appropriate for the user's shell
+- Provides detailed command completion status and exit code interpretation
+- Supports interactive terminal applications with user feedback loop
+- Shows terminals during execution for transparency
+- Validates commands for security using shell-quote parsing
+- Blocks potentially dangerous subshell execution patterns
+- Integrates with RooIgnore system for file access control
+- Handles terminal escape sequences for clean output
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Command access may be restricted by RooIgnore rules and security validations
+- Commands with elevated permission requirements may need user configuration
+- Behavior may vary across operating systems for certain commands
+- Very long-running commands may require specific handling
+- File paths should be properly escaped according to the OS shell rules
+- Not all terminal features may work with remote development scenarios
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `execute_command` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Command Validation and Security Checks**:
+
+    - Parses the command using shell-quote to identify components
+    - Validates against security restrictions (subshell usage, restricted files)
+    - Checks against RooIgnore rules for file access permissions
+    - Ensures the command meets system security requirements
+
+2. **Terminal Management**:
+
+    - Gets or creates a terminal through TerminalRegistry
+    - Sets up the working directory context
+    - Prepares event listeners for output capture
+    - Shows the terminal for user visibility
+
+3. **Command Execution and Monitoring**:
+
+    - Executes via VS Code's shellIntegration API
+    - Captures output with escape sequence processing
+    - Throttles output handling (100ms intervals)
+    - Monitors for command completion or errors
+    - Detects "hot" processes like compilers for special handling
+
+4. **Result Processing**:
+    - Strips ANSI/VS Code escape sequences for clean output
+    - Interprets exit codes with detailed signal information
+    - Updates working directory tracking if changed by command
+    - Provides command status with appropriate context
+
+---
+
+## Terminal Implementation Details
+
+The tool uses a sophisticated terminal management system:
+
+1. **First Priority: Terminal Reuse**
+
+    - The TerminalRegistry tries to reuse existing terminals when possible
+    - This reduces proliferation of terminal instances and improves performance
+    - Terminal state (working directory, history) is preserved across commands
+
+2. **Second Priority: Security Validation**
+
+    - Commands are parsed using shell-quote for component analysis
+    - Dangerous patterns like `$(...)` and backticks are blocked
+    - Commands are checked against RooIgnore rules for file access control
+    - A prefix-based allowlist system validates command patterns
+
+3. **Performance Optimizations**
+
+    - Output is processed in 100ms throttled intervals to prevent UI overload
+    - Zero-copy buffer management uses index-based tracking for efficiency
+    - Special handling for compilation and "hot" processes
+    - Platform-specific optimizations for Windows PowerShell
+
+4. **Error and Signal Handling**
+    - Exit codes are mapped to detailed signal information (SIGTERM, SIGKILL, etc.)
+    - Core dump detection for critical failures
+    - Working directory changes are tracked and handled automatically
+    - Clean recovery from terminal disconnection scenarios
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When setting up a new project, Roo runs initialization commands like `npm init -y` followed by installing dependencies.
+- When building a web application, Roo executes build commands like `npm run build` to compile assets.
+- When deploying code, Roo runs git commands to commit and push changes to a repository.
+- When troubleshooting, Roo executes diagnostic commands to gather system information.
+- When starting a development server, Roo launches the appropriate server command (e.g., `npm start`).
+- When running tests, Roo executes the test runner command for the project's testing framework.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Running a simple command in the current directory:
+
+```
+<execute_command>
+<command>npm run dev</command>
+</execute_command>
+```
+
+Installing dependencies for a project:
+
+```
+<execute_command>
+<command>npm install express mongodb mongoose dotenv</command>
+</execute_command>
+```
+
+Running multiple commands in sequence:
+
+```
+<execute_command>
+<command>mkdir -p src/components && touch src/components/App.js</command>
+</execute_command>
+```
+
+Executing a command in a specific directory:
+
+```
+<execute_command>
+<command>git status</command>
+<cwd>./my-project</cwd>
+</execute_command>
+```
+
+Building and then starting a project:
+
+```
+<execute_command>
+<command>npm run build && npm start</command>
+</execute_command>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/generate-image.md

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+---
+description: Generate or edit images using AI models through the generate_image tool in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - generate_image
+    - AI images
+    - image generation
+    - image editing
+    - OpenRouter
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - experimental
+---
+
+# generate_image
+
+The `generate_image` tool creates new images from text prompts or modifies existing images using AI models. It supports two providers: **OpenRouter** and the **Roo provider**. This experimental feature enables visual content generation and transformation within your development workflow.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `prompt` (required): The text description of what to generate or how to edit the image.
+- `path` (required): The file path where the generated/edited image should be saved (relative to the workspace). The tool automatically adds the appropriate extension if not provided.
+- `image` (optional): The file path to an input image to edit or transform (relative to the workspace). Supported formats: PNG, JPG, JPEG, GIF, WEBP.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool generates images from text descriptions or applies transformations to existing images using AI models. When no input image is provided, it creates new images from scratch. When an input image is provided, it applies the prompt as editing instructions to transform the image.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When creating visual assets for documentation, mockups, or prototypes
+- When generating placeholder images or illustrations
+- When transforming existing images (style transfer, enhancement, modifications)
+- When creating diagrams or visual explanations from descriptions
+- When prototyping UI elements visually
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- **Text-to-image generation**: Create images from descriptive prompts
+- **Image-to-image transformation**: Edit or transform existing images
+- Supports multiple input formats (PNG, JPG, JPEG, GIF, WEBP)
+- Automatic file extension handling
+- Powered by **OpenRouter** or the **Roo provider** for access to various AI models
+- Experimental feature with ongoing improvements
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Requires OpenRouter or Roo provider API configuration
+- Image quality depends on the AI model and prompt quality
+- Generation time varies based on complexity and model
+- Experimental feature: behavior may change in future releases
+- API usage may incur costs based on OpenRouter pricing
+- Some image transformations may not produce expected results
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `generate_image` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates required `prompt` and `path` parameters.
+2. **Mode Selection**:
+    - If `image` parameter is provided: operates in **edit mode** (transform existing image)
+    - Otherwise: operates in **generation mode** (create new image from prompt)
+3. **API Request**: Sends request to the configured provider (OpenRouter or Roo) with prompt and optional input image.
+4. **Image Processing**: Receives generated/edited image from the API.
+5. **File Saving**: Saves the image to the specified `path` with appropriate extension.
+6. **Feedback**: Reports success and the location of the generated image.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Generating a new image:
+
+```
+<generate_image>
+  <prompt>A beautiful sunset over mountains with vibrant orange and purple colors</prompt>
+  <path>images/sunset.png</path>
+</generate_image>
+```
+
+Editing an existing image:
+
+```
+<generate_image>
+  <prompt>Transform this image into a watercolor painting style</prompt>
+  <path>images/watercolor-output.png</path>
+  <image>images/original-photo.jpg</image>
+</generate_image>
+```
+
+Upscaling and enhancing:
+
+```
+<generate_image>
+  <prompt>Upscale this image to higher resolution, enhance details, improve clarity and sharpness while maintaining the original content and composition</prompt>
+  <path>images/enhanced-photo.png</path>
+  <image>images/low-res-photo.jpg</image>
+</generate_image>
+```
+
+---
+
+## Relation to Features
+
+The `generate_image` tool is the programmatic interface to the [Image Generation](/features/image-generation) feature. For comprehensive documentation on configuration, model selection, API setup, and advanced usage, see the [Image Generation feature documentation](/features/image-generation).
+
+---
+
+## Configuration
+
+Image generation requires OpenRouter API configuration. See the [Image Generation](/features/image-generation) feature page for detailed setup instructions including:
+
+- OpenRouter API key configuration
+- Model selection and capabilities
+- Best practices for prompts
+- Troubleshooting and limitations

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/list-files.md

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+---
+description: Learn how the list_files tool helps Roo Code explore project structures, list directories, and navigate codebases with recursive and filtered listing capabilities.
+keywords:
+    - list_files
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - directory listing
+    - file exploration
+    - project structure
+    - recursive listing
+    - codebase navigation
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# list_files
+
+The `list_files` tool displays the files and directories within a specified location. It helps Roo understand your project structure and navigate your codebase effectively.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `path` (required): The path of the directory to list contents for, relative to the current working directory
+- `recursive` (optional): Whether to list files recursively. Use `true` for recursive listing, `false` or omit for top-level only.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool lists all files and directories in a specified location, providing a clear overview of your project structure. It can either show just the top-level contents or recursively explore subdirectories.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When Roo needs to understand your project structure
+- When Roo explores what files are available before reading specific ones
+- When Roo maps a codebase to better understand its organization
+- Before using more targeted tools like `read_file` or `search_files`
+- When Roo needs to check for specific file types (like configuration files) across a project
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Lists both files and directories with directories clearly marked
+- Offers both recursive and non-recursive listing modes
+- Intelligently ignores common large directories like `node_modules` and `.git` in recursive mode
+- Respects `.gitignore` rules when in recursive mode
+- Marks files ignored by `.rooignore` with a lock symbol (🔒) when `showRooIgnoredFiles` is enabled
+- Optimizes file listing performance by leveraging the `ripgrep` tool.
+- Sorts results to show directories before their contents, maintaining a logical hierarchy
+- Presents results in a clean, organized format
+- Automatically creates a mental map of your project structure
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- File listing is capped at about 200 files by default to prevent performance issues
+- The underlying `ripgrep` file listing process has a 10-second timeout; if exceeded, partial results may be returned.
+- When the file limit is hit, it adds a note suggesting to use `list_files` on specific subdirectories
+- Not designed for confirming the existence of files you've just created
+- May have reduced performance in very large directory structures
+- Cannot list files in root or home directories for security reasons
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `list_files` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates the required `path` parameter and optional `recursive` parameter
+2. **Path Resolution**: Resolves the relative path to an absolute path
+3. **Security Checks**: Prevents listing files in sensitive locations like root or home directories
+4. **Directory/File Scanning**:
+    - Uses the `ripgrep` tool to efficiently list files, applying a 10-second timeout.
+    - Uses Node.js `fs` module to list directories.
+    - Applies different filtering logic for recursive vs. non-recursive modes.
+5. **Result Filtering**:
+    - In recursive mode, skips common large directories like `node_modules`, `.git`, etc.
+    - Respects `.gitignore` rules when in recursive mode
+    - Handles `.rooignore` patterns, either hiding files or marking them with a lock symbol
+6. **Formatting**:
+    - Marks directories with a trailing slash (`/`)
+    - Sorts results to show directories before their contents for logical hierarchy
+    - Marks ignored files with a lock symbol (🔒) when `showRooIgnoredFiles` is enabled
+    - Caps results at 200 files by default with a note about using subdirectories
+    - Organizes results for readability
+
+---
+
+## File Listing Format
+
+The file listing results include:
+
+- Each file path is displayed on its own line
+- Directories are marked with a trailing slash (`/`)
+- Files ignored by `.rooignore` are marked with a lock symbol (🔒) when `showRooIgnoredFiles` is enabled
+- Results are sorted logically with directories appearing before their contents
+- When the file limit is reached, a message appears suggesting to use `list_files` on specific subdirectories
+
+Example output format:
+
+```
+src/
+src/components/
+src/components/Button.tsx
+src/components/Header.tsx
+src/utils/
+src/utils/helpers.ts
+src/index.ts
+...
+File listing truncated (showing 200 of 543 files). Use list_files on specific subdirectories for more details.
+```
+
+When `.rooignore` files are used and `showRooIgnoredFiles` is enabled:
+
+```
+src/
+src/components/
+src/components/Button.tsx
+src/components/Header.tsx
+🔒 src/secrets.json
+src/utils/
+src/utils/helpers.ts
+src/index.ts
+```
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When starting a new task, Roo may list the project files to understand its structure before diving into specific code.
+- When asked to find specific types of files (like all JavaScript files), Roo first lists directories to know where to look.
+- When providing recommendations for code organization, Roo examines the current project structure first.
+- When setting up a new feature, Roo lists related directories to understand the project conventions.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Listing top-level files in the current directory:
+
+```
+<list_files>
+<path>.</path>
+</list_files>
+```
+
+Recursively listing all files in a source directory:
+
+```
+<list_files>
+<path>src</path>
+<recursive>true</recursive>
+</list_files>
+```
+
+Examining a specific project subdirectory:
+
+```
+<list_files>
+<path>src/components</path>
+<recursive>false</recursive>
+</list_files>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task.md

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+---
+description: Discover how the new_task tool enables complex workflow management by creating subtasks with different modes, maintaining parent-child relationships for organized development.
+keywords:
+    - new_task
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - subtasks
+    - workflow management
+    - task hierarchy
+    - mode switching
+    - complex projects
+    - task organization
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# new_task
+
+The `new_task` tool creates subtasks with specialized modes while maintaining a parent-child relationship. It breaks down complex projects into manageable pieces, each operating in the mode best suited for specific work.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `mode` (required): The slug of the mode to start the new task in (e.g., "code", "ask", "architect")
+- `message` (required): The initial user message or instructions for this new task
+- `todos` (optional): Initial todo list in markdown checklist format
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool creates a new task instance with a specified starting mode and initial message. It allows complex workflows to be divided into subtasks with their own conversation history. Parent tasks are paused during subtask execution and resumed when the subtask completes, with results transferred back to the parent.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When breaking down complex projects into separate, focused subtasks
+- When different aspects of a task require different specialized modes
+- When different phases of work benefit from context separation
+- When organizing multi-phase development workflows
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Creates subtasks with their own conversation history and specialized mode
+- Pauses parent tasks for later resumption
+- Maintains hierarchical task relationships for navigation
+- Transfers results back to parent tasks upon completion
+- Supports workflow segregation for complex projects
+- Allows different parts of a project to use modes optimized for specific work
+- Requires explicit user approval for task creation
+- Provides clear task transition in the UI
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Cannot create tasks with modes that don't exist
+- Requires user approval before creating each new task
+- Task interface may become complex with deeply nested subtasks
+- Subtasks inherit certain workspace and extension configurations from parents
+- May require re-establishing context when switching between deeply nested tasks
+- Task completion needs explicit signaling to properly return to parent tasks
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `new_task` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**:
+
+    - Validates the required `mode` and `message` parameters
+    - Verifies that the requested mode exists in the system
+
+2. **Task Stack Management**:
+
+    - Maintains a task stack that tracks all active and paused tasks
+    - Preserves the current mode for later resumption
+    - Sets the parent task to paused state
+
+3. **Task Context Management**:
+
+    - Creates a new task context with the provided message
+    - Assigns unique taskId and instanceId identifiers for state management
+    - Captures telemetry data on tool usage and task lifecycles
+
+4. **Mode Switching and Integration**:
+
+    - Switches to the specified mode with appropriate role and capabilities
+    - Initializes the new task with the provided message
+    - Integrates with VS Code's command palette and code actions
+
+5. **Task Completion and Result Transfer**:
+    - When subtask completes, result is passed back to parent task via `finishSubTask()`
+    - Parent task resumes in its original mode
+    - Task history and token usage metrics are updated
+    - The `taskCompleted` event is emitted with performance data
+
+---
+
+## Configuration
+
+Streamline hierarchical task planning with the optional todo list parameter for subtasks:
+
+- **Pass Todo Lists**: Include predefined todo lists when creating subtasks
+- **Maintain Context**: Pass along context to the subtask in the form of a todo list
+- **Optional Enforcement**: The "New Task Require Todos" setting in VS Code can enforce todo lists for all new subtasks if desired
+
+<img src="/img/v3.25.21/v3.25.21.png" alt="Subtask todo lists configuration in VS Code settings" width="600" />
+
+This feature works out of the box, and you can optionally configure VS Code settings to require todos for all new tasks.
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When a front-end developer needs to architect a new feature, implement the code, and document it, they can create separate tasks for each phase with results flowing from one phase to the next.
+- When debugging an issue before implementing a fix, the debugging task can document findings that are passed to the implementation task.
+- When developing a full-stack application, database schema designs from an architect-mode task inform implementation details in a subsequent code-mode task.
+- When documenting a system after implementation, the documentation task can reference the completed implementation while using documentation-specific features.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Creating a new task in code mode:
+
+```
+<new_task>
+<mode>code</mode>
+<message>Implement a user authentication service with login, registration, and password reset functionality.</message>
+</new_task>
+```
+
+Creating a documentation task after completing implementation:
+
+```
+<new_task>
+<mode>docs</mode>
+<message>Create comprehensive API documentation for the authentication service we just built.</message>
+</new_task>
+```
+
+Breaking down a complex feature into architectural planning and implementation:
+
+```
+<new_task>
+<mode>architect</mode>
+<message>Design the database schema and system architecture for our new e-commerce platform.</message>
+</new_task>
+```
+
+Creating a task with an initial todo list:
+
+```
+<new_task>
+<mode>code</mode>
+<message>Build a REST API for user management</message>
+<todos>
+[ ] Set up Express server
+[ ] Create user model
+[ ] Implement CRUD endpoints
+[ ] Add authentication middleware
+[ ] Write API tests
+</todos>
+</new_task>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-command-output.md

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+---
+description: Retrieve full command output that was truncated in execute_command using the read_command_output tool in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - read_command_output
+    - command output
+    - truncated output
+    - CLI output
+    - terminal output
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - artifact retrieval
+---
+
+# read_command_output
+
+The `read_command_output` tool retrieves the full output from commands executed via [`execute_command`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command) when the output was too large and got truncated. It provides access to stored command output artifacts with advanced filtering and pagination capabilities.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `artifact_id` (required): The artifact filename from the truncated output message (e.g., `cmd-1706119234567.txt`).
+- `search` (optional): Pattern to filter lines (supports regex or literal strings). Case-insensitive. Similar to `grep`. **Omit entirely if not needed** (do not pass null or empty string).
+- `offset` (optional): Byte offset to start reading from for pagination. Default: 0.
+- `limit` (optional): Maximum bytes to return. Default: 40KB (40960 bytes).
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+When [`execute_command`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command) produces very large output, it gets truncated and saved to an artifact file. This tool retrieves the full output from those artifacts, with support for searching specific patterns (like grep) and paginating through large results.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When [`execute_command`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command) output includes the message: `[OUTPUT TRUNCATED - Full output saved to artifact: cmd-XXXX.txt]`
+- When you need to search for specific errors or patterns in large command output
+- When analyzing verbose build logs, test results, or compilation output
+- When paginating through command output that's too large to view at once
+- When filtering command output to find relevant lines without reading everything
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- **Read mode**: Access full output with pagination using `offset` and `limit`
+- **Search mode**: Filter lines matching a regex or literal pattern (case-insensitive)
+- Handles very large command outputs efficiently
+- Similar to `grep` for filtering output
+- Byte-level pagination for precise control
+- Access to complete untruncated command output
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Only works with artifacts created by [`execute_command`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command)
+- Artifacts may be cleaned up after a certain time period
+- Search patterns are case-insensitive only
+- Returns content as bytes with limits (not entire files at once for very large outputs)
+- Requires the exact artifact ID from the truncation message
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `read_command_output` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Artifact Lookup**: Locates the stored command output artifact by ID.
+2. **Mode Selection**:
+    - If `search` parameter is provided: operates in **search mode** (filter lines)
+    - Otherwise: operates in **read mode** (return raw content with offset/limit)
+3. **Search Mode** (if `search` provided):
+    - Applies regex or literal pattern matching to each line
+    - Returns only lines that match the pattern
+    - Case-insensitive matching
+4. **Read Mode** (if no `search`):
+    - Reads from `offset` byte position
+    - Returns up to `limit` bytes
+    - Supports pagination through large files
+5. **Result Return**: Returns filtered or paginated content.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Reading truncated output:
+
+```
+When execute_command shows:
+"[OUTPUT TRUNCATED - Full output saved to artifact: cmd-1706119234567.txt]"
+
+Use:
+<read_command_output>
+  <artifact_id>cmd-1706119234567.txt</artifact_id>
+</read_command_output>
+```
+
+Searching for errors:
+
+```
+<read_command_output>
+  <artifact_id>cmd-1706119234567.txt</artifact_id>
+  <search>error|failed|Error</search>
+</read_command_output>
+```
+
+Paginating through output (reading next chunk):
+
+```
+<read_command_output>
+  <artifact_id>cmd-1706119234567.txt</artifact_id>
+  <offset>40960</offset>
+  <limit>40960</limit>
+</read_command_output>
+```
+
+---
+
+## Relation to Other Tools
+
+- [`execute_command`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command): Creates the artifacts that this tool reads
+- [`search_files`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-files): Use for searching project files with regex
+- `read_command_output`: Use for searching command output artifacts

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-file.md

@@ -0,0 +1,708 @@
+---
+description: Explore the read_file tool's capabilities for examining file contents, supporting line ranges, PDF/DOCX extraction, image reading, and experimental multi-file concurrent reading.
+keywords:
+    - read_file
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - file reading
+    - concurrent reads
+    - line numbers
+    - PDF extraction
+    - DOCX support
+    - image support
+    - OCR workflows
+    - code analysis
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# read_file
+
+The `read_file` tool examines the contents of files in a project. It allows Roo to understand code, configuration files, documentation, and now images to provide better assistance.
+
+:::info Multi-File Support
+The `read_file` tool accepts multiple files via the `args` format. Concurrency and per‑request limits are configured in the UI; the backend tool doesn’t hard‑enforce a file count cap. Some models may use a simplified single‑file variant.
+
+**Note:** When reading files (even single files), the LLM will see a message encouraging multi-file reads: "Reading multiple files at once is more efficient for the LLM. If other files are relevant to your current task, please read them simultaneously."
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts parameters in two formats:
+
+### Standard Format (Single File)
+
+- `path` (required): The path of the file to read relative to the current working directory
+- `mode` (optional): Reading mode — `"slice"` (default) or `"indentation"`
+- `offset` (optional): 1-based line offset to start reading from (slice mode only, default: `1`)
+- `limit` (optional): Maximum number of lines to return (slice mode only, default: `2000`)
+- `indentation` (optional): Indentation-mode options — only used when `mode="indentation"`:
+    - `anchor_line` (required): 1-based line number to anchor the extraction. The tool extracts the complete semantic code block (function, class, method) containing this line.
+    - `max_levels` (optional): Maximum indentation levels to include above the anchor.
+    - `include_siblings` (optional): Whether to include sibling blocks at the same indentation level.
+    - `include_header` (optional): Whether to include file header content (imports, module-level comments) at the top of output.
+    - `max_lines` (optional): Hard cap on lines returned in indentation mode.
+
+:::note Mode Summary
+
+- **Slice mode** (default): Reads lines sequentially from `offset` up to `limit` lines. Use for initial file exploration or reading a specific line range.
+- **Indentation mode**: Extracts complete, syntactically valid code blocks around `anchor_line` based on indentation hierarchy. Preferred when you have a target line number (e.g., from search results or error messages) and need the entire function/class without mid-function truncation.
+- **`start_line` and `end_line` do not exist** as parameters. Use `offset` and `limit` for range reads in slice mode.
+  :::
+
+### Enhanced Format (Multi-File)
+
+The tool also accepts an `args` parameter containing multiple file entries. Concurrency is UI‑configured; the backend accepts multiple files regardless of that setting. Some models may use a simple single‑file tool.
+
+- `args` (required): Container for multiple file specifications
+    - `file` (required): Individual file specification
+        - `path` (required): The path of the file to read
+        - `line_range` (optional): Line range specification (e.g., "1-50" or "100-150"). Multiple `line_range` elements can be specified per file.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool reads the content of a specified file and returns it with line numbers for easy reference. It can read entire files or specific sections, extract text from PDFs and Word documents, and display images in various formats.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When Roo needs to understand existing code structure
+- When Roo needs to analyze configuration files
+- When Roo needs to extract information from text files
+- When Roo needs to see code before suggesting changes
+- When specific line numbers need to be referenced in discussions
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Displays file content with line numbers for easy reference
+- Can read specific portions of files by specifying line ranges
+- Extracts readable text from PDF, DOCX, XLSX, and IPYNB files
+- **Image support**: Displays images in multiple formats (PNG, JPG, JPEG, GIF, WebP, SVG, BMP, ICO, TIFF/TIF, AVIF)
+- **Intelligent reading**: Token-budget aware reading that auto-truncates to fit remaining budget instead of failing
+- **Large file preview**: Returns a 100KB preview for very large files to enable quick inspection
+- **Graceful error recovery**: Recovers from stream errors and guides you to use line_range for targeted reads
+- Automatically truncates large text files when no line range is specified, showing the beginning of the file
+- Efficiently streams only requested line ranges for better performance
+- Makes it easy to discuss specific parts of code with line numbering
+- **Multi-file support**: Read multiple files simultaneously with batch approval
+
+---
+
+## Multi-File Capabilities
+
+Multi-file reads are supported. Concurrency and per‑request limits are configured in Settings; the backend tool doesn’t hard‑enforce a file count cap and behavior may be constrained by model/tool selection:
+
+### Configuration
+
+- **Location**: Settings > Context > "Concurrent file reads limit"
+- **Description**: "Maximum number of files the 'read_file' tool can process concurrently. Higher values may speed up reading multiple small files but increase memory usage."
+- **Range**: 1-100 (slider control)
+- **Default**: 5
+
+### Batch Processing
+
+- UI‑configurable limit up to 100 files per request (default 5). Backend doesn’t hard‑enforce a cap; actual behavior may be constrained by model/tool.
+- Parallel processing for improved performance
+- Batch approval interface for user consent
+
+### Enhanced User Experience
+
+- Single approval dialog for multiple files
+- Individual file override options
+- Clear visibility into which files will be accessed
+- Graceful handling of mixed success/failure scenarios
+
+### Improved Efficiency
+
+- Reduces interruptions from multiple approval dialogs
+- Faster processing through parallel file reading
+- Smart batching of related files
+- Configurable concurrency limits to match system capabilities
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- **Large files**: For extremely large files, the tool may return a preview and will guide you to use `line_range` for targeted reading.
+- **Binary files**: Except for PDF, DOCX, XLSX, IPYNB, and supported image formats, content may not be human‑readable.
+- **UI/model constraints**: Concurrency limits and per‑request file counts are configured in the UI; the backend tool doesn’t hard‑enforce a cap.
+- **Image files**: Images are provided as base64 data URLs. High‑resolution images can be large.
+    - Default max single image size: 5MB
+    - Default max total image size: 20MB
+- **Unsupported binary formats**: Returns a `<binary_file format="ext">Binary file - content not displayed</binary_file>` placeholder.
+- **Token budget**: Content may be truncated to fit remaining token budget; notices indicate how to proceed.
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `read_file` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates the required `path` parameter and optional parameters
+2. **Path Resolution**: Resolves the relative path to an absolute path
+3. **Reading Strategy Selection**:
+    - The tool uses a strict priority hierarchy (explained in detail below)
+    - It chooses between range reading, auto-truncation, or full file reading
+4. **Content Processing**:
+    - Adds line numbers to the content (e.g., "1 | const x = 13") where `1 |` is the line number.
+    - For truncated files, adds truncation notice and method definitions
+    - For special formats (PDF, DOCX, XLSX, IPYNB), extracts readable text
+    - For image formats, the XML includes a `<notice>` with size; the actual image is attached to the tool result as a base64 data URL (no dimensions returned; MIME type is implied by the data URL)
+
+---
+
+## Reading Strategy Priority
+
+The tool uses a clear decision hierarchy to determine how to read a file:
+
+1. **First Priority: Explicit Line Range**
+
+    - Single‑file format: specify `offset` and `limit` for a range read in slice mode, or use `anchor_line` in indentation mode.
+    - Multi‑file `args` format: specify one or more `line_range` entries per file.
+    - Range reads stream only the requested lines and bypass `maxReadFileLine`, taking precedence over other options.
+
+2. **Second Priority: Token Budget Management**
+
+    - The tool respects the remaining token budget to prevent context overruns
+    - If a file would exceed the remaining budget, it automatically truncates to fit
+    - For very large files (exceeding practical limits), returns a 100KB preview for quick inspection
+    - Provides guidance to use `line_range` for targeted reading of specific sections
+    - Recovers gracefully from stream errors and suggests alternative approaches
+
+3. **Third Priority: Automatic Truncation for Large Text Files**
+
+    - Applies only when all of the following are true:
+        - No `offset`/`limit` range is specified (slice mode) and no `anchor_line` is provided (indentation mode).
+        - The file is identified as a text‑based file (not binary like PDF/DOCX/XLSX/IPYNB).
+        - The file's total line count exceeds the `maxReadFileLine` setting (configurable; UI default may be 500; backend uses `-1`—no line limit—when unset).
+    - When automatic truncation occurs:
+        - The tool reads only the first `maxReadFileLine` lines.
+        - It appends a notice like: `Showing only X of Y total lines. Use line_range if you need to read more lines.`
+    - **Special Case – Definitions‑Only Mode**: When `maxReadFileLine` is `0`, the tool returns only code definitions without file content (plus a notice).
+
+4. **Default Behavior: Read Entire File**
+    - If neither an explicit range is given nor automatic truncation applies (e.g., the file is within the line limit, or it's a supported binary type), the tool reads the entire content.
+    - For supported formats like PDF and DOCX, it attempts to extract the full text content.
+    - For image formats, it returns a base64-encoded data URL that can be displayed in the chat interface.
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When asked to explain or improve code, Roo first reads the relevant files to understand the current implementation.
+- When troubleshooting configuration issues, Roo reads config files to identify potential problems.
+- When working with documentation, Roo reads existing docs to understand the current content before suggesting improvements.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Here are several scenarios demonstrating how the `read_file` tool is used and the typical output you might receive.
+
+### Reading an Entire File
+
+To read the complete content of a file:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<path>src/app.js</path>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output (for a small file like `example_small.txt`):**
+
+```
+1 | This is the first line.
+2 | This is the second line.
+3 | This is the third line.
+```
+
+_(Output will vary based on the actual file content)_
+
+### Reading Specific Lines
+
+To read only a specific range of lines (e.g., lines 46-68), use `offset` and `limit` in slice mode:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<path>src/app.js</path>
+<offset>46</offset>
+<limit>23</limit>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output (for lines 2-3 of `example_five_lines.txt`):**
+
+```
+2 | Content of line two.
+3 | Content of line three.
+```
+
+_(Output shows only the requested lines with their original line numbers)_
+
+### Reading a Large Text File (Automatic Truncation)
+
+When reading a large text file without specifying a line range, the tool automatically truncates the content if it exceeds the internal line limit (e.g., 500 lines).
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<path>logs/large_app.log</path>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output (for a 1500-line log file with a 500-line limit):**
+
+```
+1 | Log entry 1...
+2 | Log entry 2...
+...
+500 | Log entry 500...
+
+Showing only 500 of 1500 total lines. Use line_range to read specific sections.
+// Optional: Source code definitions summary might appear here for code files
+```
+
+_(Output shows the beginning lines up to the `maxReadFileLine` limit, plus a truncation notice. Use line ranges for full access.)_
+
+### Reading Definitions Only
+
+When `maxReadFileLine` is set to `0` in user settings, the tool returns only source code definitions without file content:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<!-- Assuming maxReadFileLine is set to 0 in user settings -->
+<read_file>
+<path>src/services/auth.service.ts</path>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output:**
+
+```xml
+<file>
+  <path>src/services/auth.service.ts</path>
+  <notice>Showing only 0 of 150 total lines. Use line_range if you need to read more lines</notice>
+</file>
+```
+
+_(This mode provides a quick overview of file structure without reading content.)_
+
+### Attempting to Read a Non-Existent File
+
+If the specified file does not exist:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<path>non_existent_file.txt</path>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output (Error):**
+
+```
+Error: File not found at path 'non_existent_file.txt'.
+```
+
+### Attempting to Read a Blocked File
+
+If the file is excluded by rules in a `.rooignore` file:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<path>.env</path>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output (Error):**
+
+```xml
+<file>
+  <path>.env</path>
+  <error>Access denied by .rooignore rules</error>
+</file>
+```
+
+---
+
+### Intelligent Reading with Token Budget Management
+
+When reading large files, the tool automatically manages token budgets to prevent context overruns.
+
+**Scenario:** Reading a very large file without specifying a line range.
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<path>logs/massive-debug.log</path>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output (for a file exceeding token budget):**
+
+```
+Preview: Showing first …MB of …MB file. Use line_range to read specific sections.
+```
+
+Alternative truncation notice:
+
+```
+File truncated to N of M characters due to context limitations. Use line_range to read specific sections.
+```
+
+This behavior ensures that:
+
+- Small files read completely with zero overhead
+- Large files auto‑truncate to fit remaining token budget
+- Very large files provide a quick preview
+- You receive guidance to use `line_range` for targeted reads
+- Stream errors are handled gracefully
+
+**Example with offset/limit for targeted reading:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<path>logs/massive-debug.log</path>
+<offset>1000</offset>
+<limit>101</limit>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+## Image Reading Examples
+
+The `read_file` tool now supports reading and displaying images directly in the chat interface. This enables powerful visual analysis workflows.
+
+### Reading a Single Image
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<path>assets/logo.png</path>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Output:**
+
+```xml
+<file>
+  <path>assets/logo.png</path>
+  <notice>Image file (123 KB)</notice>
+</file>
+```
+
+The image is displayed inline in the chat (base64 data URL attached to the tool result). No dimensions are returned; MIME type is implied by the data URL.
+
+### OCR Workflow Example
+
+Reading multiple images from a folder for text extraction:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<args>
+  <file>
+    <path>screenshots/page1.png</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>screenshots/page2.png</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>screenshots/page3.png</path>
+  </file>
+</args>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Usage:**
+
+```
+Please extract all text from these screenshot images and compile them into a single markdown document.
+```
+
+### Design Review Workflow
+
+Analyzing multiple design mockups:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<args>
+  <file>
+    <path>designs/homepage-v1.jpg</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>designs/homepage-v2.jpg</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>designs/mobile-view.png</path>
+  </file>
+</args>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Usage:**
+
+```
+Compare these design mockups and provide feedback on:
+1. Visual consistency
+2. Mobile responsiveness
+3. Accessibility concerns
+4. UI/UX improvements
+```
+
+### Supported Image Formats
+
+The tool supports the following image formats:
+
+- PNG
+- JPG/JPEG
+- GIF
+- WebP
+- SVG
+- BMP
+- ICO
+- TIFF/TIF
+- AVIF
+
+### Image Analysis Use Cases
+
+1. **Documentation Screenshots**: Extract text and create documentation from UI screenshots
+2. **Error Debugging**: Analyze error screenshots to understand issues
+3. **Design Reviews**: Compare mockups and provide visual feedback
+4. **Diagram Analysis**: Understand architecture diagrams and flowcharts
+5. **Code Screenshots**: Extract code from images when text isn't available
+6. **UI Testing**: Verify visual elements and layouts
+
+---
+
+## Multi-File Examples
+
+You can read multiple files simultaneously using the enhanced XML format.
+
+### Reading Multiple Complete Files
+
+To read several complete files at once:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<args>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/app.ts</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/utils.ts</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/config.json</path>
+  </file>
+</args>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output:**
+
+```xml
+<files>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/app.ts</path>
+    <content>
+      1 | import React from 'react'
+      2 | import { Utils } from './utils'
+      3 | // ... rest of file content
+    </content>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/utils.ts</path>
+    <content>
+      1 | export class Utils {
+      2 |   static formatDate(date: Date): string {
+      3 |     // ... utility functions
+    </content>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/config.json</path>
+    <content>
+      1 | {
+      2 |   "apiUrl": "https://api.example.com",
+      3 |   "timeout": 5000
+      4 | }
+    </content>
+  </file>
+</files>
+```
+
+### Reading Specific Line Ranges from Multiple Files
+
+To read specific sections from multiple files:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<args>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/app.ts</path>
+    <line_range>1-20</line_range>
+    <line_range>45-60</line_range>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/utils.ts</path>
+    <line_range>10-25</line_range>
+  </file>
+</args>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output:**
+
+```xml
+<files>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/app.ts</path>
+    <content>
+      1 | import React from 'react'
+      2 | import { Utils } from './utils'
+      ...
+      20 | const App = () => {
+
+      45 |   const handleSubmit = () => {
+      46 |     // Handle form submission
+      ...
+      60 |   }
+    </content>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/utils.ts</path>
+    <content>
+      10 |   static formatDate(date: Date): string {
+      11 |     return date.toISOString().split('T')[0]
+      ...
+      25 |   }
+    </content>
+  </file>
+</files>
+```
+
+### Handling Mixed Results (Some Files Denied/Blocked)
+
+When some files are approved and others are denied or blocked:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<args>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/app.ts</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>.env</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/secret-config.ts</path>
+  </file>
+</args>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+**Simulated Output:**
+
+```xml
+<files>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/app.ts</path>
+    <content>
+      1 | import React from 'react'
+      2 | // ... file content successfully read
+    </content>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>.env</path>
+    <error>Access denied by .rooignore rules</error>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>src/secret-config.ts</path>
+    <error>User denied access to file</error>
+  </file>
+</files>
+```
+
+### Batch Approval Interface
+
+When requesting multiple files, you'll see a batch approval interface that allows you to:
+
+- **Approve All**: Grant access to all requested files
+- **Deny All**: Deny access to all requested files
+- **Individual Control**: Override decisions for specific files
+- **File Preview**: Click file headers to open them in your editor
+
+The interface displays each file path clearly, making it easy to understand what Roo wants to access before granting permission.
+
+### Mixed Content Types
+
+You can read different types of files in a single request:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<read_file>
+<args>
+  <file>
+    <path>README.md</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>architecture-diagram.png</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>config.json</path>
+  </file>
+  <file>
+    <path>requirements.pdf</path>
+  </file>
+</args>
+</read_file>
+```
+
+This allows Roo to analyze documentation, visual diagrams, configuration, and specifications all in one context.
+
+---
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+- Range read returns error
+
+    - Cause: Invalid `offset` or `limit` values (e.g., non-positive integers).
+    - Fix: Use `offset` (1-based starting line) and `limit` (max lines to return) as positive integers in slice mode; or use `anchor_line` in indentation mode; or use the multi-file `args` format with `line_range` entries.
+    - Prevention: Prefer the multi-file `args` format with `line_range` for targeted reads across multiple files.
+
+- Large file returned a preview
+
+    - Cause: File exceeded token budget or the large‑file tokenization threshold; a preview was returned.
+    - Fix: Use `line_range` to request only the section you need; reduce requested ranges.
+    - Prevention: Adjust `maxReadFileLine` in Settings, or prefer targeted ranges on large files.
+
+- Image not displayed
+    - Cause: Model may not support images, or image limits exceeded (5MB per image; 20MB total per request).
+    - Fix: Switch to a vision‑capable model; reduce image size; request fewer/smaller images.
+    - Prevention: Keep images within limits and use supported formats (PNG, JPG/JPEG, GIF, WebP, SVG, BMP, ICO, TIFF/TIF, AVIF).

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/run-slash-command.md

@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+---
+description: Execute predefined slash commands that provide templated instructions for common tasks, with support for built-in, global, and project-specific commands in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - run_slash_command
+    - slash commands
+    - command templates
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - workflow automation
+    - instruction templates
+    - custom commands
+    - experimental feature
+---
+
+# run_slash_command
+
+:::warning Experimental Feature
+The `run_slash_command` tool is an experimental feature that must be explicitly enabled in settings. Navigate to Settings > Experimental Settings and enable "Run Slash Command" to use this tool.
+:::
+
+The `run_slash_command` tool executes predefined slash commands to retrieve specific instructions or content templates. These commands act as reusable instruction sets for common tasks, providing detailed guidance that Roo can interpret and execute. Commands can be defined at three levels with a clear priority hierarchy: project > global > built-in.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `command` (required): Name of the slash command to execute (without the leading slash)
+- `args` (optional): Additional arguments or context to pass to the command
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool retrieves and executes instruction templates defined as markdown files in command directories. It enables standardized workflows, reusable task instructions, and team-wide consistency through shared command templates. The tool validates experimental flag status, resolves commands through the priority hierarchy, and returns formatted instructions for Roo to interpret.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When executing standardized workflows that require consistent steps
+- When retrieving project-specific or team-wide instruction templates
+- When initializing codebases with analysis and documentation
+- When accessing complex multi-step processes as single commands
+- When maintaining consistency across team development practices
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- **Three-Level Command System**: Built-in, global (~/.roo/commands/), and project-specific (.roo/commands/) commands
+- **Priority Hierarchy**: Project commands override global, which override built-in commands
+- **Markdown-Based Templates**: Simple `.md` files with optional YAML frontmatter for metadata
+- **Dynamic Arguments**: Pass context-specific arguments to customize command execution
+- **Automatic Discovery**: Commands are automatically found from their respective directories
+- **Safe Execution**: Commands are text-only instructions requiring user approval, not executable code
+- **Metadata Support**: Optional frontmatter for descriptions and argument hints
+- **Error Recovery**: Graceful handling with helpful error messages and command suggestions
+- **No Registration Required**: Simply place `.md` files in command directories
+
+---
+
+## Requirements
+
+This tool requires explicit enablement:
+
+1. Open VS Code Settings
+2. Navigate to Experimental Settings
+3. Enable "Run Slash Command"
+4. Restart VS Code if necessary
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- **Experimental Status**: Feature is disabled by default and requires opt-in
+- **Text-Only Instructions**: Commands provide instructions, not direct code execution
+- **Approval Required**: All command executions require user approval
+- **Directory-Based**: Commands must be in specific directory locations
+- **Case-Sensitive**: Command names are matched with case sensitivity
+- **Single Command**: Can only execute one command per tool invocation
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `run_slash_command` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Experimental Flag Validation**:
+
+    - Checks if the `runSlashCommand` experiment is enabled
+    - Returns descriptive error if feature is disabled
+    - Provides instructions for enabling the feature
+
+2. **Parameter Processing**:
+
+    - Validates the required `command` parameter
+    - Captures optional `args` for command customization
+    - Increments mistake counter for missing parameters
+
+3. **Command Resolution**:
+
+    - Searches project directory first (`.roo/commands/`)
+    - Falls back to global directory (`~/.roo/commands/`)
+    - Finally checks built-in commands
+    - Returns undefined if command doesn't exist
+
+4. **Command Loading**:
+
+    - Reads the markdown file for the command
+    - Parses optional YAML frontmatter using `gray-matter`
+    - Extracts description and argument hints if present
+    - Returns command content without frontmatter
+
+5. **Response Formatting**:
+
+    - Includes command name and source location
+    - Adds description and argument hints if available
+    - Shows provided arguments for context
+    - Returns the full command content for interpretation
+
+6. **Error Handling**:
+    - Lists available commands if requested command not found
+    - Provides helpful error messages with alternatives
+    - Tracks consecutive mistakes for error patterns
+
+---
+
+## Command Structure
+
+### File Format
+
+Commands are markdown files placed in designated directories:
+
+```markdown
+---
+description: Brief description of what this command does
+argument-hint: What arguments this command accepts
+---
+
+# Command Content
+
+Detailed instructions for the task go here.
+This can include:
+
+- Step-by-step procedures
+- Code templates
+- Configuration examples
+- Best practices
+```
+
+### Naming Convention
+
+- File name becomes the command name
+- Use `.md` extension
+- Example: `deploy.md` creates `/deploy` command
+- Case-sensitive matching
+
+### Directory Locations
+
+1. **Built-in Commands**: Hardcoded in source code
+2. **Global Commands**: `~/.roo/commands/`
+3. **Project Commands**: `<project-root>/.roo/commands/`
+
+---
+
+## Built-in Commands
+
+### /init Command
+
+The only current built-in command analyzes your codebase and creates documentation:
+
+- Analyzes project structure and architecture
+- Creates AGENTS.md documentation files
+- Identifies coding patterns and conventions
+- Documents non-obvious implementation details
+- Provides AI-friendly project context
+
+---
+
+## Creating Custom Commands
+
+### Step-by-Step Guide
+
+1. **Create Command Directory**:
+
+    ```bash
+    # For project-specific commands
+    mkdir -p .roo/commands
+
+    # For global commands
+    mkdir -p ~/.roo/commands
+    ```
+
+2. **Create Command File**:
+
+    ```bash
+    # Create a deployment command
+    touch .roo/commands/deploy.md
+    ```
+
+3. **Add Command Content**:
+
+    ```markdown
+    ---
+    description: Deploy application to production environment
+    argument-hint: environment name (staging, production)
+    ---
+
+    ## Deployment Process
+
+    1. Run test suite to ensure all tests pass
+    2. Build production bundle with optimizations
+    3. Update environment variables for target
+    4. Deploy to specified environment
+    5. Run post-deployment health checks
+    6. Update deployment documentation
+    ```
+
+4. **Use the Command**:
+   The command is immediately available for use without registration.
+
+---
+
+## Command Priority System
+
+When multiple commands with the same name exist:
+
+1. **Project Level** (highest priority)
+
+    - Located in `.roo/commands/`
+    - Allows project-specific overrides
+    - Committed to version control for team sharing
+
+2. **Global Level** (medium priority)
+
+    - Located in `~/.roo/commands/`
+    - Shared across all projects
+    - User-specific customizations
+
+3. **Built-in Level** (lowest priority)
+    - Hardcoded in the extension
+    - Provides default functionality
+    - Always available as fallback
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When initializing a new project, Roo executes `/init` to analyze the codebase structure and create comprehensive documentation.
+- When deploying applications, Roo retrieves standardized deployment instructions specific to the project's infrastructure.
+- When implementing features, Roo accesses team-agreed patterns and best practices through custom commands.
+- When setting up development environments, Roo follows project-specific setup instructions consistently.
+- When performing code reviews, Roo uses standardized review checklists defined as commands.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Executing the built-in initialization command:
+
+```xml
+<run_slash_command>
+<command>init</command>
+</run_slash_command>
+```
+
+Running a custom deployment command with arguments:
+
+```xml
+<run_slash_command>
+<command>deploy</command>
+<args>production environment with zero-downtime strategy</args>
+</run_slash_command>
+```
+
+Executing a test command with specific focus:
+
+```xml
+<run_slash_command>
+<command>test</command>
+<args>focus on integration tests for authentication module</args>
+</run_slash_command>
+```
+
+Running a project-specific build command:
+
+```xml
+<run_slash_command>
+<command>build</command>
+<args>optimized for production with source maps</args>
+</run_slash_command>
+```
+
+Accessing team coding standards:
+
+```xml
+<run_slash_command>
+<command>standards</command>
+<args>TypeScript and React best practices</args>
+</run_slash_command>
+```
+
+---
+
+## Best Practices
+
+### Command Design
+
+1. **Clear Naming**: Use descriptive, action-oriented names
+2. **Comprehensive Instructions**: Include all necessary steps
+3. **Argument Flexibility**: Design commands to work with or without arguments
+4. **Metadata Usage**: Always include description and argument hints
+5. **Version Control**: Commit project commands for team consistency
+
+### Organization Strategies
+
+1. **Categorization**: Group related commands with prefixes (e.g., `test-unit`, `test-integration`)
+2. **Documentation**: Maintain a README in command directories
+3. **Templates**: Create template commands for common patterns
+4. **Overrides**: Use project-level to customize global commands
+5. **Maintenance**: Regularly review and update command content
+
+### Team Collaboration
+
+1. **Standardization**: Define team-wide commands in global directory
+2. **Project Specifics**: Override with project-level customizations
+3. **Documentation**: Document available commands and their usage
+4. **Review Process**: Include command changes in code reviews
+5. **Training**: Share command knowledge across team members
+
+---
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Common Issues
+
+**Feature Not Enabled**:
+
+- Error: "Run slash command is an experimental feature that must be enabled in settings"
+- Solution: Enable 'Run Slash Command' in Experimental Settings
+
+**Command Not Found**:
+
+- Error: "Command 'X' not found. Available commands: Y, Z"
+- Solution: Check command name spelling and available commands list
+
+**Missing Parameters**:
+
+- Error tracked in consecutive mistake counter
+- Solution: Provide required `command` parameter
+
+### Debugging Commands
+
+1. **Verify File Location**: Ensure `.md` file is in correct directory
+2. **Check File Name**: Command name must match filename without extension
+3. **Validate Frontmatter**: Ensure YAML frontmatter is properly formatted
+4. **Test Resolution**: Try same command name at different levels to test priority
+5. **Review Content**: Ensure command content is properly formatted markdown

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-files.md

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+---
+description: Learn how search_files performs powerful regex searches across your codebase, finding patterns with context using Ripgrep for high-performance results.
+keywords:
+    - search_files
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - regex search
+    - code patterns
+    - Ripgrep
+    - multi-file search
+    - codebase search
+    - pattern matching
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# search_files
+
+The `search_files` tool performs regex searches across multiple files within your project's workspace. For security, it cannot search outside the current workspace directory. It helps Roo locate specific code patterns, text, or other content throughout your codebase with contextual results.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `path` (required): The path of the directory to search in, relative to the current workspace directory. The search is confined to the workspace.
+- `regex` (required): The regular expression pattern to search for (uses Rust regex syntax)
+- `file_pattern` (optional): Glob pattern to filter files (e.g., '\*.ts' for TypeScript files)
+- `respect_gitignore` (optional): Whether to respect `.gitignore` patterns (default: `true`). Set to `false` to search all files including those in `.gitignore`.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool searches across files in a specified directory using regular expressions, showing each match with surrounding context. It's like having a powerful "Find in Files" feature that works across the entire project structure.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When Roo needs to find where specific functions or variables are used
+- When Roo helps with refactoring and needs to understand usage patterns
+- When Roo needs to locate all instances of a particular code pattern
+- When Roo searches for text across multiple files with filtering capabilities
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Searches across multiple files in a single operation using high-performance Ripgrep
+- **Respects .gitignore**: Automatically excludes files and directories listed in `.gitignore` (including nested `.gitignore` files)
+- Shows context around each match (1 line before and after)
+- Filters files by type using glob patterns (e.g., only TypeScript files)
+- Provides line numbers for easy reference
+- Uses powerful regex patterns for precise searches
+- Automatically limits output to 300 results with notification
+- Truncates lines longer than 500 characters with "[truncated...]" marker
+- Intelligently combines nearby matches into single blocks for readability
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Works best with text-based files (not effective for binary files like images)
+- Performance may slow with extremely large codebases
+- Uses Rust regex syntax, which may differ slightly from other regex implementations
+- Cannot search within compressed files or archives
+- Default context size is fixed (1 line before and after)
+- May display varying context sizes when matches are close together due to result grouping
+- For security, searches are strictly limited to the current workspace and cannot access parent directories or other locations on the file system.
+- **Respects .gitignore by default**: Files listed in `.gitignore` are excluded from searches unless explicitly overridden with `respect_gitignore: false`
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `search_files` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates the required `path` and `regex` parameters
+2. **Path Resolution**: Resolves the relative path to an absolute path
+3. **Search Execution**:
+    - Uses Ripgrep (rg) for high-performance text searching
+    - Applies file pattern filtering if specified
+    - Collects matches with surrounding context
+4. **Result Formatting**:
+    - Formats results with file paths, line numbers, and context
+    - Displays 1 line of context before and after each match
+    - Structures output for easy readability
+    - Limits results to a maximum of 300 matches with notification
+    - Truncates lines longer than 500 characters
+    - Merges nearby matches into contiguous blocks
+
+---
+
+## Search Results Format
+
+The search results include:
+
+- Relative file paths for each matching file (prefixed with #)
+- Context lines before and after each match (1 line by default)
+- Line numbers padded to 3 spaces followed by `|` and the line content
+- A separator line (----) after each match group
+
+Example output format:
+
+```
+# rel/path/to/app.ts
+ 11 |   // Some processing logic here
+ 12 |   // TODO: Implement error handling
+ 13 |   return processedData;
+----
+
+# Showing first 300 of 300+ results. Use a more specific search if necessary.
+```
+
+When matches occur close to each other, they're merged into a single block rather than shown as separate results:
+
+```
+# rel/path/to/auth.ts
+ 13 | // Some code here
+ 14 | // TODO: Add proper validation
+ 15 | function validateUser(credentials) {
+ 16 |   // TODO: Implement rate limiting
+ 17 |   return checkDatabase(credentials);
+----
+```
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When asked to refactor a function, Roo first searches for all places the function is used to ensure comprehensive changes.
+- When investigating bugs, Roo searches for similar patterns to identify related issues across the codebase.
+- When addressing technical debt, Roo locates all TODO comments across the project.
+- When analyzing dependencies, Roo finds all imports of a particular module.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Searching for TODO comments in all JavaScript files:
+
+```
+<search_files>
+<path>src</path>
+<regex>TODO|FIXME</regex>
+<file_pattern>*.js</file_pattern>
+</search_files>
+```
+
+Finding all usages of a specific function:
+
+```
+<search_files>
+<path>.</path>
+<regex>function\s+calculateTotal</regex>
+<file_pattern>*.{js,ts}</file_pattern>
+</search_files>
+```
+
+Searching for a specific import pattern across the entire project:
+
+```xml
+<search_files>
+<path>.</path>
+<regex>import\s+.*\s+from\s+['"]@components/</regex>
+</search_files>
+```
+
+## Respecting .gitignore
+
+By default, `search_files` respects `.gitignore` patterns in your workspace, including nested `.gitignore` files. This prevents searches in excluded directories like `node_modules/`, `dist/`, or other ignored paths.
+
+### Default Behavior (Respecting .gitignore)
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<search_files>
+<path>.</path>
+<regex>TODO</regex>
+</search_files>
+```
+
+This search will **exclude** files and directories listed in `.gitignore`, ensuring focused results on tracked code.
+
+### Overriding .gitignore (Search All Files)
+
+To search **all files** including those in `.gitignore`, explicitly set `respect_gitignore` to `false`:
+
+**Input:**
+
+```xml
+<search_files>
+<path>.</path>
+<regex>TODO</regex>
+<respect_gitignore>false</respect_gitignore>
+</search_files>
+```
+
+This searches **everything**, including `node_modules/`, build artifacts, and other ignored paths.
+
+**When to override:**
+
+- Debugging issues in dependencies or build output
+- Searching through generated code
+- Comprehensive audits that need to check all files
+- Investigating ignored configuration files
+
+---

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-replace.md

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+---
+description: Replace a uniquely-identified occurrence of text in a file using the search_replace tool in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - search_replace
+    - search and replace
+    - file editing
+    - text replacement
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - code modifications
+---
+
+# search_replace
+
+The `search_replace` tool performs a targeted search-and-replace operation on a file, replacing **exactly one** uniquely-identified occurrence of specified text. If the search string matches multiple locations, the tool returns an error—the search string must be specific enough to identify a single target location.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `file_path` (required): The path of the file to modify relative to the current working directory.
+- `old_string` (required): The exact text to search for and replace.
+- `new_string` (required): The replacement text.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool searches for an exact string in a file and replaces **exactly one** occurrence with new text. The search string must uniquely identify the target location in the file. If multiple matches are found, the tool returns an error and requires a more specific search string to proceed. This is an intentional safety design to prevent unintended changes.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When making a targeted change to a specific, uniquely identifiable location in a file
+- When updating a specific string literal or configuration value at a known location
+- When fixing a specific instance of a pattern or outdated terminology
+- When you need simple, exact string replacement at a unique location
+- When you need to ensure only one specific location is changed
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Replaces **exactly one** uniquely-identified occurrence per call
+- Errors if multiple matches are found (intentional safety design)
+- Exact string matching (no regex or fuzzy matching)
+- Simple three-parameter interface
+- Shows preview of changes before applying
+- Preserves file formatting and structure
+- User approval required before applying changes
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Requires exact string matches (case-sensitive, whitespace-sensitive)
+- Errors if the search string matches more than one location (must be unique)
+- Cannot use regular expressions or patterns
+- Not suitable for replacing all occurrences globally (use scripting for that)
+- Less precise than [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) for complex edits
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `search_replace` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates required `file_path`, `old_string`, and `new_string` parameters.
+2. **File Loading**: Reads the target file content.
+3. **Uniqueness Check**: Counts occurrences of `old_string` in the file. If more than one match is found, returns an error asking for a more specific search string.
+4. **Replacement**: Replaces the single found occurrence with `new_string`.
+5. **User Review**: Shows a preview of changes for user approval.
+6. **Application**: Applies changes to the file if approved.
+7. **Feedback**: Reports the result of the operation.
+
+---
+
+## Relation to Other Tools
+
+- `search_replace`: Replaces **exactly one** uniquely-identified occurrence (this tool)
+- [`edit_file`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit-file): Also replaces **exactly one** occurrence by default; also supports `old_string=""` for file creation
+- [`edit`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit): Replaces **first occurrence** by default (unless `replace_all: true`)
+- [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff): Use for precise, context-aware edits with fuzzy matching
+
+These are different implementations of search-and-replace functionality with varying capabilities.

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/skill.md

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+---
+description: Load and execute skill instructions using the skill tool for specialized tasks in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - skill
+    - skills
+    - specialized tasks
+    - instructions
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - automation
+    - workflows
+---
+
+# skill
+
+The `skill` tool loads and injects specialized skill instructions into the conversation context. Skills provide detailed, step-by-step guidance for specific tasks like creating MCP servers, custom modes, or following standardized workflows.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `skill` (required): The name of the skill to load (e.g., `create-mcp-server`, `create-mode`). Must match a skill name from the available skills list.
+- `args` (optional): Additional context or arguments to pass to the skill for customization.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool retrieves skill instructions from the skills directory and loads them into the active conversation. Skills are pre-written instruction sets that guide Roo through complex, multi-step procedures. The tool is mode-aware, loading skills specific to the current mode when available.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When executing specialized procedures that have standardized workflows
+- When creating MCP servers, custom modes, or other structured artifacts
+- When following documented best practices for specific task types
+- When you need to invoke expert knowledge for a particular domain
+- When the task matches a known skill pattern available in the system
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Mode-aware skill resolution (loads mode-specific skills when available)
+- Supports project-level skill overrides (take precedence over global skills)
+- Progressive disclosure: linked files are not auto-loaded (explicit reads required)
+- Optional arguments for skill customization
+- Skills persist in context for the duration of the conversation
+- Provides structured, step-by-step guidance for complex tasks
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `skill` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Skill Resolution**: Searches for the named skill in the following locations (highest priority first):
+    - Project `.roo` mode-specific (e.g., `.roo/skills-code/`)
+    - Project `.roo` generic (`.roo/skills/`)
+    - Project `.agents` mode-specific (e.g., `.agents/skills-code/`)
+    - Project `.agents` generic (`.agents/skills/`)
+    - Global `.roo` mode-specific (e.g., `~/.roo/skills-code/`)
+    - Global `.roo` generic (`~/.roo/skills/`)
+    - Global `.agents` mode-specific (e.g., `~/.agents/skills-code/`)
+    - Global `.agents` generic (`~/.agents/skills/`)
+2. **Skill Loading**: Loads the skill's main instruction file (typically `SKILL.md`).
+3. **Context Injection**: Injects skill instructions into conversation context.
+4. **Linked Files**: Files referenced in the skill are **not** automatically loaded; Roo must explicitly read them if needed.
+5. **Execution**: Roo follows the skill's instructions to complete the task.
+
+---
+
+## Available Skills
+
+Skills are dynamically loaded based on the current mode and project configuration. Common skills include:
+
+- `create-mcp-server`: Guide for creating Model Context Protocol servers
+- `create-mode`: Guide for creating custom Roo Code modes
+- `find-skills`: Helps discover and install agent skills
+
+To see available skills, check the skills list in the system prompt or ask Roo "what skills are available?"
+
+---
+
+## Relation to Features
+
+The `skill` tool is the programmatic interface to the [Skills](/features/skills) feature. For comprehensive documentation on how skills work, how to create custom skills, and the skills system architecture, see the [Skills feature documentation](/features/skills).
+
+---
+
+## Example Usage
+
+Loading a skill to create an MCP server:
+
+```
+<skill>
+  <skill>create-mcp-server</skill>
+  <args>weather API integration</args>
+</skill>
+```
+
+Loading a skill without additional context:
+
+```
+<skill>
+  <skill>create-mode</skill>
+</skill>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/switch-mode.md

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+---
+description: Understand how switch_mode enables seamless transitions between Code, Architect, Ask, and Debug modes for specialized task handling in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - switch_mode
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - mode switching
+    - operational modes
+    - Code mode
+    - Architect mode
+    - Debug mode
+    - Ask mode
+    - task transitions
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# switch_mode
+
+The `switch_mode` tool enables Roo to change between different operational modes, each with specialized capabilities for specific types of tasks. This allows seamless transitions between modes like Code, Architect, Ask, or Debug when the current task requires different expertise.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `mode_slug` (required): The slug of the mode to switch to (e.g., "code", "ask", "architect")
+- `reason` (optional): The reason for switching modes, providing context for the user
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool requests a mode change when the current task would be better handled by another mode's capabilities. It maintains context while shifting Roo's focus and available toolsets to match the requirements of the new task phase.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When transitioning from information gathering to code implementation
+- When shifting from coding to architecture or design
+- When the current task requires capabilities only available in a different mode
+- When specialized expertise is needed for a particular phase of a complex project
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Maintains context continuity across mode transitions
+- Provides clear reasoning for mode switch recommendations
+- Requires user approval for all mode changes
+- Enforces tool group restrictions specific to each mode
+- Seamlessly adapts tool availability based on the selected mode
+- Works with both standard and custom modes
+- Displays the mode switch and reasoning in the UI
+- Uses XML-style formatting for parameter specification
+- Handles file type restrictions specific to certain modes
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Cannot switch to modes that don't exist in the system
+- Requires explicit user approval for each mode transition
+- Cannot use tools specific to a mode until the switch is complete
+- Applies a 500ms delay after mode switching to allow the change to take effect
+- Some modes have file type restrictions (e.g., Architect mode can only edit markdown files)
+- Mode preservation for resumption applies only to the `new_task` functionality, not general mode switching
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `switch_mode` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Request Validation**:
+
+    - Validates that the requested mode exists in the system
+    - Checks that the `mode_slug` parameter is provided and valid
+    - Verifies the user isn't already in the requested mode
+    - Ensures the `reason` parameter (if provided) is properly formatted
+
+2. **Mode Transition Preparation**:
+
+    - Packages the mode change request with the provided reason
+    - Presents the change request to the user for approval
+
+3. **Mode Activation (Upon User Approval)**:
+
+    - Updates the UI to reflect the new mode
+    - Adjusts available tools based on the mode's tool group configuration
+    - Applies the mode-specific prompt and behavior
+    - Applies a 500ms delay to allow the change to take effect before executing next tool
+    - Enforces any file restrictions specific to the mode
+
+4. **Continuation**:
+    - Proceeds with the task using the capabilities of the new mode
+    - Retains relevant context from the previous interaction
+
+---
+
+## Tool Group Association
+
+The `switch_mode` tool belongs to the "modes" tool group but is also included in the "always available" tools list. This means:
+
+- It can be used in any mode regardless of the mode's configured tool groups
+- It's available alongside other core tools like `ask_followup_question` and `attempt_completion`
+- It allows mode transitions at any point in a workflow when task requirements change
+
+---
+
+## Mode Structure
+
+Each mode in the system has a specific structure:
+
+- `slug`: Unique identifier for the mode (e.g., "code", "ask")
+- `name`: Display name for the mode (e.g., "Code", "Ask")
+- `roleDefinition`: The specialized role and capabilities of the mode
+- `customInstructions`: Optional mode-specific instructions that guide behavior
+- `groups`: Tool groups available to the mode with optional restrictions
+
+---
+
+## Mode Capabilities
+
+The core modes provide these specialized capabilities:
+
+- **Code Mode**: Focused on coding tasks with full access to code editing tools
+- **Architect Mode**: Specialized for system design and architecture planning, limited to editing markdown files only
+- **Ask Mode**: Optimized for answering questions and providing information
+- **Debug Mode**: Equipped for systematic problem diagnosis and resolution
+
+---
+
+## Custom Modes
+
+Beyond the core modes, the system supports custom project-specific modes:
+
+- Custom modes can be defined with specific tool groups enabled
+- They can specify custom role definitions and instructions
+- The system checks custom modes first before falling back to core modes
+- Custom mode definitions take precedence over core modes with the same slug
+
+---
+
+## File Restrictions
+
+Different modes may have specific file type restrictions:
+
+- **Architect Mode**: Can only edit files matching the `.md` extension
+- Attempting to edit restricted file types results in a `FileRestrictionError`
+- These restrictions help enforce proper separation of concerns between modes
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When discussing a new feature, Roo switches from Ask mode to Architect mode to help design the system structure.
+- After completing architecture planning in Architect mode, Roo switches to Code mode to implement the designed features.
+- When encountering bugs during development, Roo switches from Code mode to Debug mode for systematic troubleshooting.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Switching to Code mode for implementation:
+
+```
+<switch_mode>
+<mode_slug>code</mode_slug>
+<reason>Need to implement the login functionality based on the architecture we've discussed</reason>
+</switch_mode>
+```
+
+Switching to Architect mode for design:
+
+```
+<switch_mode>
+<mode_slug>architect</mode_slug>
+<reason>Need to design the system architecture before implementation</reason>
+</switch_mode>
+```
+
+Switching to Debug mode for troubleshooting:
+
+```
+<switch_mode>
+<mode_slug>debug</mode_slug>
+<reason>Need to systematically diagnose the authentication error</reason>
+</switch_mode>
+```
+
+Switching to Ask mode for information:
+
+```
+<switch_mode>
+<mode_slug>ask</mode_slug>
+<reason>Need to answer questions about the implemented feature</reason>
+</switch_mode>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/tool-use-overview.md

@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+---
+description: Comprehensive guide to Roo Code's tool system, including tool groups, calling mechanisms, mode integration, and best practices for AI-powered development.
+keywords:
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - tool system
+    - tool groups
+    - AI development
+    - tool architecture
+    - mode integration
+    - tool security
+    - workflow tools
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# Tool Use Overview
+
+Roo Code implements a sophisticated tool system that allows AI models to interact with your development environment in a controlled and secure manner. This document explains how tools work, when they're called, and how they're managed.
+
+---
+
+## Core Concepts
+
+### Tool Groups
+
+Tools are organized into logical groups based on their functionality:
+
+| Category           | Purpose                             | Tools                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Common Use                                                      |
+| ------------------ | ----------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Read Group**     | File system reading and exploration | [read_file](/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-file), [list_files](/advanced-usage/available-tools/list-files), [read_command_output](/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-command-output)                                                                                                                                                                                                     | Code exploration and analysis                                   |
+| **Search Group**   | Pattern and semantic searching      | [search_files](/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-files), [codebase_search](/advanced-usage/available-tools/codebase-search)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 | Finding code patterns and functionality                         |
+| **Edit Group**     | File system modifications           | [apply_diff](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff), [apply_patch](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-patch), [edit](/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit), [edit_file](/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit-file), [search_replace](/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-replace), [write_to_file](/advanced-usage/available-tools/write-to-file)                                     | Code changes and file manipulation                              |
+| **Image Group**    | AI image generation                 | [generate_image](/advanced-usage/available-tools/generate-image)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 | Creating and editing images                                     |
+| **Command Group**  | System command execution            | [execute_command](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command), [run_slash_command](/advanced-usage/available-tools/run-slash-command)\*                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     | Running scripts, building projects, executing command templates |
+| **MCP Group**      | External tool integration           | [use_mcp_tool](/advanced-usage/available-tools/use-mcp-tool), [access_mcp_resource](/advanced-usage/available-tools/access-mcp-resource)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         | Specialized functionality through external servers              |
+| **Workflow Group** | Mode and task management            | [switch_mode](/advanced-usage/available-tools/switch-mode), [new_task](/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task), [ask_followup_question](/advanced-usage/available-tools/ask-followup-question), [attempt_completion](/advanced-usage/available-tools/attempt-completion), [update_todo_list](/advanced-usage/available-tools/update-todo-list), [skill](/advanced-usage/available-tools/skill) | Context switching and task organization                         |
+
+\*_Experimental feature - requires explicit enablement in settings_
+
+### Always Available Tools
+
+Certain tools are accessible regardless of the current mode:
+
+- [ask_followup_question](/advanced-usage/available-tools/ask-followup-question): Gather additional information from users
+- [attempt_completion](/advanced-usage/available-tools/attempt-completion): Signal task completion
+- [switch_mode](/advanced-usage/available-tools/switch-mode): Change operational modes
+- [new_task](/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task): Create subtasks
+
+---
+
+## Available Tools
+
+### Read Tools
+
+These tools help Roo understand your code and project:
+
+- [read_file](/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-file) - Examines the contents of files
+- [list_files](/advanced-usage/available-tools/list-files) - Maps your project's file structure
+- [read_command_output](/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-command-output) - Retrieves full output from truncated commands
+
+### Search Tools
+
+These tools help Roo find patterns and functionality across your codebase:
+
+- [search_files](/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-files) - Finds patterns across multiple files using regex
+- [codebase_search](/advanced-usage/available-tools/codebase-search) - Performs semantic searches across your indexed codebase
+
+### Edit Tools
+
+These tools help Roo make changes to your code:
+
+- [apply_diff](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) - Makes precise, surgical changes to your code
+- [apply_patch](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-patch) - Applies multi-file unified diff patches
+- [edit](/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit) - Search-and-replace editing (first occurrence by default)
+- [edit_file](/advanced-usage/available-tools/edit-file) - Search-and-replace editing (all occurrences with count validation)
+- [search_replace](/advanced-usage/available-tools/search-replace) - Simple search-and-replace (all occurrences)
+- [write_to_file](/advanced-usage/available-tools/write-to-file) - Creates new files or completely rewrites existing ones
+
+### Image Tools
+
+These tools help Roo generate and edit images:
+
+- [generate_image](/advanced-usage/available-tools/generate-image) - Generates AI-powered images from text prompts
+
+### Command Tools
+
+These tools help Roo execute commands:
+
+- [execute_command](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command) - Runs system commands and programs
+- [run_slash_command](/advanced-usage/available-tools/run-slash-command) - Executes predefined slash commands for templated instructions _(Experimental - requires enablement)_
+
+### MCP Tools
+
+These tools help Roo connect with external services:
+
+- [use_mcp_tool](/advanced-usage/available-tools/use-mcp-tool) - Uses specialized external tools
+- [access_mcp_resource](/advanced-usage/available-tools/access-mcp-resource) - Accesses external data sources
+
+### Workflow Tools
+
+These tools help manage the conversation and task flow:
+
+- [ask_followup_question](/advanced-usage/available-tools/ask-followup-question) - Gets additional information from you
+- [attempt_completion](/advanced-usage/available-tools/attempt-completion) - Presents final results
+- [switch_mode](/advanced-usage/available-tools/switch-mode) - Changes to a different mode for specialized tasks
+- [new_task](/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task) - Creates a new subtask
+- [update_todo_list](/advanced-usage/available-tools/update-todo-list) - Updates task checklist progress
+- [skill](/advanced-usage/available-tools/skill) - Loads and executes predefined skill instructions
+
+---
+
+## Tool Calling Mechanism
+
+### Handling Complex Tasks
+
+For certain complex operations that require multiple steps, Roo doesn't just figure them out on the fly. Instead, it follows predefined, internal plans to ensure consistency and accuracy.
+
+A prime example is creating a new MCP server, identified internally by `create_mcp_server`. **This identifier does not represent a tool you will see being called.** Rather, when you ask Roo to create a server, it triggers this known, multi-step workflow.
+
+This specific workflow is initiated by Roo using its internal `fetch_instructions` tool (with the task `create_mcp_server`) to retrieve a detailed plan. This plan then guides Roo to make calls to several standard, documented tools in sequence, such as:
+
+- [`execute_command`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command) for running setup scripts (e.g., `npx @modelcontextprotocol/create-server`).
+- [`write_to_file`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/write-to-file) or [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) for creating or modifying server code and configuration files.
+- [`ask_followup_question`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/ask-followup-question) to gather necessary information like API keys from you.
+- Other standard tools as needed for steps like determining file locations or updating configuration entries.
+
+So, while the overall task (like `create_mcp_server`) is complex, it's ultimately accomplished by intelligently orchestrating the standard tools available in your environment. This approach allows Roo to reliably perform complex operations by leveraging the tools documented here.
+
+### When Tools Are Called
+
+Tools are invoked under specific conditions:
+
+1. **Direct Task Requirements**
+
+    - When specific actions are needed to complete a task as decided by the LLM
+    - In response to user requests
+    - During automated workflows
+
+2. **Mode-Based Availability**
+
+    - Different modes enable different tool sets
+    - Mode switches can trigger tool availability changes
+    - Some tools are restricted to specific modes
+
+3. **Context-Dependent Calls**
+    - Based on the current state of the workspace
+    - In response to system events
+    - During error handling and recovery
+
+### Decision Process
+
+The system uses a multi-step process to determine tool availability:
+
+1. **Mode Validation**
+
+    ```typescript
+    isToolAllowedForMode(
+        tool: string,
+        modeSlug: string,
+        customModes: ModeConfig[],
+        toolRequirements?: Record<string, boolean>,
+        toolParams?: Record<string, any>
+    )
+    ```
+
+2. **Requirement Checking**
+
+    - System capability verification
+    - Resource availability
+    - Permission validation
+
+3. **Parameter Validation**
+    - Required parameter presence
+    - Parameter type checking
+    - Value validation
+
+---
+
+## Technical Implementation
+
+### Tool Call Processing
+
+1. **Initialization**
+
+    - Tool name and parameters are validated
+    - Mode compatibility is checked
+    - Requirements are verified
+
+2. **Execution**
+
+    ```typescript
+    const toolCall = {
+    	type: "tool_call",
+    	name: chunk.name,
+    	arguments: chunk.input,
+    	callId: chunk.callId,
+    }
+    ```
+
+3. **Result Handling**
+    - Success/failure determination
+    - Result formatting
+    - Error handling
+
+### Security and Permissions
+
+1. **Access Control**
+
+    - File system restrictions
+    - Command execution limitations
+    - Network access controls
+
+2. **Validation Layers**
+    - Tool-specific validation
+    - Mode-based restrictions
+    - System-level checks
+
+---
+
+## Mode Integration
+
+### Mode-Based Tool Access
+
+Tools are made available based on the current mode:
+
+- **Code Mode**: Full access to file system tools, code editing capabilities, command execution
+- **Ask Mode**: Limited to reading tools, information gathering capabilities, no file system modifications
+- **Architect Mode**: Design-focused tools, documentation capabilities, limited execution rights
+- **Custom Modes**: Can be configured with specific tool access for specialized workflows
+
+### Mode Switching
+
+1. **Process**
+
+    - Current mode state preservation
+    - Tool availability updates
+    - Context switching
+
+2. **Impact on Tools**
+    - Tool set changes
+    - Permission adjustments
+    - Context preservation
+
+---
+
+## Best Practices
+
+### Tool Usage Guidelines
+
+1. **Efficiency**
+
+    - Use the most specific tool for the task
+    - Avoid redundant tool calls
+    - Batch operations when possible
+
+2. **Security**
+
+    - Validate inputs before tool calls
+    - Use minimum required permissions
+    - Follow security best practices
+
+3. **Error Handling**
+    - Implement proper error checking
+    - Provide meaningful error messages
+    - Handle failures gracefully
+
+### Common Patterns
+
+1. **Information Gathering**
+
+    ```
+    [ask_followup_question](/advanced-usage/available-tools/ask-followup-question) → [read_file](/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-file) → [codebase_search](/advanced-usage/available-tools/codebase-search)
+    ```
+
+2. **Code Modification**
+
+    ```
+    [read_file](/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-file) → [apply_diff](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) → [attempt_completion](/advanced-usage/available-tools/attempt-completion)
+    ```
+
+3. **Task Management**
+    ```
+    [new_task](/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task) → [switch_mode](/advanced-usage/available-tools/switch-mode) → [execute_command](/advanced-usage/available-tools/execute-command)
+    ```
+
+---
+
+## Error Handling and Recovery
+
+### Error Types
+
+1. **Tool-Specific Errors**
+
+    - Parameter validation failures
+    - Execution errors
+    - Resource access issues
+
+2. **System Errors**
+
+    - Permission denied
+    - Resource unavailable
+    - Network failures
+
+3. **Context Errors**
+    - Invalid mode for tool
+    - Missing requirements
+    - State inconsistencies
+
+### Recovery Strategies
+
+1. **Automatic Recovery**
+
+    - Retry mechanisms
+    - Fallback options
+    - State restoration
+
+2. **User Intervention**
+    - Error notifications
+    - Recovery suggestions
+    - Manual intervention options

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/update-todo-list.md

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+---
+description: Learn how update_todo_list creates dynamic TODO lists with status tracking, enabling step-by-step task management for complex workflows in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - update_todo_list
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - task management
+    - TODO lists
+    - workflow tracking
+    - checklist management
+    - task status
+    - interactive UI
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# update_todo_list
+
+The `update_todo_list` tool enables dynamic, interactive task management within the chat interface. It replaces the entire TODO list with an updated checklist, ensuring that task status is always current and providing step-by-step tracking for complex, multi-step workflows.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `todos` (required): A markdown-formatted string representing the complete checklist with status indicators
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool creates and manages an interactive todo list that appears as a UI component in the chat interface. It allows for real-time task tracking, status updates, and dynamic addition of new items as they are discovered during complex workflows. The list provides a structured way to manage multi-step tasks with clear visual progress indicators.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When managing complex, multi-step tasks that benefit from structured tracking
+- When Roo needs to show progress through a series of related activities
+- When tasks require step-by-step completion verification before proceeding
+- When new actionable items are discovered during long or complex workflows
+- When providing clear checkpoints and progress visibility to users
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- **Full Checklist Replacement**: Overwrites the existing todo list with the updated version provided
+- **Interactive UI Component**: Displays as an editable interface element in the chat
+- **Multiple Status Types**: Supports pending, in-progress, and completed task states
+- **Dynamic Task Management**: Add new tasks as they arise during workflow execution
+- **User-Friendly Editing**: Provides direct editing capabilities within the chat interface
+- **Step-by-Step Tracking**: Enables confirmation of each step before updating and proceeding
+- **Progress Visualization**: Clear visual indicators for task completion status
+- **Workflow Integration**: Seamlessly integrates with task execution and completion flows
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- **Complete Replacement**: Replaces the entire list rather than making incremental updates
+- **Single-Level Structure**: Uses single-level markdown checklists without nesting support
+- **Format Requirements**: Requires specific markdown checkbox syntax for proper parsing
+- **Manual Updates**: Requires explicit tool calls to update the list status
+- **State Management**: Todo list state is tied to the current task and conversation context
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `update_todo_list` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Input Validation**:
+
+    - Validates the required `todos` parameter is provided
+    - Parses the markdown checklist format for syntax correctness
+    - Checks for valid status indicators: `[ ]`, `[-]`, and `[x]`
+
+2. **List Processing**:
+
+    - Processes the markdown-formatted checklist
+    - Extracts individual todo items with their status indicators
+    - Validates the structure and format of each item
+
+3. **UI Integration**:
+
+    - Presents the updated todo list to the user for approval
+    - Replaces any existing todo list with the new version
+    - Renders the list as an interactive component in the chat interface
+
+4. **User Interaction**:
+
+    - Allows users to edit todos directly in the UI when in editing mode
+    - Provides "Add Todo" functionality for real-time list expansion
+    - Synchronizes changes back to the extension to maintain state consistency
+
+5. **State Management**:
+    - Updates the task's internal todo list representation
+    - Maintains synchronization between UI state and backend data
+    - Preserves todo list state across conversation interactions
+
+---
+
+## Checklist Format Requirements
+
+The tool uses a specific markdown format for todo items:
+
+### Status Options
+
+- `[ ]` - Pending task (not started)
+- `[-]` - In progress task (currently being worked on)
+- `[x]` - Completed task (fully finished)
+
+### Format Rules
+
+- Use single-level markdown checklist (no nesting or subtasks)
+- List todos in intended execution order
+- Each todo item should be clear and actionable
+- Status should accurately reflect current task state
+
+---
+
+## Task Management Guidelines
+
+### Status Updates
+
+- Mark tasks as completed immediately after all work is finished
+- Start the next task by marking it as in progress
+- Use pending status for tasks not yet started
+- Only mark tasks as completed when fully accomplished with no unresolved dependencies
+
+### Dynamic List Management
+
+- Add new todos as soon as they are identified during task execution
+- Remove tasks only if they are no longer relevant or explicitly requested
+- Retain all unfinished tasks and update their status as needed
+- If a task is blocked, keep it as in progress and add new todos for resolution steps
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When developing a web application, Roo creates a todo list tracking design, implementation, testing, and deployment phases.
+- When setting up a development environment, Roo tracks installation of dependencies, configuration steps, and verification tasks.
+- When debugging complex issues, Roo maintains a list of investigation steps, potential causes, and testing procedures.
+- When refactoring code, Roo tracks which files need updates, what tests need modification, and documentation changes required.
+- When implementing new features, Roo manages tasks for planning, coding, testing, and integration steps.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Creating an initial todo list for a development task:
+
+```xml
+<update_todo_list>
+<todos>
+[ ] Analyze requirements
+[ ] Design architecture
+[ ] Implement core logic
+[ ] Write tests
+[ ] Update documentation
+</todos>
+</update_todo_list>
+```
+
+Updating progress after completing the first task:
+
+```xml
+<update_todo_list>
+<todos>
+[x] Analyze requirements
+[-] Design architecture
+[ ] Implement core logic
+[ ] Write tests
+[ ] Update documentation
+</todos>
+</update_todo_list>
+```
+
+Adding new tasks discovered during implementation:
+
+```xml
+<update_todo_list>
+<todos>
+[x] Analyze requirements
+[x] Design architecture
+[x] Implement core logic
+[-] Write tests
+[ ] Update documentation
+[ ] Add performance benchmarks
+[ ] Create deployment script
+</todos>
+</update_todo_list>
+```
+
+Managing a complex debugging workflow:
+
+```xml
+<update_todo_list>
+<todos>
+[x] Reproduce the issue
+[x] Check recent code changes
+[-] Analyze error logs
+[ ] Test with different configurations
+[ ] Check database queries
+[ ] Verify network connectivity
+[ ] Create fix and test
+</todos>
+</update_todo_list>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/use-mcp-tool.md

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+---
+description: Discover how use_mcp_tool integrates external MCP servers to extend Roo Code with specialized tools, domain-specific functionality, and external services.
+keywords:
+    - use_mcp_tool
+    - MCP tools
+    - Model Context Protocol
+    - external tools
+    - Roo Code integration
+    - MCP servers
+    - domain tools
+    - tool extension
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# use_mcp_tool
+
+The `use_mcp_tool` tool enables interaction with external tools provided by connected Model Context Protocol (MCP) servers. It extends Roo's capabilities with domain-specific functionality through a standardized protocol.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `server_name` (required): The name of the MCP server providing the tool
+- `tool_name` (required): The name of the tool to execute
+- `arguments` (required/optional): A JSON object containing the tool's input parameters, following the tool's input schema. May be optional for tools that require no input.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool allows Roo to access specialized functionality provided by external MCP servers. Each MCP server can offer multiple tools with unique capabilities, extending Roo beyond its built-in functionality. The system validates arguments against schemas, manages server connections, and processes responses of various content types (text, image, resource).
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When specialized functionality not available in core tools is needed
+- When domain-specific operations are required
+- When integration with external systems or services is needed
+- When working with data that requires specific processing or analysis
+- When accessing proprietary tools through a standardized interface
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Uses the standardized MCP protocol via the `@modelcontextprotocol/sdk` library
+- Supports multiple transport mechanisms (StdioClientTransport, StreamableHTTPClientTransport and SSEClientTransport)
+- Validates arguments using Zod schema validation on both client and server sides
+- Processes multiple response content types: text, image, and resource references
+- Manages server lifecycle with automatic restarts when server code changes
+- Provides an "always allow" mechanism to bypass approval for trusted tools
+- Works with the companion `access_mcp_resource` tool for resource retrieval
+- Maintains proper error tracking and handling for failed operations
+- Supports configurable timeouts (1-3600 seconds, default: 60 seconds)
+- Allows file watchers to automatically detect and reload server changes
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Depends on external MCP servers being available and connected
+- Limited to the tools provided by connected servers
+- Tool capabilities vary between different MCP servers
+- Network issues can affect reliability and performance
+- Requires user approval before execution (unless in the "always allow" list)
+- Cannot execute multiple MCP tool operations simultaneously
+
+---
+
+## Server Configuration
+
+MCP servers can be configured globally or at the project level:
+
+- **Global Configuration**: Managed through the Roo Code extension settings in VS Code. These apply across all projects unless overridden.
+- **Project-level Configuration**: Defined in a `.roo/mcp.json` file within your project's root directory.
+- This allows project-specific server setups.
+- Project-level servers take precedence over global servers if they share the same name.
+- Since `.roo/mcp.json` can be committed to version control, it simplifies sharing configurations with your team.
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `use_mcp_tool` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Initialization and Validation**:
+
+    - The system verifies that the MCP hub is available
+    - Confirms the specified server exists and is connected
+    - Validates the requested tool exists on the server
+    - Arguments are validated against the tool's schema definition
+    - Timeout settings are extracted from server configuration (default: 60 seconds)
+
+2. **Execution and Communication**:
+
+    - The system selects the appropriate transport mechanism:
+        - `StdioClientTransport`: For communicating with local processes via standard I/O
+        - `SSEClientTransport`: For communicating with HTTP servers via Server-Sent Events
+        - `StreamableHTTPClientTransport`: For communicating with HTTP servers via Streamable HTTP Events
+    - A request is sent with validated server name, tool name, and arguments
+    - Communication uses the `@modelcontextprotocol/sdk` library for standardized interactions
+    - Request execution is tracked with timeout handling to prevent hanging operations
+
+3. **Response Processing**:
+
+    - Responses can include multiple content types:
+        - Text content: Plain text responses
+        - Image content: Binary image data with MIME type information
+        - Resource references: URIs to access server resources (works with `access_mcp_resource`)
+    - The system checks the `isError` flag to determine if error handling is needed
+    - Results are formatted for display in the Roo interface
+
+4. **Resource and Error Handling**:
+    - The system uses WeakRef patterns to prevent memory leaks
+    - A consecutive mistake counter tracks and manages errors
+    - File watchers monitor for server code changes and trigger automatic restarts
+    - The security model requires approval for tool execution unless in the "always allow" list
+
+---
+
+## Security and Permissions
+
+The MCP architecture provides several security features:
+
+- Users must approve tool usage before execution (by default)
+- Specific tools can be marked for automatic approval in the "always allow" list
+- Server configurations are validated with Zod schemas for integrity
+- Configurable timeouts prevent hanging operations (1-3600 seconds)
+- Server connections can be enabled or disabled through the UI
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- Analyzing specialized data formats using server-side processing tools
+- Generating images or other media through AI models hosted on external servers
+- Executing complex domain-specific calculations without local implementation
+- Accessing proprietary APIs or services through a controlled interface
+- Retrieving data from specialized databases or data sources
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Requesting weather forecast data with text response:
+
+```
+<use_mcp_tool>
+<server_name>weather-server</server_name>
+<tool_name>get_forecast</tool_name>
+<arguments>
+{
+  "city": "San Francisco",
+  "days": 5,
+  "format": "text"
+}
+</arguments>
+</use_mcp_tool>
+```
+
+Analyzing source code with a specialized tool that returns JSON:
+
+```
+<use_mcp_tool>
+<server_name>code-analysis</server_name>
+<tool_name>complexity_metrics</tool_name>
+<arguments>
+{
+  "language": "typescript",
+  "file_path": "src/app.ts",
+  "include_functions": true,
+  "metrics": ["cyclomatic", "cognitive"]
+}
+</arguments>
+</use_mcp_tool>
+```
+
+Generating an image with specific parameters:
+
+```
+<use_mcp_tool>
+<server_name>image-generation</server_name>
+<tool_name>create_image</tool_name>
+<arguments>
+{
+  "prompt": "A futuristic city with flying cars",
+  "style": "photorealistic",
+  "dimensions": {
+    "width": 1024,
+    "height": 768
+  },
+  "format": "webp"
+}
+</arguments>
+</use_mcp_tool>
+```
+
+Accessing a resource through a tool that returns a resource reference:
+
+```
+<use_mcp_tool>
+<server_name>database-connector</server_name>
+<tool_name>query_and_store</tool_name>
+<arguments>
+{
+  "database": "users",
+  "type": "select",
+  "fields": ["name", "email", "last_login"],
+  "where": {
+    "status": "active"
+  },
+  "store_as": "active_users"
+}
+</arguments>
+</use_mcp_tool>
+```
+
+Tool with no required arguments:
+
+```
+<use_mcp_tool>
+<server_name>system-monitor</server_name>
+<tool_name>get_current_status</tool_name>
+<arguments>
+{}
+</arguments>
+</use_mcp_tool>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/available-tools/write-to-file.md

@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+---
+description: Explore write_to_file for creating new files or replacing content with interactive diff view approval, ensuring safe file operations in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+    - write_to_file
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - file creation
+    - file writing
+    - diff view
+    - content approval
+    - file operations
+    - interactive editing
+    - VS Code AI
+---
+
+# write_to_file
+
+The `write_to_file` tool creates new files or completely replaces existing file content with an interactive approval process. It provides a diff view for reviewing changes before they're applied.
+
+---
+
+## Parameters
+
+The tool accepts these parameters:
+
+- `path` (required): The path of the file to write to, relative to the current working directory
+- `content` (required): The complete content to write to the file
+- `line_count` (required): The number of lines in the file, including empty lines
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+This tool writes content to a specified file, either creating a new file if it doesn't exist or completely overwriting an existing file. All changes require explicit user approval through a diff view interface, where users can review and even edit the proposed changes before they're applied.
+
+---
+
+## When is it used?
+
+- When Roo needs to create a new file from scratch
+- When Roo needs to completely rewrite an existing file
+- When creating multiple files for a new project
+- When generating configuration files, documentation, or source code
+- When you need to review changes before they're applied
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Interactive Approval: Shows changes in a diff view requiring explicit approval before applying
+- User Edit Support: Allows editing the proposed content before final approval
+- Safety Measures: Detects code omission, validates paths, and prevents truncated content
+- Editor Integration: Opens a diff view that scrolls to the first difference automatically
+- Content Preprocessing: Handles artifacts from different AI models to ensure clean content
+- Access Control: Validates against `.rooignore` restrictions before making changes
+- Parent Directories: May handle directory creation through system dependencies
+- Complete Replacement: Provides a fully transformed file in a single operation
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Not suitable for existing files: Much slower and less efficient than `apply_diff` for modifying existing files
+- Performance with large files: Operation becomes significantly slower with larger files
+- Complete overwrite: Replaces entire file content, cannot preserve original content
+- Line count required: Needs accurate line count to detect potential content truncation
+- Review overhead: The approval process adds extra steps compared to direct edits
+- Interactive only: Cannot be used in automated workflows that require non-interactive execution
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When the `write_to_file` tool is invoked, it follows this process:
+
+1. **Parameter Validation**: Validates the required parameters and permissions
+
+    - Checks that `path`, `content`, and `line_count` are provided
+    - If `line_count` is missing/invalid, reverts any diff view changes and returns an error suggesting alternative tools (`apply_diff`, etc.) if modifying an existing file.
+    - Validates the file is allowed (not restricted by `.rooignore`)
+    - Ensures the path is within the workspace boundaries
+    - Tracks consecutive mistake counts for missing parameters
+    - Shows specific error messages for each validation failure
+
+2. **Content Preprocessing**:
+
+    - Removes code block markers that might be added by AI models
+    - Handles escaped HTML entities (specifically for non-Claude models)
+    - Strips line numbers if accidentally included in content
+    - Performs model-specific processing for different AI providers
+
+3. **Diff View Generation**:
+
+    - Opens a diff view in the editor showing the proposed changes
+    - Adds a 300ms delay to ensure UI responsiveness
+    - Scrolls automatically to the first difference
+    - Highlights changes for easy review
+
+4. **User Approval Process**:
+
+    - Waits for explicit user approval to proceed
+    - Allows users to edit the content in the diff view
+    - Captures any user edits for the final content
+    - Provides option to reject changes entirely
+    - Detects and incorporates user modifications into the final result
+
+5. **Safety Validation**:
+
+    - Detects potential content truncation by comparing with provided line count
+    - Shows warnings if content appears incomplete
+    - Validates file path and access permissions
+    - Specifically checks if files are outside the workspace with `isOutsideWorkspace` flag
+
+6. **File Writing**:
+    - Writes the approved content (with any user edits) to the file
+    - Provides confirmation of successful write
+    - Resets the consecutive mistakes counter on success
+
+---
+
+## Examples When Used
+
+- When creating a new project, Roo generates multiple files but lets you review each before committing changes.
+- When setting up configuration files, Roo shows the proposed configuration in a diff view for approval.
+- When generating documentation, Roo creates markdown files but lets you make final adjustments in the diff view.
+- When developing a prototype, Roo shows complete source files in a diff view where you can fine-tune before saving.
+
+---
+
+## Usage Examples
+
+Creating a new JSON configuration file:
+
+```
+<write_to_file>
+<path>config/settings.json</path>
+<content>
+{
+  "apiEndpoint": "https://api.example.com",
+  "theme": {
+    "primaryColor": "#007bff",
+    "secondaryColor": "#6c757d",
+    "fontFamily": "Arial, sans-serif"
+  },
+  "features": {
+    "darkMode": true,
+    "notifications": true
+  },
+  "version": "1.0.0"
+}
+</content>
+<line_count>13</line_count>
+</write_to_file>
+```
+
+Creating a simple HTML file:
+
+```
+<write_to_file>
+<path>src/index.html</path>
+<content>
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+  <meta charset="UTF-8">
+  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0">
+  <title>My Application</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="styles.css">
+</head>
+<body>
+  <div id="app"></div>
+  <script src="app.js"></script>
+</body>
+</html>
+</content>
+<line_count>13</line_count>
+</write_to_file>
+```
+
+Creating a JavaScript module:
+
+```
+<write_to_file>
+<path>src/utils/helpers.js</path>
+<content>
+/**
+ * Utility functions for the application
+ */
+
+export function formatDate(date) {
+  return new Date(date).toLocaleDateString();
+}
+
+export function calculateTotal(items) {
+  return items.reduce((sum, item) => sum + item.price, 0);
+}
+
+export function debounce(func, delay) {
+  let timeout;
+  return function(...args) {
+    clearTimeout(timeout);
+    timeout = setTimeout(() => func.apply(this, args), delay);
+  };
+}
+</content>
+<line_count>18</line_count>
+</write_to_file>
+```

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/context-poisoning.md

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+---
+description: Learn about context poisoning in AI coding assistants, its symptoms, causes, and effective recovery strategies to maintain accurate AI responses.
+keywords:
+    - context poisoning
+    - AI accuracy
+    - Roo Code troubleshooting
+    - LLM context management
+    - session recovery
+---
+
+# Context Poisoning
+
+:::info
+Context poisoning is a persistent issue within a given session. Once a chat session's context is compromised, treat that session as disposable. Starting fresh with a clean context is crucial for maintaining the accuracy and effectiveness of your Roo Code agent.
+:::
+
+Context poisoning occurs when inaccurate or irrelevant data contaminates the language model's active context. This leads the model to draw incorrect conclusions, provide erroneous information to tools, and progressively deviate from the intended task with each interaction.
+
+---
+
+## Symptoms of Context Poisoning
+
+Identify context poisoning by observing these behaviors:
+
+- **Degraded Output Quality:** Suggestions become nonsensical, repetitive, or irrelevant.
+- **Tool Misalignment:** Tool calls no longer correspond to the user's requests.
+- **Orchestration Failures:** Orchestrator chains may stall, loop indefinitely, or fail to complete.
+- **Temporary Fixes:** Re-applying a clean prompt or instructions offers only brief respite before issues resurface.
+- **Tool Usage Confusion:** The model struggles to correctly use or recall how to use tools defined in the system prompt.
+
+---
+
+## Common Causes
+
+Context poisoning can be triggered by several factors:
+
+- **Model Hallucination:** The model generates an incorrect piece of information and subsequently treats it as a factual part of the context.
+- **Code Comments:** Outdated, incorrect, or ambiguous comments in the codebase can be misinterpreted by the model, leading it down the wrong path.
+- **Contaminated User Input:** Copy-pasting logs or text containing hidden or rogue control characters.
+- **Context Window Overflow:** As a session grows, older, useful information may be pushed out of the model's limited context window, allowing "poisoned" data to have a greater relative impact.
+
+Once bad data enters the context, it tends to persist. The model re-evaluates this tainted information in subsequent reasoning cycles, similar to a permanent flaw affecting its perception until the context is completely reset.
+
+---
+
+## Can a "Wake-Up Prompt" Resolve Context Poisoning?
+
+**Short Answer:** No.
+
+A corrective prompt might temporarily suppress symptoms, but the problematic data remains in the conversational buffer. The model will likely revert to the poisoned state as soon as the interaction deviates from the narrow scope of the corrective prompt.
+
+**Detailed Explanation:**
+
+- Re-injecting the full set of tool definitions or core directives can sometimes mask the damage for one or some interactions following the initial context poisoning .
+- However, the underlying poisoned context remains. Any query or task outside the immediate "patch" will likely re-trigger the original issue.
+- This approach is unreliable, akin to placing a warning label on a leaking pipe instead of repairing it.
+
+---
+
+## Effective Recovery Strategies
+
+To reliably recover from context poisoning:
+
+- **Hard Reset the Session:** The most dependable solution is to start a new chat session. This clears the contaminated context entirely.
+- **Minimize Manual Data Dumps:** When pasting logs or other data, be selective. Only include the essential information the model requires.
+- **Manage Context Window Size:** For large or complex tasks, consider breaking them into smaller, focused chat sessions. This helps ensure that stale or irrelevant information ages out of the context window more quickly.
+- **Validate Tool Output:** If a tool returns nonsensical or clearly incorrect data, delete that message from the chat history before the model can process it and incorporate it into its context.
+
+---
+
+## Addressing a Common Question: The "Magic Bullet" Prompt
+
+A frequent question from the community is:
+
+> "Have you found a prompt that wakes it back up? Maybe a prompt that just has the tools instructions we can push back in manually?”
+
+As explained, no single prompt offers a lasting fix. Any immediate improvement is superficial because the corrupted lines of text persist in the session's history, ready to cause further issues. The only robust solution is to discard the compromised session, initiate a new one, and provide it with a clean prompt and the correct tool definitions from the outset.

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/large-projects.md

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+description: Learn strategies for effectively using Roo Code with large codebases. Manage context limits, optimize token usage, and handle complex refactoring tasks.
+keywords:
+    - large projects
+    - context management
+    - token optimization
+    - codebase refactoring
+    - Roo Code scalability
+---
+
+# Working with Large Projects
+
+Roo Code can be used with projects of any size, but large projects require some extra care to manage context effectively. Here are some tips for working with large codebases:
+
+---
+
+## Understanding Context Limits
+
+Roo Code uses large language models (LLMs) that have a limited "context window." This is the maximum amount of text (measured in tokens) that the model can process at once. If the context is too large, the model may not be able to understand your request or generate accurate responses.
+
+The context window includes:
+
+- The system prompt (instructions for Roo Code).
+- The conversation history.
+- The content of any files you mention using `@`.
+- The output of any commands or tools Roo Code uses.
+
+---
+
+## Strategies for Managing Context
+
+1.  **Be Specific:** When referring to files or code, use specific file paths and function names. Avoid vague references like "the main file."
+
+2.  **Use Context Mentions Effectively:** Use `@/path/to/file.ts` to include specific files. Use `@problems` to include current errors and warnings. Use `@` followed by a commit hash to reference specific Git commits.
+
+3.  **Break Down Tasks:** Divide large tasks into smaller, more manageable sub-tasks. This helps keep the context focused.
+
+4.  **Summarize:** If you need to refer to a large amount of code, consider summarizing the relevant parts in your prompt instead of including the entire code.
+
+5.  **Prioritize Recent History:** Roo Code automatically truncates older messages in the conversation history to stay within the context window. Be mindful of this, and re-include important context if needed.
+
+6.  **Use Prompt Caching (if available):** Some API providers like Anthropic, OpenAI, OpenRouter and Requesty support "prompt caching". This caches your prompts for use in future tasks and helps reduce the cost and latency of requests.
+
+---
+
+## Example: Refactoring a Large File
+
+Let's say you need to refactor a large TypeScript file (`src/components/MyComponent.tsx`). Here's a possible approach:
+
+1.  **Initial Overview:**
+
+    ```
+    @/src/components/MyComponent.tsx List the functions and classes in this file.
+    ```
+
+2.  **Target Specific Functions:**
+
+    ```
+    @/src/components/MyComponent.tsx Refactor the `processData` function to use `async/await` instead of Promises.
+    ```
+
+3.  **Iterative Changes:** Make small, incremental changes, reviewing and approving each step.
+
+By breaking down the task and providing specific context, you can work effectively with large files even with a limited context window.

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/local-models.md

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to run Roo Code with local AI models using Ollama and LM Studio. Complete setup guide for offline AI coding assistance.
+keywords:
+    - local models
+    - Ollama
+    - LM Studio
+    - offline AI
+    - local LLM
+    - self-hosted AI
+    - privacy-focused AI
+---
+
+# Using Local Models
+
+Roo Code supports running language models locally on your own machine using [Ollama](https://ollama.com/) and [LM Studio](https://lmstudio.ai/). This offers several advantages:
+
+- **Privacy:** Your code and data never leave your computer.
+- **Offline Access:** You can use Roo Code even without an internet connection.
+- **Cost Savings:** Avoid API usage fees associated with cloud-based models.
+- **Customization:** Experiment with different models and configurations.
+
+**However, using local models also has some drawbacks:**
+
+- **Resource Requirements:** Local models can be resource-intensive, requiring a powerful computer with a good CPU and, ideally, a dedicated GPU.
+- **Setup Complexity:** Setting up local models can be more complex than using cloud-based APIs.
+- **Model Performance:** The performance of local models can vary significantly. While some are excellent, they may not always match the capabilities of the largest, most advanced cloud models.
+- **Limited Features**: Local models (and many online models) often do not support advanced features such as prompt caching, computer use, and others.
+
+---
+
+## Supported Local Model Providers
+
+Roo Code currently supports two main local model providers:
+
+1.  **Ollama:** A popular open-source tool for running large language models locally. It supports a wide range of models.
+2.  **LM Studio:** A user-friendly desktop application that simplifies the process of downloading, configuring, and running local models. It also provides a local server that emulates the OpenAI API.
+
+---
+
+## Setting Up Local Models
+
+For detailed setup instructions, see:
+
+- [Setting up Ollama](/providers/ollama)
+- [Setting up LM Studio](/providers/lmstudio)
+
+Both providers offer similar capabilities but with different user interfaces and workflows. Ollama provides more control through its command-line interface, while LM Studio offers a more user-friendly graphical interface.
+
+---
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+- **"No connection could be made because the target machine actively refused it":** This usually means that the Ollama or LM Studio server isn't running, or is running on a different port/address than Roo Code is configured to use. Double-check the Base URL setting.
+
+- **Slow Response Times:** Local models can be slower than cloud-based models, especially on less powerful hardware. If performance is an issue, try using a smaller model.
+
+- **Model Not Found:** Ensure you have typed in the name of the model correctly. If you're using Ollama, use the same name that you provide in the `ollama run` command.

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/prompt-engineering.md

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+---
+description: Master the art of writing effective prompts for Roo Code. Learn principles, techniques, and examples to get better AI coding assistance results.
+keywords:
+    - prompt engineering
+    - AI prompts
+    - effective communication
+    - Roo Code tips
+    - custom instructions
+---
+
+# Prompt Engineering Tips
+
+Prompt engineering is the art of crafting effective instructions for AI models like Roo Code. Well-written prompts lead to better results, fewer errors, and a more efficient workflow.
+
+---
+
+## General Principles
+
+- **Be Clear and Specific:** Clearly state what you want Roo Code to do. Avoid ambiguity.
+
+    - **Bad:** Fix the code.
+    - **Good:** Fix the bug in the `calculateTotal` function that causes it to return incorrect results.
+
+- **Provide Context:** Use [Context Mentions](/basic-usage/context-mentions) to refer to specific files, folders, or problems.
+
+    - **Good:** `@/src/utils.ts` Refactor the `calculateTotal` function to use async/await.
+
+- **Break Down Tasks:** Divide complex tasks into smaller, well-defined steps.
+
+- **Give Examples:** If you have a specific coding style or pattern in mind, provide examples.
+
+- **Specify Output Format:** If you need the output in a particular format (e.g., JSON, Markdown), specify it in the prompt.
+
+- **Iterate:** Don't be afraid to refine your prompt if the initial results aren't what you expect.
+
+---
+
+## Thinking vs. Doing
+
+It's often helpful to guide Roo Code through a "think-then-do" process:
+
+1.  **Analyze:** Ask Roo Code to analyze the current code, identify problems, or plan the approach.
+2.  **Plan:** Have Roo Code outline the steps it will take to complete the task.
+3.  **Execute:** Instruct Roo Code to implement the plan, one step at a time.
+4.  **Review:** Carefully review the results of each step before proceeding.
+
+---
+
+## Using Custom Instructions
+
+You can provide custom instructions to further tailor Roo Code's behavior. There are two types of custom instructions:
+
+- **Global Custom Instructions:** Apply to all modes.
+- **Mode-Specific Custom Instructions:** Apply only to a specific mode (e.g., Code, Architect, Ask, Debug, or a custom mode).
+
+Custom instructions are added to the system prompt, providing persistent guidance to the AI model. You can use these to:
+
+- Enforce coding style guidelines.
+- Specify preferred libraries or frameworks.
+- Define project-specific conventions.
+- Adjust Roo Code's tone or personality.
+
+See the [Custom Instructions](/features/custom-instructions) section for more details.
+
+---
+
+## Handling Ambiguity
+
+If your request is ambiguous or lacks sufficient detail, Roo Code might:
+
+- **Make Assumptions:** It might proceed based on its best guess, which may not be what you intended.
+- **Ask Follow-Up Questions:** It might use the `ask_followup_question` tool to clarify your request.
+
+It's generally better to provide clear and specific instructions from the start to avoid unnecessary back-and-forth.
+
+---
+
+## Providing Feedback
+
+If Roo Code doesn't produce the desired results, you can provide feedback by:
+
+- **Rejecting Actions:** Click the "Reject" button when Roo Code proposes an action you don't want.
+- **Providing Explanations:** When rejecting, explain _why_ you're rejecting the action. This helps Roo Code learn from its mistakes.
+- **Rewording Your Request:** Try rephrasing your initial task or providing more specific instructions.
+- **Manually Correcting:** If there are a few small issues, you can also directly modify the code before accepting the changes.
+
+---
+
+## Examples
+
+**Good Prompt:**
+
+> `@/src/components/Button.tsx` Refactor the `Button` component to use the `useState` hook instead of the `useReducer` hook.
+
+**Bad Prompt:**
+
+> Fix the button.
+
+**Good Prompt:**
+
+> Create a new file named `utils.py` and add a function called `calculate_average` that takes a list of numbers and returns their average.
+
+**Bad Prompt:**
+
+> Write some Python code.
+
+**Good Prompt:**
+
+> `@problems` Address all errors and warnings in the current file.
+
+**Bad Prompt:**
+
+> Fix everything.
+
+By following these tips, you can write effective prompts that get the most out of Roo Code's capabilities.

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/prompt-structure.md

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+---
+description: Understand the technical structure of prompts in Roo Code. Learn how messages are constructed, system prompts work, and optimize your interactions.
+keywords:
+    - prompt structure
+    - system prompt
+    - message flow
+    - technical documentation
+    - LLM communication
+---
+
+# Prompt Structure
+
+This page explains the technical structure of prompts in Roo Code - how messages are constructed and sent to the Large Language Model (LLM).
+
+---
+
+## Core Message Types
+
+Roo Code uses three primary message types when communicating with LLMs:
+
+- **System Prompt**: The initial instructions that define Roo's capabilities, persona, and operational rules
+- **User Messages**: Content sent by you (the user) to Roo
+- **Assistant Messages**: Responses generated by the LLM based on your requests
+
+At the API level, there's also a fourth message role:
+
+- **Tool Messages**: Results returned from tool executions, sent back to the LLM as input
+
+Understanding these message types helps you work more effectively with Roo and can be valuable for troubleshooting or advanced customization.
+
+---
+
+## System Prompt
+
+The system prompt is the foundation of Roo's behavior. It contains:
+
+- **Role Definition**: The core persona instructions based on the selected mode (Code, Ask, Debug, etc.)
+- **Tool Descriptions**: Detailed information about available tools, including parameters and examples
+- **Tool Use Guidelines**: Rules for how tools should be used (sequential execution, waiting for results)
+- **Capabilities**: Description of what Roo can do in the current environment
+- **Available Modes**: List of all available modes and their descriptions
+- **Operational Rules**: Critical guidelines for handling files, project structure, and user interaction
+- **System Information**: Details about your environment (OS, shell, working directory)
+- **Custom Instructions**: Your global and mode-specific customizations
+
+The system prompt is generated dynamically each time you interact with Roo, adapting to your current mode, available tools, and custom settings.
+
+---
+
+## User Messages
+
+User messages contain your direct inputs to Roo, plus additional contextual information:
+
+- **Your Query**: The text you type in the chat interface
+- **Images**: Any images you include in your message (for supported models)
+- **Environment Details**: Automatically appended information about your workspace state:
+    - Open files/tabs
+    - Cursor position
+    - Active terminals with output
+    - Recently modified files
+    - Current time
+    - Token/cost information
+    - Current mode
+    - File listing (on initial connection)
+
+This automatic context enrichment helps Roo understand your workspace without requiring you to explicitly describe it.
+
+---
+
+## Assistant Messages
+
+Assistant messages are the LLM's responses, which may include:
+
+- **Text Responses**: Direct answers to your queries
+- **Thinking**: Internal reasoning process (visible when enabled)
+- **Tool Calls**: Requests to use specific tools like reading files or executing commands
+
+Note that while assistant messages contain tool calls, the results of those tools are sent back to the LLM in separate tool messages, not as part of the assistant message itself.
+
+---
+
+## Message Flow
+
+Here's how these components work together:
+
+1. **Initial Setup**: Roo generates the system prompt based on your selected mode and configuration
+2. **User Input**: You send a message, which is enriched with environment details
+3. **LLM Processing**: The LLM receives all previous messages plus your new input
+4. **Assistant Response**: The LLM generates a response, potentially using tools
+5. **Tool Execution**: If the LLM requests a tool, Roo executes it and provides the result
+6. **Conversation History**: All messages are maintained in a structured history for context
+
+---
+
+## Technical Implementation
+
+Internally, Roo's prompt construction is handled by several components:
+
+- **System Prompt Generation**: The `SYSTEM_PROMPT` function in `src/core/prompts/system.ts` assembles the complete system prompt
+- **Section Generators**: Specialized functions create each section of the system prompt
+- **Message Transformation**: Provider-specific transformers convert Roo's internal message format to the format required by each LLM API
+
+---
+
+## Support Prompts
+
+Alongside the main chat flow, Roo uses specialized templates for specific code actions:
+
+- **Code Action Prompts**: For commands like "Explain", "Fix", "Improve", or "Add to Context"
+- **Template-Based**: Generated from templates in `src/shared/support-prompt.ts`
+- **Independent Context**: Often operates without the main chat history
+- **Task-Specific Format**: Optimized for the specific code task being performed
+
+These support prompts work outside the normal conversation flow to provide focused assistance for specific coding tasks.
+
+---
+
+## Optimizing Your Interactions
+
+Understanding this structure can help you:
+
+- **Write Better Prompts**: Knowing what context Roo already has helps you avoid redundant information
+- **Troubleshoot Issues**: Understanding message flow helps identify where problems might occur
+- **Create Custom Modes**: With knowledge of the system prompt structure, you can create more effective custom modes
+
+This technical foundation powers all of Roo's capabilities, enabling it to understand your requests and effectively utilize available tools to complete tasks.

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/rate-limits-costs.md

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+---
+description: Understand token usage, cost calculation, and optimization strategies for Roo Code. Learn how to manage API costs and set request limits effectively.
+keywords:
+    - rate limits
+    - API costs
+    - token usage
+    - cost optimization
+    - auto-approval limits
+    - API management
+---
+
+# Rate Limits and Costs
+
+Understanding and managing API usage is crucial for a smooth and cost-effective experience with Roo Code. This section explains how to track your token usage and costs. Rate limits, which default to 0 (disabled) and typically don't need adjustment, are now configured per profile; see the [API Configuration Profiles](/features/api-configuration-profiles#creating-a-profile) documentation for details on how to set them if needed.
+
+---
+
+## Token Usage
+
+Roo Code interacts with AI models using tokens. Tokens are essentially pieces of words. The number of tokens used in a request and response affects both the processing time and the cost.
+
+- **Input Tokens:** These are the tokens in your prompt, including the system prompt, your instructions, and any context provided (e.g., file contents).
+- **Output Tokens:** These are the tokens generated by the AI model in its response.
+
+You can see the number of input and output tokens used for each interaction in the chat history.
+
+---
+
+## Cost Calculation
+
+Most AI providers charge based on the number of tokens used. Pricing varies depending on the provider and the specific model.
+
+Roo Code automatically calculates the estimated cost of each API request based on the configured model's pricing. This cost is displayed in the chat history, next to the token usage.
+
+For reasoning-capable models (for example, Gemini 3 Pro Preview and other models that expose separate "thinking" or reasoning tokens), Roo Code now includes both normal tokens **and** reasoning / "thought" tokens in its estimates when the provider reports them. This can make the displayed token usage and cost slightly higher than in older versions, but it better matches how providers actually bill you.
+
+**Note:**
+
+- The cost calculation is an _estimate_. The actual cost may vary slightly depending on the provider's billing practices.
+- Some providers may offer free tiers or credits. Check your provider's documentation for details.
+- Some providers offer prompt caching which greatly lowers cost.
+
+### Limiting Auto-Approved Requests
+
+To further help manage API costs and prevent unexpected expenses, Roo Code includes a "Max Requests" setting for auto-approved actions. This allows you to define a specific limit on how many consecutive API calls Roo Code can make without requiring your explicit re-approval during a task.
+
+- **How it works:** If you set a limit (e.g., 5 requests), Roo Code will perform up to 5 auto-approved API calls. Before making the 6th call, it will pause and prompt you to "Reset and Continue," as shown below.
+  <img src="/img/v3.18.0/v3.18.0-1.png" alt="Warning message indicating the auto-approved request limit has been reached." width="600" />
+  _Notification when the auto-approved request limit is met._
+- **Configuration:** This limit is configured within the "Auto-approve actions" settings. You can set a specific number or choose "Unlimited." For detailed steps on configuring this and other auto-approval settings, see the [Auto-Approving Actions documentation](/features/auto-approving-actions).
+  <img src="/img/v3.18.0/v3.18.0.png" alt="Setting the Max Requests limit for auto-approved actions in Roo Code settings." width="600" />
+  _Setting the "Max Requests" for auto-approved actions._
+
+This feature provides an additional safeguard, particularly for complex or long-running tasks where multiple API calls might be involved.
+
+---
+
+## Tips for Optimizing Token Usage
+
+- **Be Concise:** Use clear and concise language in your prompts. Avoid unnecessary words or details.
+- **Provide Only Relevant Context:** Use context mentions (`@file.ts`, `@folder/`) selectively. Only include the files that are directly relevant to the task.
+- **Break Down Tasks:** Divide large tasks into smaller, more focused sub-tasks.
+- **Use Custom Instructions:** Provide custom instructions to guide Roo Code's behavior and reduce the need for lengthy explanations in each prompt.
+- **Choose the Right Model:** Some models are more cost-effective than others. Consider using a smaller, faster model for tasks that don't require the full power of a larger model.
+- **Use Modes:** Different modes can access different tools, for example `Architect` can't modify code, which makes it a safe choice when analyzing a complex codebase, without worrying about accidentally allowing expensive operations.
+- **Disable MCP If Not Used:** If you're not using MCP (Model Context Protocol) features, consider [disabling it in the MCP settings](/features/mcp/using-mcp-in-roo#enabling-or-disabling-mcp-server-creation) to significantly reduce the size of the system prompt and save tokens.
+
+By understanding and managing your API usage, you can use Roo Code effectively and efficiently.

apps/docs/docs/advanced-usage/roo-code-nightly.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to install and use Roo Code Nightly builds to test the latest features and improvements before official releases.
+keywords:
+  - Roo Code Nightly
+  - prerelease builds
+  - beta testing
+  - latest features
+  - nightly builds
+sidebar_label: Roo Code Nightly
+---
+
+# Roo Code Nightly
+
+---
+
+## Understanding Nightly vs. Other Prereleases
+
+It's important to distinguish Roo Code Nightly from other types of prerelease software (like beta versions or release candidates):
+
+*   **Roo Code Nightly:**
+    *   **Frequency:** Automated builds, generated on each merge to the main development branch.
+    *   **Content:** Reflects the very latest merged code.
+    *   **Stability:** Highly experimental; may contain bugs or incomplete features.
+    *   **Testing:** Minimal or no manual testing before release.
+    *   **Audience:** Primarily for developers, internal testing, or users comfortable with potentially unstable software who want to see the absolute latest changes and help identify issues early.
+
+*   **General Prerelease (e.g., Beta, Release Candidate):**
+    *   **Frequency:** Released periodically (e.g., weekly, monthly) as specific milestones are met.
+    *   **Content:** Represents a more curated and planned intermediate version.
+    *   **Stability:** More stable than Nightly builds; often undergoes some manual testing or validation.
+    *   **Testing:** Typically receives more focused testing.
+    *   **Audience:** Intended for a wider group of early adopters or beta testers to gather feedback before a stable release.
+
+In short: **Nightly = latest code, potentially unstable, frequent updates.** Other prereleases are generally less frequent, more validated, and aimed at broader testing.
+
+---
+
+## Installing Roo Code Nightly
+
+To install Roo Code Nightly:
+
+1.  Open VS Code.
+2.  Access Extensions: Click the Extensions icon in the Activity Bar or press `Ctrl+Shift+X` (Windows/Linux) or `Cmd+Shift+X` (macOS).
+3.  Search for "Roo Code Nightly".
+4.  Select "Roo Code Nightly" by Roo Code and click **Install**.
+5.  Reload VS Code if prompted.
+
+<img src="/img/installing/installing-5.png" alt="Roo Code Nightly extension in VS Code Marketplace" width="400" />
+*Roo Code Nightly in the VS Code Marketplace.*
+
+You can have both the stable version of Roo Code and Roo Code Nightly installed simultaneously.

apps/docs/docs/basic-usage/context-mentions.md

@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to use context mentions (@) in Roo Code to reference files, folders, problems, terminal output, and Git commits for more accurate AI assistance.
+keywords:
+    - "Roo Code context mentions"
+    - "@ mentions"
+    - "file references"
+    - "folder mentions"
+    - "problems panel"
+    - "terminal mentions"
+    - "Git integration"
+---
+
+# Context Mentions
+
+Context mentions are a powerful way to provide Roo Code with specific information about your project, allowing it to perform tasks more accurately and efficiently. You can use mentions to refer to files, folders, problems, and Git commits. Context mentions start with the `@` symbol.
+
+<img src="/img/context-mentions/context-mentions.png" alt="Context Mentions Overview - showing the @ symbol dropdown menu in the chat interface" width="600" />
+
+_Context mentions overview showing the @ symbol dropdown menu in the chat interface._
+
+---
+
+## Types of Mentions
+
+<img src="/img/context-mentions/context-mentions-1.png" alt="File mention example showing a file being referenced with @ and its contents appearing in the conversation" width="600" />
+
+_File mentions add actual code content into the conversation for direct reference and analysis._
+
+| Mention Type      | Format                 | Description                                                                | Example Usage                                      |
+| ----------------- | ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- |
+| **File**          | `@/path/to/file.ts`    | Includes file contents in request context                                  | "Explain the function in @/src/utils.ts"           |
+| **Image**         | `@/path/to/image.png`  | Includes image as inline visual content (file mention with vision support) | "What's wrong with this UI? @/screenshots/bug.png" |
+| **Folder**        | `@/path/to/folder/`    | Includes contents of all files directly in the folder (non-recursive)      | "Analyze the code in @/src/components/"            |
+| **Problems**      | `@problems`            | Includes VS Code Problems panel diagnostics                                | "@problems Fix all errors in my code"              |
+| **Terminal**      | `@terminal`            | Includes recent terminal command and output                                | "Fix the errors shown in @terminal"                |
+| **Git Commit**    | `@a1b2c3d`             | References specific commit by hash                                         | "What changed in commit @a1b2c3d?"                 |
+| **Git Changes**   | `@git-changes`         | Shows uncommitted changes                                                  | "Suggest a message for @git-changes"               |
+| **URL**           | `@https://example.com` | Imports website content                                                    | "Summarize @https://docusaurus.io/"                |
+| **Slash Command** | `/<command-name>`      | Executes a slash command (uses `/` not `@`)                                | "/test Run all tests"                              |
+
+### File Mentions
+
+<img src="/img/context-mentions/context-mentions-1.png" alt="File mention example showing a file being referenced with @ and its contents appearing in the conversation" width="600" />
+
+_File mentions incorporate source code with line numbers for precise references._
+| Capability | Details |
+|------------|---------|
+| **Format** | `@/path/to/file.ts` (always start with `/` from workspace root) |
+| **Provides** | Complete file contents with line numbers |
+| **Supports** | Text files, PDFs, and DOCX files (with text extraction) |
+| **Works in** | Initial requests, feedback responses, and follow-up messages |
+| **Limitations** | Very large files may be truncated; binary files not supported |
+
+### Image Mentions
+
+Image mentions are file mentions with special visual processing. When you mention an image file, and the model supports vision, the image is sent as inline visual content rather than text.
+
+| Capability   | Details                                                                |
+| ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Type**     | Sub-type of file mentions (not a separate mention type)                |
+| **Format**   | `@/path/to/image.png` (same path format as file mentions)              |
+| **Provides** | Image sent as inline visual content to the model                       |
+| **Supports** | PNG, JPG, JPEG, GIF, BMP, SVG, WEBP, ICO, AVIF                         |
+| **Best for** | UI reviews, screenshot debugging, diagram analysis                     |
+| **Requires** | A model with vision support (non-vision models can't interpret images) |
+
+### Folder Mentions
+
+<img src="/img/context-mentions/context-mentions-2.png" alt="Folder mention example showing directory contents being referenced in the chat" width="600" />
+
+_Folder mentions include the content of all files within the specified directory._
+| Capability | Details |
+|------------|---------|
+| **Format** | `@/path/to/folder/` (trailing slash required to distinguish from file mentions) |
+| **Provides** | Complete contents of all files within the directory |
+| **Includes** | Contents of non-binary text files directly within the folder (not recursive) |
+| **Best for** | Providing context from multiple files in a directory |
+| **Tip** | Be mindful of context window limits when mentioning large directories |
+
+### Problems Mention
+
+<img src="/img/context-mentions/context-mentions-3.png" alt="Problems mention example showing VS Code problems panel being referenced with @problems" width="600" />
+
+_Problems mentions import diagnostics directly from VS Code's problems panel._
+| Capability | Details |
+|------------|---------|
+| **Format** | `@problems` |
+| **Provides** | All errors and warnings from VS Code's problems panel |
+| **Includes** | File paths, line numbers, and diagnostic messages |
+| **Groups** | Problems organized by file for better clarity |
+| **Best for** | Fixing errors without manual copying |
+
+For comprehensive details on how Roo Code integrates with VSCode's diagnostics system, see [Diagnostics Integration](/features/diagnostics-integration).
+
+### Terminal Mention
+
+<img src="/img/context-mentions/context-mentions-4.png" alt="Terminal mention example showing terminal output being included in Roo's context" width="600" />
+
+_Terminal mentions capture recent command output for debugging and analysis._
+
+| Capability     | Details                                            |
+| -------------- | -------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Format**     | `@terminal`                                        |
+| **Captures**   | Last command and its complete output               |
+| **Preserves**  | Terminal state (doesn't clear the terminal)        |
+| **Limitation** | Limited to visible terminal buffer content         |
+| **Best for**   | Debugging build errors or analyzing command output |
+
+### Git Mentions
+
+<img src="/img/context-mentions/context-mentions-5.png" alt="Git commit mention example showing commit details being analyzed by Roo" width="600" />
+
+_Git mentions provide commit details and diffs for context-aware version analysis._
+| Type | Format | Provides | Limitations |
+|------|--------|----------|------------|
+| **Commit** | `@a1b2c3d` | Commit message, author, date, and complete diff | Only works in Git repositories |
+| **Working Changes** | `@git-changes` | `git status` output and diff of uncommitted changes | Only works in Git repositories |
+
+### URL Mentions
+
+<img src="/img/context-mentions/context-mentions-6.png" alt="URL mention example showing website content being converted to Markdown in the chat" width="600" />
+
+_URL mentions import external web content and convert it to readable Markdown format._
+
+| Capability     | Details                                          |
+| -------------- | ------------------------------------------------ |
+| **Format**     | `@https://example.com`                           |
+| **Processing** | Uses headless browser to fetch content           |
+| **Cleaning**   | Removes scripts, styles, and navigation elements |
+| **Output**     | Converts content to Markdown for readability     |
+| **Limitation** | Complex pages may not convert perfectly          |
+
+### Slash Command Mentions
+
+Slash commands are processed by the mentions system but use a `/` prefix instead of `@`. They execute predefined commands to perform specific actions.
+
+| Capability       | Details                                                      |
+| ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| **Format**       | `/<command-name>` (uses `/` not `@`)                         |
+| **Provides**     | Executes the specified command and includes relevant context |
+| **Content Type** | Processed as content block type "command"                    |
+| **Examples**     | `/test`, `/init`, `/deploy`, and other custom commands       |
+| **Best for**     | Quick access to predefined workflows and actions             |
+
+For comprehensive details on available slash commands and how to create custom ones, see [Slash Commands](/features/slash-commands).
+
+---
+
+## How to Use Mentions
+
+1. Type `@` in the chat input to trigger the suggestions dropdown
+2. Continue typing to filter suggestions or use arrow keys to navigate
+3. Select with Enter key or mouse click
+4. Combine multiple mentions in a request: "Fix @problems in @/src/component.ts"
+
+The dropdown automatically suggests:
+
+- Recently opened files
+- Visible folders
+- Recent git commits
+- Special keywords (`problems`, `terminal`, `git-changes`)
+- **All currently open files** (regardless of ignore settings or directory filters)
+
+The dropdown respects `.rooignore` by default, hiding ignored files from suggestions. Enable the `showRooIgnoredFiles` setting to include ignored files in the dropdown (they'll appear with a 🔒 indicator). Common directories like `node_modules`, `.git`, `dist`, and `out` are also filtered to reduce noise.
+
+---
+
+## Important Behaviors
+
+### Ignore File Interactions
+
+| Behavior                | Description                                                                                                                                                  |
+| ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| **Dropdown filtering**  | The `@` dropdown hides `.rooignore`-matched files by default. Enable `showRooIgnoredFiles` to see them (marked with 🔒).                                     |
+| **`.rooignore` bypass** | File and folder `@mentions` bypass `.rooignore` checks when fetching content for context. Content from ignored files will be included if directly mentioned. |
+| **`.gitignore` bypass** | Similarly, file and folder `@mentions` do not respect `.gitignore` rules when fetching content.                                                              |
+| **Git command respect** | Git-related mentions (`@git-changes`, `@commit-hash`) do respect `.gitignore` since they rely on Git commands.                                               |
+
+---
+
+## Related Features
+
+- [Diagnostics Integration](/features/diagnostics-integration) - Learn about automatic error detection and smart severity filtering
+- [Code Actions](/features/code-actions) - Discover quick fixes and AI assistance directly in your editor
+- [Shell Integration](/features/shell-integration) - Understand how terminal mentions work with shell integration

apps/docs/docs/basic-usage/how-tools-work.md

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+---
+description: Learn how Roo Code uses tools to interact with your system. Understand file operations, command execution, and the approval workflow.
+keywords:
+    - Roo Code tools
+    - AI tools
+    - file operations
+    - command execution
+    - tool approval
+---
+
+# How Tools Work
+
+Roo Code uses tools to interact with your code and environment. These specialized helpers perform specific actions like reading files, making edits, running commands, or searching your codebase. Tools provide automation for common development tasks without requiring manual execution.
+
+---
+
+## Tool Workflow
+
+Describe what you want to accomplish in natural language, and Roo Code will:
+
+1. Select the appropriate tool based on your request
+2. Present the tool with its parameters for your review
+3. Execute the approved tool and show you the results
+4. Continue this process until your task is complete
+
+---
+
+## Tool Categories
+
+| Category | Purpose                                    | Tool Names                                                                          |
+| :------- | :----------------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| Read     | Access file content and code structure     | `read_file`, `search_files`, `list_files`, `codebase_search`, `read_command_output` |
+| Edit     | Create or modify files and code            | `write_to_file`, `apply_diff`, `apply_patch`, `edit`, `edit_file`, `search_replace` |
+| Execute  | Run commands and perform system operations | `execute_command`                                                                   |
+| Image    | Generate AI-powered images                 | `generate_image`                                                                    |
+| Workflow | Manage task flow and context               | `ask_followup_question`, `attempt_completion`, `switch_mode`, `new_task`, `skill`   |
+
+---
+
+## Example: Using Tools
+
+Here's how a typical tool interaction works:
+
+<img src="/img/how-tools-work/how-tools-work.png" alt="Tool approval interface showing Save and Reject buttons along with Auto-approve checkbox" width="600" />
+
+_The tool approval interface shows Save/Reject buttons and Auto-approve options._
+
+**User:** Create a file named `greeting.js` that logs a greeting message
+
+**Roo Code:** (Proposes the `write_to_file` tool as shown in the image above)
+
+```xml
+<write_to_file>
+<path>greeting.js</path>
+<content>
+function greet(name) {
+  console.log(`Hello, ${name}!`);
+}
+
+greet('World');
+</content>
+<line_count>5</line_count>
+</write_to_file>
+```
+
+**User:** (Clicks "Save" in the interface)
+
+**Roo Code:** (Confirms file creation)
+
+---
+
+## Tool Safety and Approval
+
+Every tool use requires your explicit approval. When Roo proposes a tool, you'll see:
+
+- A "Save" button to approve and execute the tool
+- A "Reject" button to decline the proposed tool
+- An optional "Auto-approve" setting for trusted operations
+
+This safety mechanism ensures you maintain control over which files are modified, what commands are executed, and how your codebase is changed. Always review tool proposals carefully before saving them.
+
+---
+
+## Core Tools Reference
+
+| Tool Name               | Description                                                | Category |
+| :---------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------- | :------- |
+| `read_file`             | Reads the content of a file with line numbers              | Read     |
+| `search_files`          | Searches for text or regex patterns across files           | Read     |
+| `list_files`            | Lists files and directories in a specified location        | Read     |
+| `codebase_search`       | Performs semantic search across your indexed codebase      | Read     |
+| `read_command_output`   | Retrieves truncated output from previous commands          | Read     |
+| `write_to_file`         | Creates new files or overwrites existing ones              | Edit     |
+| `apply_diff`            | Makes precise changes to specific parts of a file          | Edit     |
+| `apply_patch`           | Applies multi-file unified diff patches                    | Edit     |
+| `edit`                  | Search-and-replace (first occurrence by default)           | Edit     |
+| `edit_file`             | Search-and-replace (all occurrences with count validation) | Edit     |
+| `search_replace`        | Search-and-replace (all occurrences, simple)               | Edit     |
+| `execute_command`       | Runs commands in the VS Code terminal                      | Execute  |
+| `generate_image`        | Generates AI-powered images from text prompts              | Image    |
+| `ask_followup_question` | Asks you a clarifying question                             | Workflow |
+| `attempt_completion`    | Indicates the task is complete                             | Workflow |
+| `switch_mode`           | Changes to a different operational mode                    | Workflow |
+| `new_task`              | Creates a new subtask with a specific starting mode        | Workflow |
+| `skill`                 | Loads and executes predefined skill instructions           | Workflow |
+
+---
+
+## Learn More About Tools
+
+For more detailed information about each tool, including complete parameter references and advanced usage patterns, see the [Tool Use Overview](/advanced-usage/available-tools/tool-use-overview) documentation.

apps/docs/docs/basic-usage/the-chat-interface.md

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to use the Roo Code chat interface effectively. Understand the layout, features, and best practices for communicating with your AI coding assistant.
+keywords:
+    - Roo Code chat interface
+    - AI assistant interaction
+    - chat features
+    - user interface
+    - VS Code extension
+---
+
+import KangarooIcon from '@site/src/components/KangarooIcon';
+
+# The Chat Interface
+
+The Roo Code chat interface is your primary way of interacting with it. It's located in the Roo Code panel, which you can open by clicking the Roo Code icon (<KangarooIcon />) in the VS Code Activity Bar.
+
+---
+
+## Components of the Chat Interface
+
+The chat interface consists of the following main elements:
+
+1. **Chat History:** This area displays the conversation history between you and Roo Code. It shows your requests, Roo Code's responses, and any actions taken (like file edits or command executions).
+
+2. **Input Field:** This is where you type your tasks and questions for Roo Code. You can use plain English to communicate.
+
+3. **Action Buttons:** These buttons appear above the input field and allow you to approve or reject Roo Code's proposed actions. The available buttons change depending on the context.
+
+4. **Send Button:** This looks like a small plane and it's located to the far right of the input field. This sends messages to Roo after you've typed them.
+
+5. **Plus Button:** The plus button is located at the top in the header. It switches to the Chat tab and focuses the input. To reset the session, start a new task or clear the current task.
+
+6. **Settings Button:** The settings button is a gear, and it's used for opening the settings to customize features or behavior.
+
+7. **Mode Selector:** The mode selector is a dropdown located to the left of the chat input field. It is used for selecting which mode Roo should use for your tasks. Its settings gear opens the Modes tab, not general settings.
+
+<img src="/img/the-chat-interface/the-chat-interface-1.png" alt="Chat interface components labeled with numbered callouts" width="900" />
+
+_Numbered interface elements showing the key components of the Roo Code chat interface._
+
+---
+
+## Tip: Using the Secondary Sidebar
+
+For a better workflow, you can drag Roo Code to VS Code's [Secondary Sidebar](https://code.visualstudio.com/api/ux-guidelines/sidebars#secondary-sidebar). This allows you to keep Roo Code visible while still having access to the Explorer, Search, Source Control, and other panels in the primary sidebar.
+
+To set this up:
+
+1. Click and drag the Roo Code icon from the Activity Bar
+2. Drop it on the right side of your editor to create a secondary sidebar
+3. Now you can use both sidebars simultaneously!
+
+For more productivity tips, check out our [Tips & Tricks](/tips-and-tricks) guide.
+
+---
+
+## Interacting with Messages
+
+- **Clickable Links:** File paths, URLs, and other mentions in the chat history are clickable. Clicking a file path will open the file in the editor. Clicking a URL will open it in your default browser.
+- **Copying Text:** You can copy text from the chat history by selecting it and using the standard copy command (Ctrl/Cmd + C). Some elements, like code blocks, have a dedicated "Copy" button.
+- **Expanding and Collapsing**: Click on a message to expand or collapse it.
+
+---
+
+## Status Indicators
+
+- **Loading Spinner:** When Roo Code is processing a request, you'll see a loading spinner.
+- **Error Messages:** If an error occurs, a red error message will be displayed.
+- **Success Messages:** Green messages indicate successful completion of actions.

apps/docs/docs/basic-usage/typing-your-requests.md

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to effectively communicate with Roo Code using natural language. Best practices for typing requests, examples, and common pitfalls to avoid.
+keywords:
+    - Roo Code requests
+    - natural language AI
+    - typing commands
+    - AI communication
+    - request examples
+    - best practices
+---
+
+# Typing Your Requests
+
+Roo Code is designed to understand natural language. You don't need to use any special commands or syntax to communicate with it. Just type your request in plain English, as if you were talking to a human developer.
+
+<img src="/img/typing-your-requests/naturally.gif" alt="Example of typing a request in Roo Code" width="600" />
+
+---
+
+## Effective Request Strategies
+
+Clearly state what you want Roo Code to do. Avoid vague or ambiguous language.
+
+| Strategy             | Implementation                                                                             |
+| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| **Be specific**      | "Fix the bug in `calculateTotal` that returns incorrect results" instead of "Fix the code" |
+| **Provide context**  | Use @ [Context Mentions](/basic-usage/context-mentions) for file and code references       |
+| **Break down tasks** | Submit complex tasks in smaller manageable steps                                           |
+| **Include examples** | Provide sample code when you need specific formatting or style                             |
+
+---
+
+## Example Requests
+
+```
+create a new file named `utils.py` and add a function called `add` that takes two numbers as arguments and returns their sum
+```
+
+```
+in the file @src/components/Button.tsx, change the color of the button to blue
+```
+
+```
+find all instances of the variable `oldValue` in @/src/App.js and replace them with `newValue`
+```
+
+```
+run the command `npm install` in the terminal
+```
+
+```
+explain the function `calculateTotal` in @/src/utils.ts
+```
+
+```
+@problems address all detected problems
+```
+
+---
+
+## Common Pitfalls to Avoid
+
+| DON'T                           | DO                                        |
+| ------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- |
+| Vague requests                  | Specify exactly what needs to be done     |
+| Assuming context                | Explicitly reference files and functions  |
+| Excessive technical jargon      | Use clear, straightforward language       |
+| Multiple unrelated tasks        | Submit one focused request at a time      |
+| Proceeding without confirmation | Check the code to make sure it's complete |

apps/docs/docs/basic-usage/using-modes.md

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to use Roo Code's specialized modes for different tasks. Switch between Code, Ask, Architect, Debug, and Orchestrator modes for optimal AI assistance.
+keywords:
+    - Roo Code modes
+    - Code mode
+    - Ask mode
+    - Architect mode
+    - Debug mode
+    - Orchestrator mode
+    - AI assistant modes
+    - mode switching
+---
+
+# Using Modes
+
+Modes in Roo Code are specialized personas that tailor the assistant's behavior to your current task. Each mode offers different capabilities, expertise, and access levels to help you accomplish specific goals.
+
+:::info Sticky Models & Mode Persistence
+Each mode remembers your last-used model. When switching modes, Roo automatically selects that model—no manual selection needed. Assign different models to different modes (e.g., Gemini 2.5 Preview for `🏗️ Architect` mode, Claude Sonnet 3.7 for `💻 Code` mode) and Roo will switch models automatically when you change modes.
+
+Additionally, your selected mode persists between sessions—Roo remembers which mode you were using when you return.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Why Use Different Modes?
+
+- **Task specialization:** Get precisely the type of assistance you need for your current task
+- **Safety controls:** Prevent unintended file modifications when focusing on planning or learning
+- **Focused interactions:** Receive responses optimized for your current activity
+- **Workflow optimization:** Seamlessly transition between planning, implementing, debugging, and learning
+
+---
+
+## Switching Between Modes
+
+Four ways to switch modes:
+
+1. **Dropdown menu:** Click the selector to the left of the chat input
+
+    <img src="/img/using-modes/using-modes.png" alt="Using the dropdown menu to switch modes" width="400" />
+
+2. **Slash command:** Type `/architect`, `/ask`, `/debug`, `/code`, or `/orchestrator` at the beginning of your message. This will switch to that mode and clear the input field.
+
+    <img src="/img/using-modes/using-modes-1.png" alt="Using slash commands to switch modes" width="400" />
+
+3. **Toggle command/Keyboard shortcut:** Use the keyboard shortcut below, applicable to your operating system. Each press cycles through the available modes in sequence, wrapping back to the first mode after reaching the end.
+
+    | Operating System | Shortcut |
+    | ---------------- | -------- |
+    | macOS            | ⌘ + .    |
+    | Windows          | Ctrl + . |
+    | Linux            | Ctrl + . |
+
+4. **Accept suggestions:** Click on mode switch suggestions that Roo offers when appropriate
+
+ <img src="/img/using-modes/using-modes-2.png" alt="Accepting a mode switch suggestion from Roo" width="400" />
+
+---
+
+## Built-in Modes
+
+### Code Mode (Default)
+
+| Aspect               | Details                                                                                                  |
+| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Name**             | `💻 Code`                                                                                                |
+| **Description**      | A skilled software engineer with expertise in programming languages, design patterns, and best practices |
+| **Tool Access**      | Full access to all tool groups: `read`, `edit`, `command`, `mcp`                                         |
+| **Ideal For**        | Writing code, implementing features, debugging, and general development                                  |
+| **Special Features** | No tool restrictions—full flexibility for all coding tasks                                               |
+
+### Ask Mode
+
+| Aspect               | Details                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Name**             | `❓ Ask`                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| **Description**      | A knowledgeable technical assistant focused on providing thorough and complete answers. It's less inclined to switch to implementing code unless explicitly requested and may use diagrams for clarification. |
+| **Tool Access**      | Limited access: `read`, `mcp` only (cannot edit files or run commands)                                                                                                                                        |
+| **Ideal For**        | Code explanation, concept exploration, and technical learning                                                                                                                                                 |
+| **Special Features** | Optimized for detailed, informative responses, often using diagrams for clarity, without modifying your project.                                                                                              |
+
+### Architect Mode
+
+| Aspect               | Details                                                                                              |
+| -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Name**             | `🏗️ Architect`                                                                                       |
+| **Description**      | An experienced technical leader and planner who helps design systems and create implementation plans |
+| **Tool Access**      | Access to `read`, `mcp`, and restricted `edit` (markdown files only)                                 |
+| **Ideal For**        | System design, high-level planning, and architecture discussions                                     |
+| **Special Features** | Follows a structured approach from information gathering to detailed planning                        |
+
+### Debug Mode
+
+| Aspect               | Details                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Name**             | `🪲 Debug`                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| **Description**      | An expert problem solver specializing in systematic troubleshooting and diagnostics                                                                                                       |
+| **Tool Access**      | Full access to all tool groups: `read`, `edit`, `command`, `mcp`                                                                                                                          |
+| **Ideal For**        | Tracking down bugs, diagnosing errors, and resolving complex issues                                                                                                                       |
+| **Special Features** | Uses a methodical approach of analyzing, narrowing possibilities, and fixing issues. Includes custom instructions to reflect, distill possibilities, add logs, and confirm before fixing. |
+
+### Orchestrator Mode (aka Boomerang Mode)
+
+| Aspect               | Details                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **Name**             | `🪃 Orchestrator`                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| **Description**      | A strategic workflow orchestrator (aka Boomerang Mode) that breaks down complex tasks and delegates them to specialized modes. Learn more about [Boomerang Tasks](/features/boomerang-tasks). |
+| **Tool Access**      | No direct tool access (uses `new_task` tool to delegate work to other modes)                                                                                                                  |
+| **Ideal For**        | Managing multi-step projects, coordinating work across different modes, and automating complex workflows                                                                                      |
+| **Special Features** | Uses the [`new_task`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task) tool to delegate subtasks to other modes.                                                                                     |
+
+---
+
+## Customizing Modes
+
+Tailor Roo Code's behavior by customizing existing modes or creating new specialized assistants. Define tool access, file permissions, and behavior instructions to enforce team standards or create purpose-specific assistants. See [Custom Modes documentation](/features/custom-modes) for setup instructions.
+
+### Understanding Tool Groups
+
+Each tool group provides specific capabilities:
+
+- **`read`**: File reading, listing, and searching capabilities
+- **`edit`**: File modification and creation capabilities
+- **`command`**: Terminal command execution
+- **`mcp`**: Model Context Protocol server interactions
+
+For detailed information about available tools, see the [Available Tools documentation](/advanced-usage/available-tools/tool-use-overview).

apps/docs/docs/faq.md

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+---
+description: Find answers to common questions about Roo Code, including setup, usage, troubleshooting, and advanced features. Get help with API keys, modes, and more.
+keywords:
+    - Roo Code FAQ
+    - frequently asked questions
+    - troubleshooting
+    - API setup
+    - custom modes
+    - MCP
+    - local models
+---
+
+import KangarooIcon from '@site/src/components/KangarooIcon';
+
+# Frequently Asked Questions
+
+This page answers some common questions about Roo Code.
+
+---
+
+## General
+
+### What is Roo Code?
+
+Roo Code is an open-source AI coding agent for VS Code designed to take full advantage of advanced large-language models.
+
+### How does Roo Code work?
+
+Roo Code uses large language models (LLMs) to understand your requests and translate them into actions. It can:
+
+- Read and write files in your project
+- Execute shell commands
+- Perform web browsing (if enabled)
+- Use external tools via the Model Context Protocol (MCP)
+
+You interact with Roo Code through a chat interface in the extension.
+
+### What can Roo Code do?
+
+Roo Code can help with a variety of coding tasks, including:
+
+- Generating code from natural language descriptions.
+- Refactoring existing code.
+- Fixing bugs.
+- Writing documentation.
+- Explaining code.
+- Answering questions about your codebase.
+- Automating repetitive tasks.
+- Creating new files and projects.
+
+### Is Roo Code free to use?
+
+The Roo Code extension is free and [open-source](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code/).
+
+Roo Code relies on external LLM inference providers (like [Anthropic](providers/anthropic), [OpenAI](providers/openai), [OpenRouter](providers/openrouter), [Requesty](providers/requesty), etc.) for its AI capabilities.
+These providers typically charge for API usage based on the number of tokens processed. You will need to create an account and obtain an API key from your chosen provider. Learn more [about providers and how to set them up](/providers/) for details.
+
+### What are the risks of using Roo Code?
+
+Roo Code is a powerful tool, and it's important to use it responsibly. Here are some things to keep in mind:
+
+- **Roo Code can make mistakes.** Always review Roo Code's proposed changes carefully before approving them.
+- **Roo Code can execute commands.** Be very cautious about allowing Roo Code to run commands, especially if you're using auto-approval.
+- **Roo Code can access the internet.** If you're using a provider that supports web browsing, be aware that Roo Code could potentially access sensitive information.
+
+---
+
+## Setup & Installation
+
+### How do I install Roo Code?
+
+See the [Installation Guide](/getting-started/installing) for detailed instructions.
+
+### Which API providers are supported?
+
+See the [full list here](/providers/).
+
+### How do I get an API key?
+
+Each API provider has its own process for obtaining an API key. See the [Setting Up Your First AI Provider](/getting-started/connecting-api-provider) for links to the relevant documentation for each provider.
+
+### Can I use Roo Code with local models?
+
+Yes, Roo Code supports running models locally using [Ollama](/providers/ollama) and [LM Studio](/providers/lmstudio). See [Using Local Models](/advanced-usage/local-models) for instructions.
+
+---
+
+## Extension Usage
+
+### How do I start a new task?
+
+Open the Roo Code panel (<KangarooIcon />) and type your task in the chat box. Be clear and specific about what you want Roo Code to do. See [Typing Your Requests](/basic-usage/typing-your-requests) for best practices.
+
+### What are modes in Roo Code?
+
+[Modes](/basic-usage/using-modes) are different personas that Roo Code can adopt, each with a specific focus and set of capabilities. The built-in modes are:
+
+- **Code:** For general-purpose coding tasks.
+- **Architect:** For planning and technical leadership.
+- **Ask:** For answering questions and providing information.
+- **Debug:** For systematic problem diagnosis.
+  You can also create [Custom Modes](/features/custom-modes).
+
+### How do I switch between modes?
+
+Use the dropdown menu in the chat input area to select a different mode, or use the `/` command to switch to a specific mode.
+
+### What are tools and how do I use them?
+
+[Tools](/basic-usage/how-tools-work) are how Roo Code interacts with your system. Roo Code automatically selects and uses the appropriate tools to complete your tasks. You don't need to call tools directly. You will be prompted to approve or reject each tool use.
+
+### What are context mentions?
+
+[Context mentions](/basic-usage/context-mentions) are a way to provide Roo Code with specific information about your project, such as files, folders, or problems. Use the "@" symbol followed by the item you want to mention (e.g., `@/src/file.ts`, `@problems`).
+
+### Can Roo Code access the internet?
+
+Yes, if you are using a provider with a model that support web browsing. Be mindful of the security implications of allowing this.
+
+### Can Roo Code run commands in my terminal?
+
+Yes, Roo Code can execute commands in your VS Code terminal. You will be prompted to approve each command before it's executed, unless you've enabled auto-approval for commands. Be extremely cautious about auto-approving commands. If you're experiencing issues with terminal commands, see the [Shell Integration Guide](/features/shell-integration) for troubleshooting.
+
+### How do I provide feedback to Roo Code?
+
+You can provide feedback by approving or rejecting Roo Code's proposed actions. You can provide additional feedback by using the feedback field.
+
+### Can I customize Roo Code's behavior?
+
+Yes, you can customize Roo Code in several ways:
+
+- **Custom Instructions:** Provide general instructions that apply to all modes, or mode-specific instructions.
+- **Custom Modes:** Create your own modes with tailored prompts and some tool permissions.
+- **`.roorules` Files:** Create `.roorules` files in your project to provide additional guidelines.
+- **Settings:** Adjust various settings, such as auto-approval, diff editing, and more.
+
+### Does Roo Code have any auto approval settings?
+
+Yes, Roo Code has a few settings that when enabled will automatically approve actions. Find out more [here](/features/auto-approving-actions).
+
+---
+
+## Advanced Features
+
+### Can I use Roo offline?
+
+Yes, if you use a [local model](/advanced-usage/local-models).
+
+### What is MCP (Model Context Protocol)?
+
+[MCP](/features/mcp/overview) is a protocol that allows Roo Code to communicate with external servers, extending its capabilities with custom tools and resources.
+
+### Can I create my own MCP servers?
+
+Yes, you can create your own MCP servers to add custom functionality to Roo Code. See the [MCP documentation](https://github.com/modelcontextprotocol) for details.
+
+### What is Codebase Indexing?
+
+[Codebase Indexing](/features/codebase-indexing) creates a semantic search index of your project using AI embeddings. This enables Roo Code to better understand and navigate large codebases by finding relevant code based on meaning rather than just keywords.
+
+### How much does Codebase Indexing cost?
+
+Codebase Indexing requires an OpenAI API key for generating embeddings and a Qdrant vector database for storage. Costs depend on your project size and the embedding model used. Initial indexing is the most expensive part; subsequent updates are incremental and much cheaper.
+
+---
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Roo Code isn't responding. What should I do?
+
+- Make sure your API key is correct and hasn't expired.
+- Check your internet connection.
+- Check the status of your chosen API provider.
+- Try restarting VS Code.
+
+### I'm seeing an error message. What does it mean?
+
+### Roo Code made changes I didn't want. How do I undo them?
+
+Roo Code uses VS Code's built-in file editing capabilities. You can use the standard "Undo" command (Ctrl/Cmd + Z) to revert changes. Also, if experimental checkpoints are enabled, Roo can revert changes made to a file.
+
+### Roo Code can't write to markdown files. What's wrong?
+
+If Roo Code fails to write to `.md` files with errors like "Failed to open diff editor" or "write_to_file tool failed", this is typically caused by VS Code extensions or settings that interfere with file editing:
+
+**Common causes:**
+
+- Extensions with "format on save" functionality
+- VS Code settings that open markdown files in preview mode by default
+- The Markdown Preview extension or similar markdown processing extensions
+
+**Solutions:**
+
+- Disable any extensions that automatically format files on save
+- Remove these settings from your VS Code `settings.json`:
+    ```json
+    "markdown.preview.openMarkdownLinks": "inPreview",
+    "workbench.editorAssociations": {
+      "*.md": "vscode.markdown.preview.editor"
+    }
+    ```
+- Temporarily disable markdown-related extensions to test if they're causing the issue
+- Restart VS Code after making these changes
+
+### How do I report a bug or suggest a feature?

apps/docs/docs/features/api-configuration-profiles.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to create and manage API configuration profiles to easily switch between different AI providers and models in Roo Code.
+keywords:
+  - API configuration
+  - profiles
+  - AI providers
+  - model switching
+  - API management
+---
+
+# API Configuration Profiles
+
+API Configuration Profiles allow you to create and switch between different sets of AI settings. Each profile can have different configurations for each mode, letting you optimize your experience based on the task at hand.
+
+:::info
+Having multiple configuration profiles lets you quickly switch between different AI providers, models, and settings without reconfiguring everything each time you want to change your setup.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+Configuration profiles can have their own:
+- API providers (OpenAI, Anthropic, OpenRouter, etc.)
+- API keys and authentication details
+- Model selections (o3-mini-high, Claude 3.7 Sonnet, DeepSeek R1, etc.)
+- [Temperature settings](/features/model-temperature) for controlling response randomness
+- Thinking budgets
+- Provider-specific settings
+- Diff editing configuration (see [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff))
+- Rate limit settings
+
+Note that available settings vary by provider and model. Each provider offers different configuration options, and even within the same provider, different models may support different parameter ranges or features.
+
+---
+
+## Creating and Managing Profiles
+
+### Creating a Profile
+
+1. Open Settings by clicking the gear icon <Codicon name="gear" /> → Providers
+2. Click the "+" button next to the profile selector
+
+   <img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-1.png" alt="Profile selector with plus button" width="550" />
+3. Enter a name for your new profile
+   
+   <img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles.png" alt="Creating a new profile dialog" width="550" />
+4. Configure the profile settings:
+   - Select your API provider
+      
+      <img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-2.png" alt="Provider selection dropdown" width="550" />
+   - Enter API key
+   
+      <img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-3.png" alt="API key entry field" width="550" />
+   - Choose a model
+   
+      <img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-8.png" alt="Model selection interface" width="550" />
+   - Configure the **Rate Limit** for this profile:
+     - **Default is 0 (disabled), which is suitable for most users.** If needed, you can set a minimum time (in seconds) between API requests *for this profile* to help manage costs or avoid provider rate limits.
+     - A value of 0 disables rate limiting (default).
+     - Requests using other profiles follow their own rate limits.
+
+         <img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-12.png" alt="Rate limit slider control within API profile settings" width="550" />
+   - Adjust model parameters (like [temperature](/features/model-temperature))
+   
+### Switching Profiles
+
+Switch profiles in two ways:
+1. From Settings panel: Select a different profile from the dropdown
+
+   <img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-7.png" alt="Profile selection dropdown in Settings" width="550" />
+2. During chat: Access the API Configuration dropdown in the chat interface
+
+   <img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-6.png" alt="API Configuration dropdown in chat interface" width="550" />
+### Pinning and Sorting Profiles
+
+The API configuration dropdown now supports pinning your favorite profiles for quicker access:
+
+1. Hover over any profile in the dropdown to reveal the pin icon
+2. Click the pin icon to add the profile to your pinned list
+3. Pinned profiles appear at the top of the dropdown, sorted alphabetically
+4. Unpinned profiles appear below a separator, also sorted alphabetically
+5. You can unpin a profile by clicking the same icon again
+
+<img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-4.png" alt="Pinning API configuration profiles" width="550" />
+
+This feature makes it easier to navigate between commonly used profiles, especially when you have many configurations.
+
+### Editing and Deleting Profiles
+
+<img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-10.png" alt="Profile editing interface" width="550" />
+- Select the profile in Settings to modify any settings
+- Click the pencil icon to rename a profile
+- Click the trash icon to delete a profile (you cannot delete the only remaining profile)
+
+---
+
+## Linking Profiles to Modes
+In the <Codicon name="notebook" /> Prompts tab, you can explicitly associate a specific Configuration Profile with each Mode. The system also automatically remembers which profile you last used with each mode, making your workflow more efficient.
+<img src="/img/api-configuration-profiles/api-configuration-profiles-11.png" alt="Profile-Mode association interface in Prompts tab" width="550" />
+
+---
+
+## Per-Task Profile Persistence
+
+Each task remembers which profile it started with. This "sticky" behavior means:
+
+- **Reopening from history**: When you resume a task from history, it uses the same profile it had originally—even if you've since changed the global selection.
+- **Multi-workspace consistency**: If you switch profiles in another workspace window, existing tasks in the first window keep their original profile.
+- **Orchestrator subtasks**: Child tasks created by the orchestrator inherit the parent's profile and retain it for their lifetime.
+
+This prevents unexpected model switches mid-task and keeps your conversation context consistent with the model that generated it.
+
+---
+
+## Security Note
+
+API keys are stored securely in VSCode's Secret Storage and are never exposed in plain text.
+
+---
+
+## Related Features
+
+- Works with [custom modes](/features/custom-modes) you create
+- Integrates with [local models](/advanced-usage/local-models) for offline work
+- Supports [temperature settings](/features/model-temperature) per mode
+- Supports per-profile rate limits (configured here) and general [usage tracking/cost info](/advanced-usage/rate-limits-costs)
+- Supports diff-based editing (see [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff)).

apps/docs/docs/features/auto-approving-actions.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to configure auto-approval settings in Roo Code to speed up repetitive tasks while maintaining control over sensitive operations.
+keywords:
+  - auto-approval
+  - Roo Code automation
+  - workflow optimization
+  - auto-approve settings
+  - safe operations
+---
+
+# Auto-Approving Actions
+
+> ⚠️ **SECURITY WARNING:** Auto-approve settings bypass confirmation prompts, giving Roo direct access to your system. This can result in **data loss, file corruption, or worse**. Command line access is particularly dangerous, as it can potentially execute harmful operations that could damage your system or compromise security. Only enable auto-approval for actions you fully trust.
+
+Auto-approve settings speed up your workflow by eliminating repetitive confirmation prompts, but they significantly increase security risks.
+
+---
+
+## Quick Start Guide
+
+1. Open the Auto-Approve dropdown next to the chat input
+2. Toggle "Enabled" at the bottom-right of the dropdown to activate or pause auto-approval
+3. Use the All/None chips to bulk-select or clear permissions, or select individual tiles; you can keep Enabled On with "None" selected
+4. (Optional) Click the gear icon to open Settings for deeper per-permission controls
+
+### Keyboard Shortcut and Command Palette
+
+**Default shortcut:** `Cmd+Alt+A` (macOS) / `Ctrl+Alt+A` (Windows/Linux)
+
+**Command Palette:** `roo-cline.toggleAutoApprove`
+
+Quickly toggle auto-approve on/off without using the mouse. Both the keyboard shortcut and the Command Palette command toggle the global "Enabled" state while preserving your permission selections.
+
+**Via Command Palette:**
+1. Open the Command Palette (`Cmd+Shift+P` / `Ctrl+Shift+P`)
+2. Type "Toggle Auto-Approve" or search for `roo-cline.toggleAutoApprove`
+3. Press Enter to toggle the auto-approve state
+
+**To customize the shortcut:**
+1. Open VS Code Command Palette (`Cmd+Shift+P` / `Ctrl+Shift+P`)
+2. Search for "Preferences: Open Keyboard Shortcuts"
+3. Search for the command name (varies by language):
+   - English: "Toggle Auto-Approve"
+   - Other languages: Look for the localized equivalent
+4. Click the pencil icon next to the command
+5. Press your desired key combination
+6. Press Enter to save
+
+**Note:** The command name appears in your VS Code interface language. If you're using a non-English locale, the command will be translated accordingly.
+
+---
+
+## Auto-Approve Dropdown
+
+<img src="/img/auto-approving-actions/auto-approving-actions-20.png" alt="Auto-Approve dropdown with All/None chips and global Enabled toggle (bottom-right)" width="600" />
+
+The dropdown shows a grid of permission tiles. Controls:
+- Enabled (bottom-right): master pause/resume for auto-approval
+- All / None (bottom-left): bulk select or clear permissions without changing Enabled
+- Permission tiles: choose which actions can run without prompts; tiles disable only when Enabled is off. Some permissions take effect only if your model supports the capability.
+
+### Available Permissions
+
+| Permission | What it does | Risk level |
+|------------|--------------|------------|
+| **Read files and directories** | Lets Roo access files without asking | Medium |
+| **Edit files** | Lets Roo modify files without asking | **High** |
+| **Execute approved commands** | Runs whitelisted terminal commands automatically | **High** |
+| **Use the browser** | Allows headless browser interaction | Medium |
+| **Use MCP servers** | Lets Roo use configured MCP services | Medium-High |
+| **Switch modes** | Changes between Roo modes automatically | Low |
+| **Create & complete subtasks** | Manages subtasks without confirmation | Low |
+| **Answer follow-up questions** | Selects default answer for follow-up questions| Low |
+
+---
+
+## Global Enabled Switch
+
+<img src="/img/auto-approving-actions/auto-approving-actions-21.png" alt="Auto-Approve dropdown; Enabled at bottom-right and All/None chips at bottom-left" width="600" />
+
+How it works:
+- Enabled On — Auto-approval runs for the permissions you’ve selected
+- Enabled Off — Pauses all auto-approvals; your per-permission selections persist
+- All / None — Bulk adjust selections while Enabled remains unchanged
+- Note: Auto-approve only runs if Enabled is On and at least one permission is selected.
+
+When to toggle:
+- Sensitive or production work → Off
+- Rapid iteration and refactors → On
+- Switching between exploration and editing tasks
+
+---
+
+## Advanced Settings Panel
+
+The settings panel provides detailed control with important security context:
+
+> **Allow Roo to automatically perform operations without requiring approval. Enable these settings only if you fully trust the AI and understand the associated security risks.**
+
+To access these settings:
+
+1. Click <Codicon name="gear" /> in the top-right of the dropdown
+2. Navigate to Auto-Approve Settings
+
+The settings panel mirrors the same permissions with additional context and safeguards.
+
+#### Important behaviors
+
+- Outside‑workspace reads/writes require the corresponding outside‑workspace flags in addition to the base permission.
+- Auto‑approve for MCP tools requires both the global "Always approve MCP tools" and each tool's "Always allow". Resource access honors only the global setting.
+- Mode switching is only auto‑approved when the mode-switch permission is enabled (covers switching to another mode and creating new modes).
+- After auto‑writes, Roo waits using the global write‑delay control under Settings → Context Management → Diagnostics.
+
+### Read Operations
+
+:::info Read Operations (Risk: Medium)
+
+<img src="/img/auto-approving-actions/auto-approving-actions-3.png" alt="Read-only operations setting" width="550" />
+
+**Setting:** "Always approve read-only operations"
+
+**Description:** "When enabled, Roo will automatically view directory contents and read files without requiring you to click the Approve button."
+
+**Additional option:**
+- **Include files outside workspace:** Allow Roo to read files outside the current workspace directory
+
+**Risk level:** Medium
+
+While this setting only allows reading files (not modifying them), it could potentially expose sensitive data. Still recommended as a starting point for most users, but be mindful of what files Roo can access.
+
+#### Workspace Boundary Protection
+
+By default, Roo can only read files within your current workspace directory. The "Include files outside workspace" option extends read access beyond the workspace boundary. Consider the security implications:
+
+- **Default (unchecked)**: Roo can only read files in your project directory
+- **Enabled**: Roo can read any file on your system that you have access to
+- **Recommendation**: Keep disabled unless you specifically need Roo to access external files
+:::
+
+### Write Operations
+
+:::caution Write Operations (Risk: High)
+<img src="/img/auto-approving-actions/auto-approving-actions-16.png" alt="Write operations setting with delay slider" width="550" />
+
+**Setting:** "Always approve write operations"
+
+**Description:** "Automatically create and edit files without requiring approval"
+
+**Write delay control:** Configured under Settings → Context Management → Diagnostics. See [Diagnostics Integration](/features/diagnostics-integration).
+
+**Additional options:**
+- **Include files outside workspace:** Allow Roo to modify files outside the current workspace directory
+- **Include protected files:** Allow Roo to modify files protected by `.roo/` and `.rooignore` directory
+
+**Risk level:** High
+
+This setting allows Roo to modify your files without confirmation. The delay timer is crucial:
+- Higher values (2000ms+): Recommended for complex projects where diagnostics take longer
+- Default (1000ms): Suitable for most projects with active diagnostics
+- 0ms: No delay - use when speed is critical
+- Lower values: Use only when in a controlled environment
+
+#### Security Boundaries
+
+The write operations setting includes two important security controls:
+
+1. **Workspace Boundary Protection**: By default, Roo can only modify files within your current workspace. Enable "Include files outside workspace" with extreme caution.
+
+2. **Protected Files**: Roo blocks modification of:
+   - Files in the `.roo/` directory
+   - The `.rooignore` file
+   
+   The "Include protected files" option bypasses this protection - use only when you specifically need to modify these files.
+#### Write Delay & Problems Pane Integration
+
+<img src="/img/auto-approving-actions/auto-approving-actions-5.png" alt="VSCode Problems pane showing diagnostic information" width="600" />
+
+*VSCode Problems pane that Roo checks during the write delay*
+
+When you enable auto-approval for writing files, Roo uses the global write-delay configured under Settings → Context Management → Diagnostics. The delay timer works with VSCode's Problems pane:
+
+1. Roo makes a change to your file
+2. VSCode's diagnostic tools analyze the change
+3. The Problems pane updates with any errors or warnings
+4. Roo notices these issues before continuing
+
+This works like a human developer pausing to check for errors after changing code. You can adjust the delay time based on:
+
+- Project complexity
+- Language server speed
+- How important error detection is for your workflow
+:::
+
+### MCP Tools
+
+:::caution MCP Tools (Risk: Medium-High)
+
+**Setting:** "Always approve MCP tools"
+
+**Description:** "Enable auto-approval of individual MCP tools in the MCP Servers view (requires both this setting and the tool's individual 'Always allow' checkbox)"
+
+**Risk level:** Medium-High (depends on configured MCP tools)
+
+This setting requires a two-step permission process for security:
+
+1. **Enable this global setting** - Acts as a master switch for all MCP tool auto-approval
+2. **Enable individual tool permissions** - In the MCP Servers view, check "Always allow" for specific tools
+
+**Important:** Both permissions must be active for a tool to auto-approve. This dual-permission system ensures you maintain granular control over which MCP tools can execute without confirmation. Resource retrieval (`access_mcp_resource`) honors only the global setting.
+
+**Permission Storage:** Your MCP tool permissions are saved and will be remembered next time you use Roo Code.
+
+Example workflow:
+- Enable "Always approve MCP tools" in settings
+- Navigate to MCP Servers view
+- Find the specific tool (e.g., filesystem operations)
+- Check its "Always allow" checkbox
+- Only then will that specific tool auto-approve
+:::
+
+### Mode Switching
+
+:::info Mode Switching (Risk: Low)
+
+**Setting:** "Always approve mode switching"
+
+**Description:** "Automatically switch between different modes without requiring approval"
+
+**Risk level:** Low
+
+Allows Roo to change between different modes (Code, Architect, etc.) without asking for permission. This primarily affects the AI's behavior rather than system access. Auto-approval also covers switching between modes and creating new modes when this permission is enabled.
+:::
+
+### Subtasks
+
+:::info Subtasks (Risk: Low)
+
+**Setting:** "Always approve creation & completion of subtasks"
+
+**Description:** "Allow creation and completion of subtasks without requiring approval"
+
+**Risk level:** Low
+
+Enables Roo to create and complete subtasks automatically. This relates to workflow organization rather than system access.
+:::
+
+### Command Execution
+
+:::caution Command Execution (Risk: High)
+<img src="/img/auto-approving-actions/auto-approving-actions-18.png" alt="Command execution setting with whitelist interface" width="550" />
+
+**Setting:** "Always approve allowed execute operations"
+
+**Description:** "Automatically execute allowed terminal commands without requiring approval"
+
+**Command management:** "Command prefixes that can be auto-executed when 'Always approve execute operations' is enabled. Add * to allow all commands (use with caution)."
+
+**Risk level:** High
+
+This setting allows terminal command execution with controls. Use an allowlist and a denylist together for defense-in-depth.
+
+- Precedence: Deny rules take precedence when their matching prefix is equally or more specific than the allow match (longest-prefix wins).
+- High-risk commands to deny by default:
+  - Unix/macOS: rm, sudo, dd, mkfs, diskutil eraseDisk, shutdown, reboot, chmod -R, chown -R, kill -9, curl | sh, wget | sh
+  - Git/Package: git push, npm publish, yarn publish, pnpm publish
+  - Windows/PowerShell: Remove-Item, Format-Volume, Stop-Process, shutdown, Set-ExecutionPolicy
+- Production template:
+  - Deny all with "*" then allow specific safe prefixes like "git", "npm run", "echo".
+- Dangerous substitution guard: Even allowed prefixes won’t auto-approve if the command contains dangerous parameter or process substitutions (e.g., `${var@P}`, subshells inserted into here-strings, zsh process substitution `=(...)`, zsh glob qualifiers with `e:...:`).
+
+Configuration
+- UI (recommended): Settings → Auto‑Approve → Execute → use "Allowed Commands" and "Denied Commands" editors to add/remove prefixes.
+- Settings JSON (alternative):
+```json
+{
+  "roo-cline.allowedCommands": ["git", "npm run", "echo"],
+  "roo-cline.deniedCommands": ["git push", "npm publish", "rm", "sudo", "*"]
+}
+```
+With both lists defined, the longest‑prefix rule applies; if deny is equally or more specific, it wins.
+
+Examples of safe allow prefixes:
+- `git`
+- `npm run`
+- `python -m pytest`
+- `cargo test`
+- `go test`
+- `docker ps`
+- `ls`
+- `cat`
+
+Security tip: Be specific with prefixes. Instead of allowing all `python` commands, limit to `python -m pytest` for test execution only.
+:::
+
+### Follow-Up Questions
+
+:::info Follow-Up Questions (Risk: Low)
+<img src="/img/auto-approving-actions/auto-approving-actions-15.png" alt="Follow-up question operations setting with timeout slider" width="550" />
+
+**Setting:** `Always default answer for follow-up questions`
+
+**Description:** Automatically selects the first AI-suggested answer for a follow-up question after a configurable timeout. This speeds up your workflow by letting Roo proceed without manual intervention.
+
+**Timeout slider:** Use the slider to set the wait time from 1 to 300 seconds (Default: 60 seconds)
+
+**How it works:**
+- After the configured timeout, the first suggestion is automatically selected
+- Any user action (choosing a different suggestion, editing, or typing your own response) cancels auto-selection
+
+**Override options:** You can cancel auto-selection at any time by:
+- Clicking a different suggestion
+- Editing any suggestion
+- Typing your own response
+
+**Risk level:** Low
+
+**Use cases:**
+- Overnight runs where you want Roo to continue working
+- Repetitive tasks where the default suggestions are usually correct
+- Testing workflows where interaction isn't critical
+:::

apps/docs/docs/features/boomerang-tasks.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to use Boomerang Tasks (Orchestrator mode) to automate complex workflows by delegating subtasks to specialized modes.
+keywords:
+  - Boomerang Tasks
+  - Orchestrator mode
+  - workflow automation
+  - task delegation
+  - automated workflows
+sidebar_label: 'Boomerang Tasks'
+---
+
+# Boomerang Tasks: Orchestrate Complex Workflows
+
+Boomerang Tasks (also known as subtasks or task orchestration) allow you to break down complex projects into smaller, manageable pieces using the built-in **`🪃 Orchestrator` Mode (aka Boomerang Mode)**. Think of it like delegating parts of your work to specialized assistants. Each subtask runs in its own context, often using a different Roo Code mode tailored for that specific job (like [`💻 Code`](/basic-usage/using-modes#code-mode-default), [`🏗️ Architect`](/basic-usage/using-modes#architect-mode), or [`🪲 Debug`](/basic-usage/using-modes#debug-mode)). The Orchestrator mode manages this process.
+
+:::info Orchestrator Mode is Built-In
+The `🪃 Orchestrator` mode (previously achieved via a custom "Boomerang Mode") is now a built-in mode specifically designed to orchestrate workflows by breaking down tasks and delegating them to other modes. You no longer need to create a custom mode for this functionality.
+
+Learn more about [Built-in Modes](/basic-usage/using-modes#built-in-modes).
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Why Use Boomerang Tasks?
+
+-   **Tackle Complexity:** Break large, multi-step projects (e.g., building a full feature) into focused subtasks (e.g., design, implementation, documentation).
+-   **Use Specialized Modes:** Automatically delegate subtasks to the mode best suited for that specific piece of work, leveraging specialized capabilities for optimal results.
+-   **Maintain Focus & Efficiency:** Each subtask operates in its own isolated context with a separate conversation history. This prevents the parent (orchestrator) task from becoming cluttered with the detailed execution steps (like code diffs or file analysis results), allowing it to focus efficiently on the high-level workflow and manage the overall process based on concise summaries from completed subtasks.
+-   **Streamline Workflows:** Results from one subtask can be automatically passed to the next, creating a smooth flow (e.g., architectural decisions feeding into the coding task).
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+1.  When in the [`🪃 Orchestrator`](/basic-usage/using-modes#orchestrator-mode-aka-boomerang-mode) mode (aka Boomerang Mode), Roo analyzes a complex task and suggests breaking it down into a subtask[^1].
+
+2.  The parent task (in Orchestrator mode) pauses, and the new subtask begins in a different, specialized mode[^2].
+3.  When the subtask's goal is achieved, Roo signals completion.
+4.  The parent task resumes with only the summary[^3] of the subtask. The parent uses this summary to continue the main workflow.
+
+---
+
+## Key Considerations
+
+-   **Approval Required:** By default, you must approve the creation and completion of each subtask. This can be automated via the [Auto-Approving Actions](/features/auto-approving-actions#subtasks) settings if desired.
+-   **Context Isolation and Transfer:** Each subtask operates in complete isolation with its own conversation history. It does not automatically inherit the parent's context. Information must be explicitly passed:
+    *   **Down:** Via the initial instructions provided when the subtask is created.
+    *   **Up:** Via the final summary provided when the subtask finishes. Be mindful that only this summary returns to the parent.
+-   **Navigation:** Roo's interface helps you see the hierarchy of tasks (which task is the parent, which are children). You can typically navigate between active and paused tasks.
+
+Boomerang Tasks provide a powerful way to manage complex development workflows directly within Roo Code, leveraging specialized modes for maximum efficiency.
+
+:::tip Keep Tasks Focused
+Use subtasks (delegated via Orchestrator mode) to maintain clarity. If a request significantly shifts focus or requires a different expertise (mode), consider creating a subtask rather than overloading the current one.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Frequently Asked Questions
+
+### Why can't Orchestrator mode read files, write files, call MCPs, or run commands?
+
+The Orchestrator mode is intentionally limited to focus on high-level workflow management. Giving it the ability to read files by default causes the context to become filled with file reads, hampering its ability to remain focused on orchestration. The design philosophy is that subtasks should handle the detailed work and return only the necessary information (via their completion summaries) for the orchestrator to delegate further tasks effectively.
+
+This limitation helps prevent [context poisoning](/advanced-usage/context-poisoning), where irrelevant or excessive information contaminates the model's active context, leading to degraded performance and task deviation.
+
+### How can I override Orchestrator mode's limitations?
+
+You can [customize the Orchestrator mode](/features/custom-modes) to add capabilities like file reading by following the [configuration precedence](/features/custom-modes#configuration-precedence) system:
+
+1. Open the Command Palette and select **"Edit Global Modes"**
+2. Copy and paste this configuration:
+
+```json
+{
+  "customModes": [
+    {
+      "slug": "orchestrator",
+      "name": "🪃 Orchestrator",
+      "roleDefinition": "You are Roo, a strategic workflow orchestrator who coordinates complex tasks by delegating them to appropriate specialized modes. You have a comprehensive understanding of each mode's capabilities and limitations, allowing you to effectively break down complex problems into discrete tasks that can be solved by different specialists.",
+      "customInstructions": "Your role is to coordinate complex workflows by delegating tasks to specialized modes. As an orchestrator, you should:\n\n1. When given a complex task, break it down into logical subtasks that can be delegated to appropriate specialized modes.\n\n2. For each subtask, use the `new_task` tool to delegate. Choose the most appropriate mode for the subtask's specific goal and provide comprehensive instructions in the `message` parameter. These instructions must include:\n    *   All necessary context from the parent task or previous subtasks required to complete the work.\n    *   A clearly defined scope, specifying exactly what the subtask should accomplish.\n    *   An explicit statement that the subtask should *only* perform the work outlined in these instructions and not deviate.\n    *   An instruction for the subtask to signal completion by using the `attempt_completion` tool, providing a concise yet thorough summary of the outcome in the `result` parameter, keeping in mind that this summary will be the source of truth used to keep track of what was completed on this project. \n    *   A statement that these specific instructions supersede any conflicting general instructions the subtask's mode might have.\n\n3. Track and manage the progress of all subtasks. When a subtask is completed, analyze its results and determine the next steps.\n\n4. Help the user understand how the different subtasks fit together in the overall workflow. Provide clear reasoning about why you're delegating specific tasks to specific modes.\n\n5. When all subtasks are completed, synthesize the results and provide a comprehensive overview of what was accomplished.\n\n6. Ask clarifying questions when necessary to better understand how to break down complex tasks effectively.\n\n7. Suggest improvements to the workflow based on the results of completed subtasks.\n\nUse subtasks to maintain clarity. If a request significantly shifts focus or requires a different expertise (mode), consider creating a subtask rather than overloading the current one.",
+      "groups": [
+        "read"
+      ],
+      "source": "global"
+    }
+  ]
+}
+```
+
+3. Save the file. Your global Orchestrator mode will now have read capabilities.
+
+:::warning
+Adding capabilities to the Orchestrator mode should be done thoughtfully. The limited default capabilities help maintain focus on orchestration rather than implementation details.
+:::
+
+[^1]: This context is passed via the `message` parameter of the [`new_task`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task) tool when the Orchestrator mode delegates the task.
+[^2]: The mode for the subtask is specified via the `mode` parameter of the [`new_task`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task) tool during initiation by the Orchestrator mode.
+[^3]: This summary is passed via the `result` parameter of the [`attempt_completion`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/attempt-completion) tool when the subtask finishes.

apps/docs/docs/features/checkpoints.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to use checkpoints in Roo Code to save your progress, revert changes, and manage your coding workflow with confidence.
+keywords:
+  - checkpoints
+  - save progress
+  - version control
+  - undo changes
+  - restore state
+  - workflow management
+---
+
+# Checkpoints
+
+Checkpoints automatically version your workspace files during Roo Code tasks, enabling non-destructive exploration of AI suggestions and easy recovery from unwanted changes.
+
+Checkpoints let you:
+- Safely experiment with AI-suggested changes
+- Easily recover from undesired modifications
+- Compare different implementation approaches
+- Revert to previous project states without losing work
+
+<div style={{ marginTop: '20px' }}></div>
+
+:::info Important Notes
+- **Checkpoints are enabled by default.**
+- **Git must be installed** for checkpoints to function - [see installation instructions](#git-installation)
+- No GitHub account or repository is required
+- No Git personal information configuration is needed
+- The shadow Git repository operates independently from your project's existing Git configuration
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Configuration Options
+
+Access checkpoint settings in Roo Code settings under the "Checkpoints" section:
+
+1. Open Settings by clicking the gear icon <Codicon name="gear" /> → Checkpoints
+2. Configure checkpoint behavior:
+   - Check or uncheck the "Enable automatic checkpoints" checkbox
+   - Adjust the "Checkpoint initialization timeout" (10-60 seconds, default: 30s)
+
+   <img src="/img/checkpoints/checkpoints.png" alt="Checkpoint settings in Roo Code configuration" width="500" />
+
+#### Checkpoint Initialization Timeout
+
+Controls how long the system waits for checkpoint initialization to complete before showing a warning. If your project has many files or is on slower storage, increasing this timeout can prevent premature warnings.
+
+- **Range**: 10-60 seconds
+- **Default**: 30 seconds
+- **When to increase**: Large projects, slow disk I/O, or network-mounted directories
+- **Location**: Settings → Checkpoints → "Checkpoint initialization timeout"
+
+---
+
+## How Checkpoints Work
+
+Roo Code captures snapshots of your project's state using a shadow Git repository, separate from your main version control system. These snapshots, called checkpoints, are automatically created **before** file modifications occur, ensuring you can always undo unwanted changes. Checkpoints are recorded when tasks begin and before file modifications. They are not automatically created before command execution.
+
+Checkpoints are stored as Git commits in the shadow repository, capturing:
+
+- File content changes
+- New files added
+- Deleted files
+- Renamed files
+- Binary file changes
+
+---
+
+## Working with Checkpoints
+
+Checkpoints are integrated directly into your workflow through the chat interface.
+
+Checkpoints appear directly in your chat history:
+
+- **Task checkpoint** marks your starting project state
+   <img src="/img/checkpoints/checkpoints-1.png" alt="Task checkpoint indicator in chat" width="500" />
+
+- **Regular checkpoints** are created before file modifications, allowing easy undo of any changes
+   <img src="/img/checkpoints/checkpoints-2.png" alt="Regular checkpoint indicator in chat" width="500" />
+
+Each checkpoint provides two primary functions that are always available in both the chat history and checkpoint menu:
+
+### Viewing Differences
+
+To compare your current workspace with a previous checkpoint:
+
+1. Locate the checkpoint in your chat history or open the checkpoint menu
+2. Click the checkpoint's `View Differences` button
+
+   <img src="/img/checkpoints/checkpoints-6.png" alt="View Differences button interface" width="100" />
+
+3. Review the differences in the comparison view:
+   - Added lines are highlighted in green
+   - Removed lines are highlighted in red
+   - Modified files are listed with detailed changes
+   - Renames may not always be detected; diffs reflect per-file changes between commits
+   - New or deleted files are clearly marked
+
+<img src="/img/checkpoints/checkpoints-3.png" alt="View differences option for checkpoints" width="800" />
+
+### Restoring Checkpoints
+
+Restore options are always visible in checkpoint buttons and dialogs, regardless of whether changes are detected. This ensures you can always revert to any checkpoint state.
+
+To restore a project to a previous checkpoint state:
+
+1. Locate the checkpoint in your chat history or checkpoint menu
+2. Click the checkpoint's `Restore Checkpoint` button (always visible)
+   <img src="/img/checkpoints/checkpoints-7.png" alt="Restore checkpoint button interface" width="100" />
+3. Choose one of these restoration options:
+   
+   <img src="/img/checkpoints/checkpoints-4.png" alt="Restore checkpoint option" width="300" />
+
+   - **Restore Files Only** - Reverts only workspace files to checkpoint state without modifying conversation history. Ideal for comparing alternative implementations while maintaining chat context, allowing you to seamlessly switch between different project states. This option does not require confirmation and lets you quickly switch between different implementations.
+   
+   - **Restore Files & Task** - Reverts both workspace files AND removes all subsequent conversation messages. Use when you want to completely reset both your code and conversation back to the checkpoint's point in time. This option requires confirmation in a dialog as it cannot be undone.
+
+      <img src="/img/checkpoints/checkpoints-9.png" alt="Confirmation dialog for restoring checkpoint with files & task" width="300" />
+
+### Limitations and Considerations
+
+- **Scope**: Checkpoints only capture changes made during active Roo Code tasks
+- **External changes**: Modifications made outside of tasks (manual edits, other tools) aren't included
+- **Large files**: Very large binary files may impact performance
+- **Unsaved work**: Restoration will overwrite any unsaved changes in your workspace
+- **Timing**: Checkpoints are created before changes are applied, providing a safety net for all modifications
+
+---
+
+## Technical Implementation
+
+### Checkpoint Architecture
+
+The checkpoint system consists of:
+
+1. **Shadow Git Repository**: A separate Git repository created specifically for checkpoint tracking that functions as the persistent storage mechanism for checkpoint state.
+
+2. **Checkpoint Service**: Handles Git operations and state management through:
+   - Repository initialization
+   - Checkpoint creation and storage
+   - Diff computation
+   - State restoration
+
+3. **UI Components**: Interface elements displayed in the chat that enable interaction with checkpoints.
+
+### Restoration Process
+
+When restoration executes, Roo Code:
+- Performs a hard reset to the specified checkpoint commit
+- Copies all files from the shadow repository to your workspace
+- Updates internal checkpoint tracking state
+
+### Storage Type
+
+Checkpoints are task-scoped, meaning they are specific to a single task.
+
+### Diff Computation
+
+Checkpoint comparison uses Git's underlying diff capabilities to produce structured file differences:
+- Modified files show line-by-line changes
+- Binary files are properly detected and handled
+- Rename detection may be limited; diffs focus on file content changes between checkpoints
+- File creation and deletion are clearly identified
+
+### File Exclusion and Ignore Patterns
+
+The checkpoint system uses intelligent file exclusion to track only relevant files:
+
+#### Built-in Exclusions
+
+The system has comprehensive built-in exclusion patterns that automatically ignore:
+- Build artifacts and dependency directories (`node_modules/`, `dist/`, `build/`)
+- Media files and binary assets (images, videos, audio)
+- Cache and temporary files (`.cache/`, `.tmp/`, `.bak`)
+- Configuration files with sensitive information (`.env`)
+- Large data files (archives, executables, binaries)
+- Database files and logs
+
+These patterns are written to the shadow repository's `.git/info/exclude` file during initialization.
+
+#### .gitignore Support
+
+The checkpoint system respects `.gitignore` patterns in your workspace:
+- Files excluded by `.gitignore` won't trigger checkpoint creation
+- Excluded files won't appear in checkpoint diffs
+- Standard Git ignore rules apply when staging file changes
+
+#### Git LFS Patterns
+
+Patterns defined in your workspace's `.gitattributes` for Git LFS are read and added to checkpoint exclusions. This helps avoid tracking large LFS-managed assets in the shadow repository.
+
+#### .rooignore Behavior
+
+The `.rooignore` file (which controls AI access to files) is separate from checkpoint tracking:
+- Files excluded by `.rooignore` but not by `.gitignore` will still be checkpointed
+- Changes to AI-inaccessible files can still be restored through checkpoints
+
+This separation is intentional, as `.rooignore` limits which files the AI can access, not which files should be tracked for version history.
+
+#### Nested Git Repositories
+
+If nested Git repositories are detected in your workspace, checkpoints are disabled. You'll receive a clear notification when checkpoint initialization fails due to nested repositories. Remove or relocate nested repositories to enable checkpoints.
+
+### Concurrency Control
+
+The extension prevents duplicate checkpointing within a single streaming operation. There is no dedicated Git operation queue.
+
+---
+
+## Git Installation
+
+Checkpoints require Git to be installed on your system. The implementation uses the `simple-git` library, which relies on Git command-line tools to create and manage shadow repositories.
+
+### macOS
+
+1. **Install with Homebrew (recommended)**:
+   ```
+   brew install git
+   ```
+
+2. **Alternative: Install with Xcode Command Line Tools**:
+   ```
+   xcode-select --install
+   ```
+
+3. **Verify installation**:
+   - Open Terminal
+   - Type `git --version`
+   - You should see a version number like `git version 2.40.0`
+
+### Windows
+
+1. **Download Git for Windows**:
+   - Visit https://git-scm.com/download/win
+   - The download should start automatically
+
+2. **Run the installer**:
+   - Accept the license agreement
+   - Choose installation location (default is recommended)
+   - Select components (default options are typically sufficient)
+   - Choose the default editor
+   - Choose how to use Git from the command line (recommended: Git from the command line and also from 3rd-party software)
+   - Configure line ending conversions (recommended: Checkout Windows-style, commit Unix-style)
+   - Complete the installation
+
+3. **Verify installation**:
+   - Open Command Prompt or PowerShell
+   - Type `git --version`
+   - You should see a version number like `git version 2.40.0.windows.1`
+
+### Linux
+
+**Debian/Ubuntu**:
+```
+sudo apt update
+sudo apt install git
+```
+
+**Fedora**:
+```
+sudo dnf install git
+```
+
+**Arch Linux**:
+```
+sudo pacman -S git
+```
+
+**Verify installation**:
+- Open Terminal
+- Type `git --version`
+- You should see a version number

apps/docs/docs/features/code-actions.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+---
+description: Access Roo Code's AI assistance directly in your editor with Code Actions. Get instant fixes, explanations, and improvements through VSCode's lightbulb system.
+keywords:
+  - code actions
+  - quick fixes
+  - lightbulb menu
+  - AI assistance
+  - VSCode integration
+  - code improvements
+  - error fixes
+---
+
+# Code Actions
+
+Code Actions provide instant access to Roo Code's AI assistance directly within your code editor through VSCode's lightbulb (quick fix) system. This context-aware feature automatically detects relevant code situations and offers appropriate AI-powered actions without requiring you to switch to the chat interface.
+
+<div style={{ marginTop: '20px' }}></div>
+
+---
+
+## What are Code Actions?
+
+Code Actions appear as a lightbulb icon (💡) in the editor gutter (the area to the left of the line numbers). They can also be accessed via the right-click context menu, or via keyboard shortcut. They are triggered when:
+
+*   You select a range of code.
+*   Your cursor is on a line with a problem (error, warning, or hint).
+*   You invoke them via command.
+
+Clicking the lightbulb, right-clicking and selecting "Roo Code", or using the keyboard shortcut (`Ctrl+.` or `Cmd+.` on macOS, by default), displays a menu of available actions.
+
+---
+
+## Roo Code's Code Actions
+
+Roo Code provides 5 code actions, though their availability varies by context:
+
+### Context Menu Actions (Right-Click)
+*   **Add to Context:** Quickly adds the selected code to your chat with Roo, including the filename and line numbers so Roo knows exactly where the code is from. It's listed first in the menu for easy access.
+*   **Explain Code:** Asks Roo Code to explain the selected code.
+*   **Improve Code:** Asks Roo Code to suggest improvements to the selected code.
+
+### Additional Actions
+*   **Fix Code:** Available through the lightbulb menu and command palette (but not the right-click menu). Asks Roo Code to fix problems in the selected code.
+*   **New Task:** Creates a new task with the selected code. Available through the command palette.
+
+### Context-Aware Actions
+The lightbulb menu intelligently shows different actions based on your code's current state:
+
+**For Code with Problems** (when VSCode shows red/yellow squiggles):
+- **Fix Code** - Get step-by-step guidance to resolve the specific error or warning
+- **Add to Context** - Add the problematic code to Roo's context for discussion
+
+**For Clean Code** (no diagnostics):
+- **Explain Code** - Get detailed explanations of what the code does
+- **Improve Code** - Receive optimization suggestions and best practices
+- **Add to Context** - Add the code to Roo's context for further work
+
+For more details on how diagnostics are integrated with Code Actions, see [Diagnostics Integration](/features/diagnostics-integration).
+
+### Add to Context Deep Dive
+
+The **Add to Context** action is listed first in the Code Actions menu so you can quickly add code snippets to your conversation. When you use it, Roo Code includes the filename and line numbers along with the code.
+
+This helps Roo understand the exact context of your code within the project, allowing it to provide more relevant and accurate assistance.
+
+Tip: Use macOS Cmd+K Cmd+A or Windows/Linux Ctrl+K Ctrl+A to add the selection to context quickly. See [Keyboard Shortcuts](/features/keyboard-shortcuts).
+
+**Example Chat Input:**
+
+```
+Can you explain this function?
+@myFile.js:15:25
+```
+
+*(Where `@myFile.js:15:25` represents the code added via "Add to Context")*
+
+---
+
+## Using Code Actions
+
+There are three main ways to use Roo Code's Code Actions:
+
+### 1. From the Lightbulb (💡)
+
+1.  **Select Code:** Select the code you want to work with. You can select a single line, multiple lines, or an entire block of code.
+2.  **Look for the Lightbulb:** A lightbulb icon will appear in the gutter next to the selected code (or the line with the error/warning).
+3.  **Click the Lightbulb:** Click the lightbulb icon to open the Code Actions menu.
+4.  **Choose an Action:** Select the desired Roo Code action from the menu.
+5.  **Review and Approve:** Roo Code will propose a solution in the chat panel. Review the proposed changes and approve or reject them.
+
+### 2. From the Right-Click Context Menu
+
+1.  **Select Code:** Select the code you want to work with.
+2.  **Right-Click:** Right-click on the selected code to open the context menu.
+3.  **Choose "Roo Code":** Select the "Roo Code" option from the context menu. A submenu will appear with the available Roo Code actions.
+4.  **Choose an Action:** Select the desired action from the submenu.
+5.  **Review and Approve:** Roo Code will propose a solution in the chat panel. Review the proposed changes and approve or reject them.
+
+### 3. From the Command Palette
+
+1.  **Select Code:** Select the code you want to work with.
+2.  **Open the Command Palette:** Press `Ctrl+Shift+P` (Windows/Linux) or `Cmd+Shift+P` (macOS).
+3.  **Type a Command:** Type "Roo Code" to filter the commands, then choose the relevant code action (e.g., "Roo Code: Explain Code"). The action will apply in the most logical context (usually the current active chat task, if one exists).
+4.  **Review and Approve:** Roo Code will propose a solution in the chat panel. Review the proposed changes and approve or reject them.
+
+---
+
+## Terminal Actions
+
+Roo Code also provides similar actions for terminal output:
+
+*   **Terminal: Add to Context:** Adds selected terminal output to your chat
+*   **Terminal: Fix Command:** Asks Roo Code to fix a failed terminal command
+*   **Terminal: Explain Command:** Asks Roo Code to explain terminal output or commands
+
+These actions are available when you select text in the terminal and right-click.
+
+---
+
+## Disabling/Enabling Code Actions
+
+You can control Code Actions through VSCode settings:
+
+### Enable/Disable Code Actions
+- **Setting**: [`roo-cline.enableCodeActions`](vscode://settings/roo-cline.enableCodeActions)
+- **Default**: Enabled
+- **Description**: Controls whether Roo Code quick fix options appear in the editor
+
+To access this setting:
+1. Open VSCode Settings (`Ctrl/Cmd + ,`)
+2. Search for "enableCodeActions"
+3. Toggle the checkbox to enable or disable
+
+---
+
+## Customizing Code Action Prompts
+
+You can customize the prompts used for each Code Action by modifying the "Support Prompts" in the **Prompts** tab. This allows you to fine-tune the instructions given to the AI model and tailor the responses to your specific needs.
+
+1.  **Open the Prompts Tab:** Click the <Codicon name="notebook" /> icon in the Roo Code top menu bar.
+2. **Find "Support Prompts":** You will see the support prompts, including "Enhance Prompt", "Explain Code", "Improve Code", and "Fix Code".
+3. **Edit the Prompts:** Modify the text in the text area for the prompt you want to customize. The prompts use placeholders in the format `${placeholder}`:
+    - `${filePath}` - The path of the current file
+    - `${selectedText}` - The currently selected text
+    - `${diagnostics}` - Any error or warning messages (for Fix Code) - see [Diagnostics Integration](/features/diagnostics-integration) for details
+4. **Click "Done":** Save your changes.
+
+### Example Prompt Template
+```
+Please explain the following code from ${filePath}:
+
+${selectedText}
+```
+
+By using Roo Code's Code Actions, you can quickly get AI-powered assistance directly within your coding workflow. This can save you time and help you write better code.
+
+---
+
+## Related Features
+
+- [Diagnostics Integration](/features/diagnostics-integration) - Learn how Roo Code integrates with VSCode's Problems panel
+- [Context Mentions](/basic-usage/context-mentions) - Discover other ways to provide context to Roo Code

apps/docs/docs/features/codebase-indexing.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+---
+description: Learn how Codebase Indexing helps Roo Code understand large projects using AI embeddings and semantic search. Setup guide for OpenAI and Qdrant integration.
+keywords:
+  - codebase indexing
+  - semantic search
+  - AI embeddings
+  - OpenAI
+  - Qdrant
+  - large projects
+  - code search
+---
+
+import Codicon from '@site/src/components/Codicon';
+
+# Codebase Indexing
+
+Codebase Indexing transforms how Roo Code understands your project by creating a semantic search index using AI embeddings. Instead of searching for exact text matches, it understands the *meaning* of your queries, helping Roo find relevant code even when you don't know specific function names or file locations.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+When enabled, the indexing system:
+
+1. **Parses your code** using Tree-sitter to identify semantic blocks (functions, classes, methods)
+2. **Creates embeddings** of each code block using AI models
+3. **Stores vectors** in a Qdrant database for fast similarity search
+4. **Provides the [`codebase_search`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/codebase-search) tool** to Roo for intelligent code discovery
+
+This enables natural language queries like "user authentication logic" or "database connection handling" to find relevant code across your entire project.
+
+---
+
+## Quick Start Guide
+
+:::tip 💰 Completely Free Setup Available
+You can set up codebase indexing at **zero cost** by using:
+- **Qdrant Cloud** (free tier) or **Docker Qdrant** (completely free)
+- **Google Gemini** (currently free)
+
+This gives you professional-grade semantic search without any subscription fees!
+:::
+
+### Step 1: Choose Your Setup
+
+Before enabling codebase indexing, you'll need two components:
+
+1. **An Embedding Provider** - to convert code into searchable vectors
+2. **A Vector Database** - to store and search those vectors
+
+### Step 2: Set Up Qdrant (Vector Database)
+
+#### Option A: Cloud Setup (Recommended for Getting Started) - **FREE**
+
+1. Sign up at [Qdrant Cloud](https://cloud.qdrant.io/) (free tier available)
+2. Create a cluster
+3. Copy your URL and API key
+
+#### Option B: Local Setup - **FREE**
+
+Using Docker:
+```bash
+docker run -d \
+  --name qdrant \
+  --restart unless-stopped \
+  -p 6333:6333 \
+  -v qdrant_data:/qdrant/storage \
+  qdrant/qdrant
+```
+
+Using Docker Compose:
+```yaml
+services:
+  qdrant:
+    image: qdrant/qdrant
+    ports:
+      - "6333:6333"
+    volumes:
+      - qdrant_storage:/qdrant/storage
+volumes:
+  qdrant_storage:
+```
+
+### Step 3: Set Up an Embedding Provider
+
+#### Google Gemini Setup (Recommended) - **FREE**
+
+1. Get an API key from [Google AI Studio](https://aistudio.google.com/apikey) (currently free)
+2. In Roo Code settings:
+   - Provider: **Google Gemini**
+   - API Key: Your Google AI Studio key
+
+:::info Other Providers Available
+While this guide focuses on Google Gemini since it's currently free, Roo Code also supports OpenAI, Ollama, OpenAI-compatible, Mistral, Vercel AI Gateway, Bedrock, and OpenRouter providers. You can explore these options in the configuration dropdown.
+:::
+
+### Step 4: Save
+
+1. Click **Save** and **Start Indexing**
+
+The status indicator will show:
+- **Yellow (Indexing)**: Currently processing files
+- **Green (Indexed)**: Ready for searches
+- **Red (Error)**: Check troubleshooting section
+
+---
+
+## Managing and Configuring the Indexer
+
+You can monitor the status and manage all configuration for the codebase indexer directly from the Roo Code chat interface.
+
+### The Status Icon
+
+At the bottom-right corner of the chat input, you'll find the **Codebase Indexing status icon**. This icon provides a quick, at-a-glance overview of the indexer's current state.
+
+<img src="/img/codebase-indexing/codebase-indexing-1.png" alt="Codebase Indexing Status Icon" />
+
+The color of the icon indicates the state:
+
+- 🟢 **Green**: **Indexed**. The index is up-to-date and ready for search.
+- 🟡 **Yellow**: **Indexing**. The system is actively processing files. Searches can still be performed, but results may be incomplete.
+- 🔴 **Red**: **Error**. An issue has occurred (e.g., failed to connect to Qdrant or the embedding provider). See the Troubleshooting section for help.
+- ⚪ **Gray**: **Standby**. The indexer is waiting for configuration or has been disabled.
+
+**Multi-Folder Workspaces**: In multi-folder workspaces, each folder maintains its own indexing status and configuration. The status icon reflects the combined state of all workspace folders.
+
+### The Configuration Popover
+
+Clicking the status icon opens the main configuration popover. Here, you can view the detailed status and manage all settings.
+
+<img src="/img/codebase-indexing/codebase-indexing-2.png" alt="Codebase Indexing Popover" />
+
+- **Status**: A detailed message showing the current state, such as "Indexed - File watcher started" or the progress of an ongoing scan.
+- **Setup**: Contains the primary fields for connecting to your embedding provider and vector database.
+- **Advanced Configuration**: Allows you to fine-tune search parameters like the similarity threshold.
+- **Clear Index Data**: Deletes all data from the Qdrant collection and clears the local file cache. Use this when you want to re-index your entire project from scratch. **This action cannot be undone.**
+- **Save**: Applies your configuration changes. If a critical setting (like an API key or a model) is changed, the indexer will automatically restart.
+
+### Detailed Configuration Fields
+
+This guide explains each setting available in the configuration popover.
+
+<img src="/img/codebase-indexing/codebase-indexing-3.png" alt="Codebase Indexing Configuration Details" />
+
+#### **Setup Fields**
+
+- **Embedder Provider**
+  - **Purpose**: To select your source for generating AI embeddings.
+  - **Behavior**: This dropdown menu determines which configuration fields are shown. Your options are **OpenAI**, **Google Gemini**, **Ollama**, **OpenAI Compatible**, **Mistral**, **Vercel AI Gateway**, **Bedrock**, and **OpenRouter**.
+
+- **API Key** (for OpenAI, Gemini, OpenAI Compatible)
+  - **Purpose**: The secret key to authenticate with your chosen provider.
+  - **Behavior**: This input is required for all cloud-based providers and is stored securely in your VS Code secret storage.
+
+- **Base URL** (for Ollama, OpenAI Compatible)
+  - **Purpose**: The endpoint for connecting to the provider's API.
+  - **Behavior**: For **Ollama**, this is typically `http://localhost:11434`. For **OpenAI Compatible** providers like Azure, this is the full deployment URL.
+
+- **Model**
+  - **Purpose**: To select the specific embedding model you want to use.
+  - **Behavior**: The list of available models changes based on the selected provider. The model's vector dimension (e.g., `1536 dimensions`) is displayed, as changing dimensions requires a full re-index.
+
+- **Qdrant URL**
+  - **Purpose**: The connection endpoint for your Qdrant vector database.
+  - **Behavior**: This must be a valid URL pointing to your local or cloud-based Qdrant instance (e.g., `http://localhost:6333`).
+
+- **Qdrant API Key**
+  - **Purpose**: The authentication key for a secured Qdrant instance.
+  - **Behavior**: This field is optional and should only be used if your Qdrant deployment requires an API key.
+
+#### **Advanced Configuration Fields**
+
+- **Search Score Threshold**
+  - **Purpose**: Controls the minimum similarity score required for a code snippet to be considered a match.
+  - **Behavior**: Use the slider to set a value between 0.0 and 1.0. A lower value returns more (but potentially less relevant) results, while a higher value returns fewer, more precise results.
+  - **Recommended Settings**:
+    - **Low (0.15-0.3)**: Broader results, good for exploration
+    - **Medium (0.4-0.5)**: Balanced precision and recall (default: 0.4)
+    - **High (0.6-0.8)**: Precise matches only
+
+- **Maximum Search Results**
+  - **Purpose**: Sets the maximum number of code snippets returned by a single `codebase_search`.
+  - **Behavior**: Use the slider to adjust the limit. This helps control the amount of context provided to the AI.
+
+---
+
+## Key Benefits
+
+- **Semantic Search**: Find code by meaning, not just keywords
+- **Enhanced AI Understanding**: Roo can better comprehend and work with your codebase
+- **Cross-Project Discovery**: Search across all files, not just what's open
+- **Pattern Recognition**: Locate similar implementations and code patterns
+
+---
+
+## How Files Are Processed
+
+### Smart Code Parsing
+
+The system uses a sophisticated parsing strategy:
+
+1. **Tree-sitter First**: For supported languages, it uses AST parsing to identify semantic code blocks (functions, classes, methods)
+2. **Markdown Support**: Indexes Markdown files by treating headers as semantic entry points
+3. **Intelligent Fallback**: For unsupported file types, it falls back to line-based chunking
+
+**Block Sizing**:
+- Minimum: 100 characters
+- Maximum: 1,000 characters
+- Large functions are split intelligently at logical boundaries
+
+### File Filtering
+
+The indexer respects your project's ignore patterns:
+- Files matching `.gitignore` patterns
+- Files matching `.rooignore` patterns
+- Binary files and images
+- Files larger than 1MB
+
+**Important**: Ensure your `.gitignore` includes common dependency folders like `node_modules`, `vendor`, `target`, etc., as the system relies exclusively on these patterns for filtering.
+
+### Incremental Updates
+
+- **File Watching**: Monitors your workspace for changes in real-time
+- **Smart Updates**: Only reprocesses modified files
+- **Branch Aware**: Automatically handles Git branch switches
+- **Hash-based Caching**: Avoids reprocessing unchanged content
+- **Multi-Folder Workspaces**: Each folder in a multi-folder workspace maintains its own index with separate settings and status
+
+---
+
+## Best Practices
+
+### Writing Effective Queries
+
+Instead of searching for exact syntax:
+- ❌ `const getUser`
+- ✅ `function to fetch user from database`
+
+Use natural language descriptions:
+- "authentication middleware"
+- "error handling for API requests"
+- "database connection setup"
+
+### Security Considerations
+
+- **API Keys**: Stored securely in VS Code's encrypted storage
+- **Code Privacy**: Only small code snippets sent for embedding
+- **Local Processing**: All parsing happens locally
+- **Access Control**: Respects file permissions and ignore patterns
+
+---
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Connection Issues
+
+**"Connection to Qdrant failed"**
+- Ensure Qdrant is running (`docker ps` to check)
+- Verify URL matches (default: `http://localhost:6333`)
+- Check firewall/network policies
+- For cloud instances, confirm URL and API key
+
+**"Invalid API Key" or "401 Unauthorized"**
+- Double-check your API key is correct
+- Ensure the key has necessary permissions
+- For Ollama, verify the service is running
+
+### API Key Format Errors (“ByteString conversion”)
+
+- Symptom: Error mentions "ByteString conversion" during indexing or when saving settings
+- Likely cause: Your embedding provider API key contains invalid/special characters or hidden whitespace
+- Fix:
+  - Regenerate a fresh API key from your provider dashboard
+  - Paste the key again, ensuring no leading/trailing spaces or hidden characters
+  - Roo will display a clear validation message if the key is invalid
+
+### Model Issues
+
+**"Model Not Found"**
+- For Google Gemini: Ensure the model name is correct (e.g., `gemini-embedding-001`)
+- For other providers: Consult their documentation for available models and proper naming
+
+### Indexing Issues
+
+**"Stuck in Error State"**
+1. Check connection issues first
+2. Click "Clear Index & Re-index" in settings
+3. This resolves corrupted cache or collection issues
+
+**"Indexing Taking Too Long"**
+- Normal for large codebases (10k+ files)
+- Check `.gitignore` includes large directories
+- Consider adding patterns to `.rooignore`
+
+---
+
+## Using the Search Feature
+
+Once indexed, Roo can use the [`codebase_search`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/codebase-search) tool:
+
+**Example Natural Language Queries**:
+- "How is user authentication handled?"
+- "Database connection setup"
+- "Error handling patterns"
+- "API endpoint definitions"
+- "Component state management"
+
+The tool provides:
+- Relevant code snippets
+- File paths with line numbers
+- Similarity scores
+- Direct navigation links
+
+---
+
+## Privacy & Data Security
+
+**Your code stays private**:
+- Only small code chunks (100-1000 chars) sent for embedding
+- Embeddings are one-way mathematical representations
+- Local parsing means full files never leave your machine
+- Use Ollama for completely offline operation
+
+**Data Storage**:
+- Vectors stored in your chosen Qdrant instance
+- You control where data lives (local/cloud)
+- Easy to delete: just clear the index
+
+---
+
+## Current Limitations
+
+- **File Size**: 1MB maximum per file
+- **External Dependencies**: Requires embedding provider + Qdrant
+- **Language Support**: Best results with Tree-sitter supported languages
+
+---
+
+## Future Enhancements
+
+Planned improvements:
+- Additional embedding providers
+- Multi-workspace indexing
+- Enhanced filtering options
+- Team collaboration features
+- VS Code native search integration
+- Incremental re-indexing optimizations

apps/docs/docs/features/concurrent-file-reads.md

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+---
+description: Learn how Roo Code's Concurrent File Reads feature speeds up development by reading up to 100 files simultaneously for better context understanding.
+keywords:
+    - concurrent file reads
+    - multi-file reads
+    - batch file reading
+    - context loading
+    - workspace efficiency
+    - file operations
+sidebar_label: "Multi-File Reads"
+---
+
+# Concurrent File Reads (AKA Multi-File Reads)
+
+The Concurrent File Reads feature allows Roo to read multiple files from your workspace in a single step. This significantly improves efficiency when working on tasks that require context from several files, as Roo can gather all the necessary information at once instead of reading files one by one.
+
+### Key Features
+
+- Read up to 100 files in a single request.
+- Enabled by default for a faster, more streamlined workflow.
+- Configurable limit from 1 to 100 files (setting to 1 effectively disables concurrent reads).
+
+---
+
+## Benefits
+
+- **Increased Speed**: Reduces the time it takes for Roo to understand your code by minimizing the number of back-and-forth steps.
+- **Better Context**: Allows Roo to build a more complete mental model of your code, leading to more accurate and relevant responses.
+- **Improved Workflow**: Streamlines tasks that require information from multiple files, making you more productive.
+
+---
+
+## Why This Matters
+
+**Faster Context Building**: Previously, when Roo needed to understand your project, you'd see multiple requests like:
+
+- "Can I read `src/app.js`?" → You approve
+- "Now can I read `src/utils.js`?" → You approve
+- "And can I read `src/config.json`?" → You approve
+
+**With concurrent file reads**: Roo asks once to read all related files together, getting the full picture immediately and providing better assistance faster.
+
+---
+
+## How it Works
+
+When you ask Roo to perform a task that involves multiple files, it will automatically identify the relevant files and read them together. This is especially useful for:
+
+- Understanding the overall structure of a component that is split across multiple files.
+- Refactoring code that has dependencies in other parts of the codebase.
+- Answering questions that require a broad understanding of your project.
+
+Roo is instructed to use this feature efficiently by prioritizing the most critical files and reading them in a single batch. The [`read_file`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-file) tool automatically accepts multiple files in a single request.
+
+When Roo requests to read multiple files, you'll see a batch approval interface that displays:
+
+- List of all files to be read
+- File paths with line range indicators (if specified)
+- Clickable file headers to open files in your editor
+- **Approve All** and **Deny All** buttons for quick decisions
+
+<img src="/img/concurrent-file-reads/concurrent-file-reads-2.png" alt="Batch approval interface for reading multiple files" width="600" />
+
+---
+
+## Configuration
+
+You can configure the Multi-File Read feature by clicking the <Codicon name="gear" /> icon and navigating to the "Context" section of the settings.
+
+<img src="/img/concurrent-file-reads/concurrent-file-reads-1.png" alt="Concurrent file reads settings showing limit slider" width="600" />
+
+1.  **Concurrent File Reads Limit**:
+    - **Setting**: `Concurrent file reads limit`
+    - **Description**: This setting determines the maximum number of files that Roo can read in a single request. The default is 5, with a range of 1-100 files. Higher values can speed up tasks involving many small files but may use more memory. Setting the value to 1 effectively disables concurrent reads, reverting to single-file reads.
+
+:::note
+The per‑request file limit is configured in the UI (default 5, up to 100). The backend [`read_file`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/read-file) tool doesn’t hard‑enforce a cap; actual behavior may also depend on the selected model/tool.
+:::

apps/docs/docs/features/custom-instructions.md

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to use custom instructions to tailor Roo Code's behavior to your preferences, coding style, and project requirements.
+keywords:
+    - custom instructions
+    - personalization
+    - AI customization
+    - coding preferences
+    - project rules
+---
+
+# Custom Instructions
+
+Custom Instructions allow you to personalize how Roo behaves, providing specific guidance that shapes responses, coding style, and decision-making processes.
+
+:::info Instruction File Locations
+You can provide custom instructions using global rules (applied across all projects), workspace rules (project-specific), or through the Prompts tab interface.
+
+**Global Rules Directory:** Apply to all projects automatically.
+
+- **Linux/macOS:** `~/.roo/rules/` and `~/.roo/rules-{modeSlug}/`
+- **Windows:** `%USERPROFILE%\.roo\rules\` and `%USERPROFILE%\.roo\rules-{modeSlug}\`
+
+**Workspace Rules:** Apply only to the current project and take precedence over global rules when they conflict.
+
+- **Preferred Method: Directory (`.roo/rules/`)**
+    ```
+    .
+    ├── .roo/
+    │   └── rules/          # Workspace-wide rules
+    │       ├── 01-general.md
+    │       └── 02-coding-style.txt
+    └── ... (other project files)
+    ```
+- **Fallback Method: Single File (`.roorules`)**
+    ```
+    .
+    ├── .roorules           # Workspace-wide rules (single file)
+    └── ... (other project files)
+    ```
+
+**Mode-Specific Instructions:** Apply only to a specific mode (e.g., `code`).
+
+- **Preferred Method: Directory (`.roo/rules-{modeSlug}/`)**
+    ```
+    .
+    ├── .roo/
+    │   └── rules-code/     # Rules for "code" mode
+    │       ├── 01-js-style.md
+    │       └── 02-ts-style.md
+    └── ... (other project files)
+    ```
+- **Fallback Method: Single File (`.roorules-{modeSlug}`)**
+    ```
+    .
+    ├── .roorules-code      # Rules for "code" mode (single file)
+    └── ... (other project files)
+    ```
+
+Rules are loaded in order: Global rules first, then workspace rules. If there's a conflict, workspace rules take precedence. See [Global Rules Directory](#global-rules-directory) for details.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## What Are Custom Instructions?
+
+Custom Instructions define specific behaviors, preferences, and constraints beyond Roo's basic role definition. Examples include coding style, documentation standards, testing requirements, and workflow guidelines.
+
+---
+
+## Setting Custom Instructions
+
+### Global Custom Instructions
+
+These instructions apply across all workspaces and maintain your preferences regardless of which project you're working on.
+
+**How to set them:**
+
+<img src="/img/custom-instructions/custom-instructions.png" alt="Roo Code Prompts tab showing global custom instructions interface" width="600" />
+1.  **Open Prompts Tab:** Click the <Codicon name="notebook" /> icon in the Roo Code top menu bar
+2.  **Find Section:** Find the "Custom Instructions for All Modes" section
+3.  **Enter Instructions:** Enter your instructions in the text area
+4.  **Save Changes:** Click "Done" to save your changes
+
+### Global Rules Directory
+
+The Global Rules Directory feature provides reusable rules and custom instructions that automatically apply across all your projects. This system supports both global configurations and project-specific overrides.
+
+#### Key Benefits
+
+**Without Global Rules**: You had to maintain separate rule files in each project:
+
+- Copy the same rules to every new project
+- Update rules manually across multiple projects
+- No consistency between projects
+
+**With Global Rules**: Create rules once and use them everywhere:
+
+- Set up your preferred coding standards globally
+- Customize specific rules per project when needed
+- Maintain consistency across all your work
+- Easy to update rules for all projects at once
+
+#### Directory Structure
+
+The global rules directory location is fixed and cannot be customized:
+
+**Linux/macOS:**
+
+```
+~/.roo/                           # Your global Roo configuration
+├── rules/                        # General rules applied to all projects
+│   ├── coding-standards.md
+│   ├── formatting-rules.md
+│   └── security-guidelines.md
+├── rules-code/                   # Rules specific to Code mode
+│   ├── typescript-rules.md
+│   └── testing-requirements.md
+├── rules-docs-extractor/         # Rules for documentation extraction
+│   └── documentation-style.md
+└── rules-{mode}/                 # Rules for other specific modes
+    └── mode-specific-rules.md
+```
+
+**Windows:**
+
+```
+%USERPROFILE%\.roo\               # Your global Roo configuration
+├── rules\                        # General rules applied to all projects
+│   ├── coding-standards.md
+│   ├── formatting-rules.md
+│   └── security-guidelines.md
+├── rules-code\                   # Rules specific to Code mode
+│   ├── typescript-rules.md
+│   └── testing-requirements.md
+└── rules-{mode}\                 # Rules for other specific modes
+    └── mode-specific-rules.md
+```
+
+#### Setting Up Global Rules
+
+1. **Create Global Rules Directory:**
+
+    ```bash
+    # Linux/macOS
+    mkdir -p ~/.roo/rules
+
+    # Windows
+    mkdir %USERPROFILE%\.roo\rules
+    ```
+
+2. **Add General Rules** (`~/.roo/rules/coding-standards.md`):
+
+    ```markdown
+    # Global Coding Standards
+
+    1. Always use TypeScript for new projects
+    2. Write unit tests for all new functions
+    3. Use descriptive variable names
+    4. Add JSDoc comments for public APIs
+    ```
+
+3. **Add Mode-Specific Rules** (`~/.roo/rules-code/typescript-rules.md`):
+
+    ```markdown
+    # TypeScript Code Mode Rules
+
+    1. Use strict mode in tsconfig.json
+    2. Prefer interfaces over type aliases for object shapes
+    3. Always specify return types for functions
+    ```
+
+#### Available Rule Directories
+
+| Directory               | Purpose                             |
+| ----------------------- | ----------------------------------- |
+| `rules/`                | General rules applied to all modes  |
+| `rules-code/`           | Rules specific to Code mode         |
+| `rules-docs-extractor/` | Rules for documentation extraction  |
+| `rules-architect/`      | Rules for system architecture tasks |
+| `rules-debug/`          | Rules for debugging workflows       |
+| `rules-{mode}/`         | Rules for any custom mode           |
+
+#### Rule Loading Order
+
+Rules are loaded in this order:
+
+1. **Global Rules** (from `~/.roo/`)
+2. **Project Rules** (from `project/.roo/`) - take precedence over global rules when they conflict
+3. [Generic only] **Legacy Files** (workspace root `.roorules`, `.clinerules`) - used only if no generic rules directory content was loaded
+
+Within each level, mode-specific rules are loaded before general rules.
+
+### Workspace-Level Instructions
+
+These instructions only apply within your current workspace, allowing you to customize Roo Code's behavior for specific projects.
+
+#### Workspace-Wide Instructions via Files/Directories
+
+Workspace-wide instructions apply to all modes within the current project and can be defined using files:
+
+- **Preferred Method: Directory-Based (`.roo/rules/`)**
+    - Create a directory named `.roo/rules/` in your workspace root.
+    - Place instruction files (e.g., `.md`, `.txt`) inside. Roo Code reads files recursively (including subdirectories), appending their content to the system prompt in **alphabetical order** based on filename.
+    - When this directory exists and contains files, its contents are loaded along with any global rules directories.
+    - Note: If the `.roo/rules/` directory exists but is empty, Roo Code will fall back to using the `.roorules` file instead.
+- **Fallback Method: File-Based (`.roorules`)**
+    - If `.roo/rules/` doesn't exist or is empty, Roo Code looks for a single `.roorules` file in the workspace root.
+    - If found, its content is loaded.
+
+#### Mode-Specific Instructions
+
+Mode-specific instructions can be set in two independent ways that can be used simultaneously:
+
+1.  **Using the Prompts Tab:**
+
+    <img src="/img/custom-instructions/custom-instructions-2.png" alt="Roo Code Prompts tab showing mode-specific custom instructions interface" width="600" />
+    * **Open Tab:** Click the <Codicon name="notebook" /> icon in the Roo Code top menu bar
+    * **Select Mode:** Under the Modes heading, click the button for the mode you want to customize
+    * **Enter Instructions:** Enter your instructions in the text area under "Mode-specific Custom Instructions (optional)"
+    * **Save Changes:** Click "Done" to save your changes
+
+        :::info Global Mode Rules
+        If the mode itself is global (not workspace-specific), any custom instructions you set for it will also apply globally for that mode across all workspaces.
+        :::
+
+2.  **Using Rule Files/Directories:** Provide mode-specific instructions via files:
+    - **Preferred Method: Directory-Based (`.roo/rules-{modeSlug}/`)**
+        - Create a directory named `.roo/rules-{modeSlug}/` (e.g., `.roo/rules-docs-writer/`) in your workspace root.
+        - Place instruction files inside (recursive loading, including subdirectories). Files are read and appended to the system prompt in **alphabetical order** by filename.
+        - This method takes precedence over the fallback file method for the specific mode if the directory exists and contains files.
+    - **Fallback Method: File-Based (`.roorules-{modeSlug}`)**
+        - If `.roo/rules-{modeSlug}/` doesn't exist or is empty, Roo Code looks for a single `.roorules-{modeSlug}` file (e.g., `.roorules-code`) in the workspace root.
+        - If found, its content is loaded for that mode.
+
+Instructions from the Prompts tab, global rules, workspace rules, and mode-specific rules are all combined. See the section below for the exact order.
+
+---
+
+## How Instructions are Combined
+
+Instructions are placed in the system prompt in this exact format:
+
+```
+====
+USER'S CUSTOM INSTRUCTIONS
+
+The following additional instructions are provided by the user, and should be followed to the best of your ability without interfering with the TOOL USE guidelines.
+
+Language Preference:
+[Language preference if set]
+
+Global Instructions:
+[Global Instructions from Prompts Tab]
+
+Mode-specific Instructions:
+[Mode-specific Instructions from Prompts Tab for the current mode]
+
+Rules:
+
+# Rules from rules-{modeSlug} directories:
+[Contents of ALL files from ~/.roo/rules-{modeSlug}/ AND .roo/rules-{modeSlug}/ if they exist]
+
+# Rules from .roorules-{modeSlug}:
+[Contents of .roorules-{modeSlug} file if no mode-specific directories have files]
+
+# Rules from .rooignore:
+[.rooignore-related instructions if applicable]
+
+# Agent Rules Standard (AGENTS.md):
+[Contents of AGENTS.md or AGENT.md from workspace root if present and enabled]
+
+# Rules from rules directories:
+[Contents of ALL files from ~/.roo/rules/ AND .roo/rules/ if they exist]
+
+# Rules from .roorules:
+[Contents of .roorules file if no general rules directories have files]
+
+====
+```
+
+_Note: The system loads rules from ALL applicable directories (both global `~/.roo/` and workspace `.roo/`), not just the first one with files. Mode-specific rules appear before general rules. Directory-based rules take precedence over file-based fallbacks only when determining which method to use, but all applicable directories are read._
+
+---
+
+## Rules about .rules files
+
+- **File Location:** The preferred method uses directories within `.roo/` (`.roo/rules/` and `.roo/rules-{modeSlug}/`). The fallback method uses single files (`.roorules` and `.roorules-{modeSlug}`) located directly in the workspace root.
+- **Recursive Reading:** Rules directories are read recursively, including all files in subdirectories
+- **File Filtering:** System automatically excludes cache and temporary files (`.DS_Store`, `*.bak`, `*.cache`, `*.log`, `*.tmp`, `Thumbs.db`, etc.)
+- **Empty Files:** Empty or missing rule files are silently skipped
+- **Source Headers:** Directory-based rules include per-file headers `# Rules from {absolute path}:`, while file-based rules include `# Rules from {filename}:` headers
+- **Aggregation:** Both global and workspace rules directories are aggregated for mode-specific and generic rules (not either-or)
+- **Sorting:** Files are sorted by basename only, case-insensitive
+- **Header Paths:** Header paths are absolute and follow symlinks
+- **Rule Interaction:** Mode-specific rules complement global rules rather than replacing them
+- **Symbolic Links:** Fully supported for both files and directories, with a maximum resolution depth of 5 to prevent infinite loops
+
+---
+
+## AGENTS.md Support
+
+Roo Code also supports loading rules from an `AGENTS.md` (or `AGENT.md` as fallback) file in your workspace root:
+
+- **Purpose:** Provides agent-specific rules and guidelines for AI behavior
+- **Location:** Must be in the workspace root directory
+- **Loading:** Automatically loaded by default. To disable AGENTS.md loading, set `"roo-cline.useAgentRules": false` in your VSCode settings
+- **Setting:** `roo-cline.useAgentRules` (default: true)
+- **Preference:** If both exist, `AGENTS.md` is preferred over `AGENT.md`
+- **Priority:** Loaded after mode-specific rules and `.rooignore`, before generic rules from both `~/.roo/rules` and `.roo/rules`
+- **Header:** Added to system prompt with header `# Agent Rules Standard (AGENTS.md):` or `(AGENT.md):` accordingly
+- **Empty Files:** Empty or whitespace-only `AGENTS.md` is ignored
+- **Symbolic Links:** Symbolic links to files or directories are resolved before reading
+
+This feature allows teams to maintain standardized AI agent behavior rules that can be version-controlled alongside the project code.
+
+---
+
+## Examples of Custom Instructions
+
+- "Always use spaces for indentation, with a width of 4 spaces"
+- "Use camelCase for variable names"
+- "Write unit tests for all new functions"
+- "Explain your reasoning before providing code"
+- "Focus on code readability and maintainability"
+- "Prioritize using the most common library in the community"
+- "When adding new features to websites, ensure they are responsive and accessible"
+
+:::tip Pro Tip: Team Standardization
+For team environments, consider these approaches:
+
+**Project Standards**: Use workspace `.roo/rules/` directories under version control to standardize Roo's behavior for specific projects. This ensures consistent code style and development workflows across team members.
+
+**Organization Standards**: Use global rules (`~/.roo/rules/`) to establish organization-wide coding standards that apply to all projects. Team members can set up identical global rules for consistency across all work.
+
+**Hybrid Approach**: Combine global rules for organization standards with project-specific workspace rules for project-specific requirements. When rules conflict, workspace rules take precedence.
+
+The directory-based approach offers better organization than single `.roorules` files and supports both global and project-level customization.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Combining with Custom Modes
+
+For advanced customization, combine with [Custom Modes](/features/custom-modes) to create specialized environments with specific tool access, file restrictions, and tailored instructions.

apps/docs/docs/features/custom-modes.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+---
+description: Learn how to create custom modes in Roo Code to tailor AI behavior for specific tasks. Configure tool access, file permissions, and specialized instructions.
+keywords:
+  - custom modes
+  - Roo Code customization
+  - AI assistant configuration
+  - mode creation
+  - tool permissions
+  - file restrictions
+---
+
+# Customizing Modes
+
+Roo Code allows you to create **custom modes** to tailor Roo's behavior to specific tasks or workflows. Custom modes can be either **global** (available across all projects) or **project-specific** (defined within a single project).
+
+:::tip Sticky Models for Efficient Workflow
+Each mode—including custom ones—features **Sticky Models**. This means Roo Code automatically remembers and selects the last model you used with a particular mode. This lets you assign different preferred models to different tasks without constant reconfiguration, as Roo switches between models when you change modes.
+:::
+
+:::info Discover Modes
+Looking for ready-to-use custom modes? Visit the [Roo Code Marketplace](/features/marketplace) to browse and install modes with a single click. The marketplace offers specialized modes for various tasks like React development, documentation writing, testing, and more.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Why Use Custom Modes?
+
+*   **Specialization:** Create modes optimized for specific tasks, like "Documentation Writer," "Test Engineer," or "Refactoring Expert."
+*   **Safety:** Restrict a mode's access to sensitive files or commands. For example, a "Review Mode" could be limited to read-only operations.
+*   **Experimentation:** Safely experiment with different prompts and configurations without affecting other modes.
+*   **Team Collaboration:** Share custom modes with your team to standardize workflows.
+
+<img src="/img/custom-modes/custom-modes-3.png" alt="Overview of custom modes interface" width="500" />
+
+    *Roo Code's interface for creating and managing custom modes.*
+
+---
+
+## What's Included in a Custom Mode?
+
+Custom modes are defined by several key properties. Understanding these concepts will help you tailor Roo's behavior effectively.
+
+| UI Field / YAML Property                 | Conceptual Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
+| ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| Slug (`slug`)                            | A **unique internal identifier** for the mode. It's used by Roo Code to reference the mode, especially for associating [mode-specific instruction files](#mode-specific-instructions-via-filesdirectories).                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| Name (`name`)                            | The **display name** for the mode as it appears in the Roo Code user interface. This should be human-readable and descriptive.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| Description (`description`)              | A **short, user-friendly summary** of the mode's purpose displayed in the mode selector UI.<br />- This text appears below the mode's name in the redesigned mode selector, offering users a quick understanding of the mode's function.<br />- Keep this concise and focused on what the mode does for the user.                                                                                              |
+| Role Definition (`roleDefinition`)       | Defines the **core identity and expertise** of the mode. This text is placed at the beginning of the system prompt.<br />- Its primary function is to define Roo's personality and behavior when this mode is active.<br />- With the introduction of the `description` field, the `roleDefinition` should provide a detailed description of the mode's identity, while the `description` field handles the short summary for the UI.<br />- The `whenToUse` property now takes precedence for summarization in automated contexts like task orchestration. |
+| Available Tools (`groups`)               | Defines the **allowed toolsets and file access permissions** for the mode.<br />- In the UI, this corresponds to selecting which general categories of tools (like reading files, editing files, browsing, or executing commands) the mode can use.<br />- The UI shows which files can be edited in the 'Allowed files' section under each mode.<br />- File type restrictions for the "edit" group are typically managed via manual YAML/JSON configuration or by asking Roo to set them up, as detailed in the [Property Details for `groups`](#groups). |
+| When to Use (optional) (`whenToUse`)     | (Optional) Provides **guidance for Roo's automated decision-making**, particularly for mode selection and task orchestration.<br />- This text is used by Roo, particularly the [`🪃 Orchestrator`](/basic-usage/using-modes#orchestrator-mode-aka-boomerang-mode) mode, for [orchestrating tasks](/features/boomerang-tasks) (e.g., via the [`new_task`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/new-task) tool).<br />- It also helps Roo decide which mode is appropriate when [switching modes](/basic-usage/using-modes#switching-between-modes) (e.g., via the [`switch_mode`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/switch-mode) tool).<br />- This field is **not displayed in the mode selector UI** - that's handled by the `description` field. |
+| Custom Instructions (optional) (`customInstructions`) | **Specific behavioral guidelines** or rules for the mode.<br />- These instructions are added near the end of the system prompt to further refine Roo's behavior beyond the `roleDefinition`.<br />- This can be provided directly in the configuration or via separate instruction files.                                                                                                                               |
+
+---
+## Import/Export Modes
+
+Easily share, back up, and template your custom modes. This feature lets you export any mode—and its associated rules—into a single, portable YAML file that you can import into any project.
+
+### Key Features
+- **Shareable Setups**: Package a mode and its rules into one file to easily share with your team.
+- **Easy Backups**: Save your custom mode configurations so you never lose them.
+- **Project Templates**: Create standardized mode templates for different types of projects.
+- **Simple Migration**: Move modes between your global settings and specific projects effortlessly.
+- **Flexible Slug Changes**: Change mode slugs in exported files without manual path editing.
+
+---
+
+### Use Case
+
+**Before**: Manually recreating custom modes and copying `.roo/rules-{slug}/` folders for each new project or team member. Changing slugs required manual path updates in the YAML file.
+
+**With this feature**: A single click exports a mode and all its rules to a YAML file. Another click imports it, setting everything up automatically. You can now change the slug in the exported file and the import process handles all path updates automatically.
+
+### How it Works
+
+The import/export functionality is managed from the **Modes** view.
+
+![Mode Export and Import Buttons](/img/custom-modes/custom-modes-5.png)
+
+#### Exporting a Mode
+1.  Navigate to the **Modes** view.
+2.  Select the mode you wish to export.
+3.  Click the **Export Mode** button (the download icon).
+4.  Choose a location to save the `.yaml` file.
+
+Roo packages the mode's configuration and any rules found in the project's `.roo/rules-{slug}/` directory into the YAML file.
+
+#### Importing a Mode
+1.  Click the **Import Mode** button (the upload icon) in the **Modes** view.
+2.  Select the mode's YAML file.
+3.  Choose the import level in the dialog that appears:
+    ![Import Level Dialog](/img/custom-modes/custom-modes-6.png)
+    -   **Project**: The mode is available only in the current workspace. It's added to the `.roomodes` file, and its rules are saved to the `.roo/rules-{slug}/` directory within the project.
+    -   **Global**: The mode is available in all your projects. It's added to your global settings, and its rules are stored in your system's global Roo configuration directory (e.g., `~/.roo/rules-{slug}/`).
+
+**Note:** When exporting modes with rules, all file paths are normalized to use forward slashes for cross-platform compatibility. This ensures modes can be shared between team members using different operating systems.
+
+---
+
+### Exported YAML file format:
+
+```yaml
+customModes:
+  - slug: "my-custom-mode"
+    name: "My Custom Mode"
+    roleDefinition: "You are a helpful assistant."
+    groups: ["read", "edit"]
+    rulesFiles:
+      - relativePath: "rules-my-custom-mode/rules.md"
+        content: "These are the rules for my custom mode."
+```
+
+### Changing Slugs on Import
+
+When importing modes, you can change the slug in the exported YAML file before importing:
+
+1. **Export a mode** with slug `original-mode`
+2. **Edit the YAML file** and change the slug to `new-mode`
+3. **Import the file** - the import process will:
+   - Create the new mode with the updated slug
+   - Update rule file paths to match the new slug
+
+Note: The automatic slug change handling during import ensures that rule file paths are updated correctly when you change the mode slug in the exported file.
+
+---
+
+### FAQ
+
+**"What happens if I import a mode that has the same 'slug' as an existing one?"**
+- The existing mode will be overwritten with the configuration from the imported file.
+
+**"What's the main difference between a Global and Project import?"**
+- **Global** modes are available across all your VS Code projects. **Project** modes are specific to the workspace where they are imported and are stored in a `.roomodes` file at the root of your project.
+
+**"Can I export built-in modes like Code or Architect?"**
+- Yes. If you have customized a built-in mode (e.g., by changing its instructions), you can export it to save your customizations.
+
+**"What if I import a mode with rules at the Global level?"**
+- The rules are still preserved. They are stored in a global `rules-{slug}` folder in your user home directory (e.g., `~/.roo/rules-my-custom-mode/`) instead of the project-specific `.roo` folder.
+
+**"How does the slug change feature work?"**
+- When you change the slug in an exported YAML file before importing, the import process updates the rule file paths to match the new slug. This ensures the mode works correctly with its new identity.
+
+---
+
+## Methods for Creating and Configuring Custom Modes
+
+You can create and configure custom modes in several ways:
+
+To configure modes, open the Roo Code panel, click the Mode menu under the chatbox, then click the <Codicon name="settings-gear" />. From there, use "Edit Global Modes" to open settings/custom_modes.yaml, or "Edit Project Modes (.roomodes)" to open your workspace-level configuration.
+
+### 1. Ask Roo! (Recommended)
+
+You can quickly create a basic custom mode by asking Roo Code to do it for you. For example:
+```
+Create a new mode called "Documentation Writer". It should only be able to read files and write Markdown files.
+```
+Roo Code will guide you through the process, prompting for necessary information for the properties described in the [What's Included in a Custom Mode?](#whats-included-in-a-custom-mode) table. Roo will create the mode using the preferred YAML format. For fine-tuning or making specific adjustments later, you can use the Modes page or manual configuration.
+
+### 2. Using the Modes Page
+
+1.  **Open the Modes page:** Open the Roo Code panel, click the Mode menu under the chatbox, then click the <Codicon name="settings-gear" />.
+2.  **Create New Mode:** Click the <Codicon name="add" /> button to the right of the Modes heading.
+3.  **Fill in Fields:**
+
+<img src="/img/custom-modes/custom-modes-4.png" alt="Custom mode creation interface on the Modes page" width="600" />
+
+    *The custom mode creation interface showing fields for name, slug, description, save location, role definition, available tools, custom instructions.*
+
+    The interface provides fields for `Name`, `Slug`, `Description`, `Save Location`, `Role Definition`, `When to Use (optional)`, `Available Tools`, and `Custom Instructions`. After filling these, click the "Create Mode" button. Roo Code will save the new mode in YAML format.
+
+*Refer to the [What's Included in a Custom Mode?](#whats-included-in-a-custom-mode) table for conceptual explanations of each property. File type restrictions for the "edit" tool group can be added by asking Roo or through manual YAML/JSON configuration.*
+
+### 3. Manual Configuration (YAML & JSON)
+
+You can directly edit the configuration files to create or modify custom modes. This method offers the most control over all properties. Roo Code now supports both YAML (preferred) and JSON formats.
+
+*   **Global Modes:** Edit the `custom_modes.yaml` (preferred) or `custom_modes.json` file. From the Modes page, click "Edit Global Modes" to open `settings/custom_modes.yaml`.
+*   **Project Modes:** Edit the `.roomodes` file (which can be YAML or JSON) in your project root. From the Modes page, click "Edit Project Modes (.roomodes)" to open or create the workspace file.
+
+These files define an array/list of custom modes.
+
+**YAML Example (`custom_modes.yaml` or `.roomodes`):**
+```yaml
+customModes:
+  - slug: docs-writer
+    name: 📝 Documentation Writer
+    description: A specialized mode for writing and editing technical documentation.
+    roleDefinition: You are a technical writer specializing in clear documentation.
+    whenToUse: Use this mode for writing and editing documentation.
+    customInstructions: Focus on clarity and completeness in documentation.
+    groups:
+      - read
+      - - edit  # First element of tuple
+        - fileRegex: \.(md|mdx)$  # Second element is the options object
+          description: Markdown files only
+  - slug: another-mode
+    name: Another Mode
+    # ... other properties
+```
+
+**JSON Alternative (`custom_modes.json` or `.roomodes`):**
+```json
+{
+  "customModes": [
+    {
+      "slug": "docs-writer",
+      "name": "📝 Documentation Writer",
+      "description": "A specialized mode for writing and editing technical documentation.",
+      "roleDefinition": "You are a technical writer specializing in clear documentation.",
+      "whenToUse": "Use this mode for writing and editing documentation.",
+      "customInstructions": "Focus on clarity and completeness in documentation.",
+      "groups": [
+        "read",
+        ["edit", { "fileRegex": "\\.(md|mdx)$", "description": "Markdown files only" }]
+      ]
+    },
+    {
+      "slug": "another-mode",
+      "name": "Another Mode"
+    }
+  ]
+}
+```
+
+### YAML/JSON Property Details
+
+##### `slug`
+*   **Purpose:** A unique identifier for the mode.
+*   **Format:** Must match the pattern `/^[a-zA-Z0-9-]+$/` (only letters, numbers, and hyphens).
+*   **Usage:** Used internally and in file/directory names for mode-specific rules (e.g., `.roo/rules-{slug}/`).
+*   **Recommendation:** Keep it short and descriptive.
+*   **Note:** The `source` property is automatically added by the system and shouldn't be manually set.
+*   *YAML Example:* `slug: docs-writer`
+*   *JSON Example:* `"slug": "docs-writer"`
+
+##### `name`
+*   **Purpose:** The display name shown in the Roo Code UI.
+*   **Format:** Can include spaces and proper capitalization.
+*   *YAML Example:* `name: 📝 Documentation Writer`
+*   *JSON Example:* `"name": "Documentation Writer"`
+
+##### `description`
+*   **Purpose:** A short, user-friendly summary displayed below the mode name in the mode selector UI.
+*   **Format:** Keep this concise and focused on what the mode does for the user.
+*   **UI Display:** This text appears in the redesigned mode selector, offering users a quick understanding of the mode's function.
+*   *YAML Example:* `description: A specialized mode for writing and editing technical documentation.`
+*   *JSON Example:* `"description": "A specialized mode for writing and editing technical documentation."`
+
+##### `roleDefinition`
+*   **Purpose:** Detailed description of the mode's role, expertise, and personality.
+*   **Placement:** This text is placed at the beginning of the system prompt when the mode is active.
+*   **Updated Role:** With the introduction of the `description` field, the `roleDefinition` should provide a detailed description of the mode's identity, while the `description` field handles the short summary for the UI. The `whenToUse` property now takes precedence for summarization in automated contexts.
+*   *YAML Example (multi-line):*
+     ```yaml
+     roleDefinition: >-
+       You are a test engineer with expertise in:
+       - Writing comprehensive test suites
+       - Test-driven development
+     ```
+*   *JSON Example:* `"roleDefinition": "You are a technical writer specializing in clear documentation."`
+
+##### `groups`
+*   **Purpose:** Array/list defining which tool groups the mode can access and any file restrictions.
+*   **Available Tool Groups (Strings):** `"read"`, `"edit"`, `"command"`, `"mcp"`.
+*   **Structure:** The `groups` property uses a specific structure:
+    *   Simple string for unrestricted access: `"edit"`
+    *   Tuple (two-element array) for restricted access: `["edit", { fileRegex: "pattern", description: "optional" }]`
+*   **File Restrictions for "edit" group:**
+    *   To apply file restrictions, the "edit" entry becomes a tuple (YAML list or JSON array) where the first element is `"edit"` and the second is a map/object defining the restrictions.
+    *   `fileRegex`: A regular expression string to control which files the mode can edit.
+        *   In YAML, typically use single backslashes for regex special characters (e.g., `\.md$`).
+        *   In JSON, backslashes must be double-escaped (e.g., `\\.md$`).
+    *   `description`: An optional string describing the restriction.
+    *   For more complex patterns, see [Understanding Regex in Custom Modes](#understanding-regex-in-custom-modes).
+*   *YAML Example:*
+    ```yaml
+    groups:
+      - read
+      - - edit  # First element of tuple
+        - fileRegex: \.(js|ts)$  # Second element is the options object
+          description: JS/TS files only
+      - command
+    ```
+*   *JSON Example:*
+    ```json
+    "groups": [
+      "read",
+      ["edit", { "fileRegex": "\\.(js|ts)$", "description": "JS/TS files only" }],
+      "command"
+    ]
+    ```
+
+##### `whenToUse`
+*   **Purpose:** (Optional) Provides guidance for Roo's automated decision-making, particularly for mode selection and task orchestration.
+*   **Format:** A string describing ideal scenarios or task types for this mode.
+*   **Usage:** This field is used by Roo for automated decisions and is **not displayed in the mode selector UI** - that's handled by the `description` field. If populated, Roo uses this description for orchestration and mode switching; otherwise, the first sentence of `roleDefinition` is used.
+*   *YAML Example:* `whenToUse: This mode is best for refactoring Python code.`
+*   *JSON Example:* `"whenToUse": "This mode is best for refactoring Python code."`
+
+##### `customInstructions`
+*   **Purpose:** A string containing additional behavioral guidelines for the mode.
+*   **Placement:** This text is added near the end of the system prompt.
+*   **Supplementing:** Can be supplemented by [Mode-Specific Instructions via Files/Directories](#mode-specific-instructions-via-filesdirectories).
+*   *YAML Example (multi-line):*
+    ```yaml
+    customInstructions: |-
+      When writing tests:
+      - Use describe/it blocks
+      - Include meaningful descriptions
+    ```
+*   *JSON Example:* `"customInstructions": "Focus on explaining concepts and providing examples."`
+
+### Benefits of YAML Format
+
+YAML is now the preferred format for defining custom modes due to several advantages over JSON:
+
+*   **Readability:** YAML's indentation-based structure is often easier for humans to read and understand complex configurations.
+*   **Comments:** YAML allows for comments (lines starting with `#`), making it possible to annotate your mode definitions.
+    ```yaml
+    customModes:
+      - slug: security-review
+        name: 🔒 Security Reviewer
+        # This mode is restricted to read-only access
+        roleDefinition: You are a security specialist reviewing code for vulnerabilities.
+        whenToUse: Use for security reviews and vulnerability assessments.
+        # Only allow reading files, no editing permissions
+        groups:
+          - read
+    ```
+*   **Multi-line Strings:** YAML provides cleaner syntax for multi-line strings (e.g., for `roleDefinition` or `customInstructions`) using `|` (literal block) or `>` (folded block).
+    ```yaml
+    customModes:
+      - slug: test-engineer
+        name: 🧪 Test Engineer
+        roleDefinition: >-
+          You are a test engineer with expertise in:
+          - Writing comprehensive test suites
+          - Test-driven development
+          - Integration testing
+          - Performance testing
+        customInstructions: |-
+          When writing tests:
+          - Use describe/it blocks
+          - Include meaningful descriptions
+          - Test edge cases
+          - Ensure proper coverage
+        # ... other properties
+    ```
+*   **Less Punctuation:** YAML generally requires less punctuation (like commas and braces) compared to JSON, reducing syntax errors.
+*   **Editor Support:** Most modern code editors provide excellent syntax highlighting and validation for YAML files, further enhancing readability and reducing errors.
+
+While JSON is still fully supported and won't be deprecated, new modes created via the UI or by asking Roo will default to YAML. Both `.roomodes` files and global configuration files can be either YAML or JSON format.
+
+#### Tips for Working with YAML
+
+When editing YAML manually, keep these points in mind:
+
+*   **Indentation is Key:** YAML uses indentation (spaces, not tabs) to define structure. Incorrect indentation is the most common source of errors. Ensure consistent spacing for nested elements.
+*   **Colons for Key-Value Pairs:** Keys must be followed by a colon and a space (e.g., `slug: my-mode`).
+*   **Hyphens for List Items:** List items start with a hyphen and a space (e.g., `- read`).
+*   **Validate Your YAML:** If you encounter issues, use an online YAML validator or your editor's built-in validation to check for syntax errors.
+
+### Migration to YAML Format
+
+*   **Global Modes:** The automatic migration from `custom_modes.json` to `custom_modes.yaml` happens only for global modes when Roo Code starts up, under these conditions:
+    1.  Roo Code starts up.
+    2.  A `custom_modes.json` file exists.
+    3.  No `custom_modes.yaml` file exists yet.
+    The migration process reads the existing JSON file, converts it to YAML format, creates a new `custom_modes.yaml` file, and preserves the original JSON file (e.g., by renaming it) for rollback purposes. If `custom_modes.yaml` already exists, it will be used, and no automatic migration of `custom_modes.json` will occur.
+
+*   **Project Modes (`.roomodes`):**
+    *   **No automatic startup migration:** Unlike global modes, project-specific `.roomodes` files are not automatically converted from JSON to YAML when Roo Code starts. Manual conversion is required for existing JSON `.roomodes` files.
+    *   **Format Detection:** Roo Code can read `.roomodes` files in either YAML or JSON format. Roo Code automatically detects the format of `.roomodes` files by attempting to parse them as YAML first.
+    *   **Conversion on UI Edit:** If you edit a project-specific mode through the Roo Code UI (e.g., via the Modes page), and the existing `.roomodes` file is in JSON format, Roo Code will save the changes in YAML format. This effectively converts the file to YAML. The original JSON content will be overwritten with YAML.
+    *   **Manual Conversion:** If you want to convert an existing `.roomodes` JSON file to YAML without making UI edits, you'll need to do this manually. You can:
+        1.  Open your existing JSON `.roomodes` file.
+        2.  Convert its content to YAML (you can ask Roo to help with this, or use an online converter).
+        3.  Replace the content of your `.roomodes` file with the new YAML content, or rename the old file (e.g., `.roomodes.json.bak`) and save the new content into a file named `.roomodes`.
+        Ensure the resulting YAML is valid.
+
+:::tip
+For manual conversions of `.roomodes` files, you can use online JSON to YAML converters or ask Roo to help reformat a specific mode configuration from JSON to YAML. Always validate your YAML before saving.
+:::
+---
+
+## Mode-Specific Instructions via Files/Directories
+
+:::info Mode-Specific Instruction File Locations
+You can provide instructions for custom modes using dedicated files or directories within your workspace. This allows for better organization and version control compared to only using the `customInstructions` property.
+
+**Preferred Method: Directory (`.roo/rules-{mode-slug}/`)**
+```
+.
+├── .roo/
+│   └── rules-docs-writer/  # Example for mode slug "docs-writer"
+│       ├── 01-style-guide.md
+│       └── 02-formatting.txt
+└── ... (other project files)
+```
+
+**Fallback Method: Single File (`.roorules-{mode-slug}`)**
+```
+.
+├── .roorules-docs-writer  # Example for mode slug "docs-writer"
+└── ... (other project files)
+```
+
+**Legacy Fallback: `.clinerules-{mode-slug}`**
+For backward compatibility, the system also checks for `.clinerules-{mode-slug}` files as an additional fallback, though this is not recommended for new projects.
+
+The directory method takes precedence if it exists and contains files.
+
+**Rules Directory Scope:**
+- **Global modes:** Rules are stored in `~/.roo/rules-{slug}/` (note the trailing slash)
+- **Project modes:** Rules are stored in `{workspace}/.roo/rules-{slug}/` (note the trailing slash)
+:::
+
+In addition to the `customInstructions` property, you can provide mode-specific instructions via files in your workspace. This is particularly useful for:
+
+*   Organizing lengthy or complex instructions into multiple, manageable files.
+*   Managing instructions easily with version control.
+*   Allowing non-technical team members to modify instructions without editing YAML/JSON.
+
+There are two ways Roo Code loads these instructions, with a clear preference for the newer directory-based method:
+
+**1. Preferred Method: Directory-Based Instructions (`.roo/rules-{mode-slug}/`)**
+
+*   **Structure:** Create a directory named `.roo/rules-{mode-slug}/` in your workspace root. Replace `{mode-slug}` with your mode's slug (e.g., `.roo/rules-docs-writer/`).
+*   **Content:** Place one or more files (e.g., `.md`, `.txt`) containing your instructions inside this directory. You can organize instructions further using subdirectories. Files within the `.roo/rules-{mode-slug}/` directory are read recursively and appended in alphabetical order based on filename (case-insensitive).
+*   **Loading:** All instruction files found within this directory structure will be loaded and applied to the specified mode. System files (`.DS_Store`, `.swp`, etc.) and cache files are automatically excluded.
+*   **Advanced Features:** The system supports symbolic links with cycle detection for advanced file organization.
+
+**2. Fallback (Backward Compatibility): File-Based Instructions (`.roorules-{mode-slug}`)**
+
+*   **Structure:** If the `.roo/rules-{mode-slug}/` directory **does not exist or is empty**, Roo Code will look for a single file named `.roorules-{mode-slug}` in your workspace root (e.g., `.roorules-docs-writer`).
+*   **Loading:** If found, the content of this single file will be loaded as instructions for the mode.
+
+**Precedence:**
+
+*   The **directory-based method (`.roo/rules-{mode-slug}/`) takes precedence**. If this directory exists and contains files, any corresponding root-level `.roorules-{mode-slug}` file will be **ignored** for that mode.
+*   This ensures that projects migrated to the new directory structure behave predictably, while older projects using the single-file method remain compatible.
+
+**Combining with `customInstructions`:**
+
+*   Instructions loaded from either the directory or the fallback file are combined with the `customInstructions` property defined in the mode's configuration.
+*   Typically, the content from the files/directories is appended after the content from the `customInstructions` property.
+
+---
+
+## Configuration Precedence
+
+Mode configurations are applied in this order:
+
+1. Project-level mode configurations (from `.roomodes` - YAML or JSON)
+2. Global mode configurations (from `custom_modes.yaml`, then `custom_modes.json` if YAML not found)
+3. Default mode configurations
+
+**Important:** When modes with the same slug exist in both `.roomodes` and global settings, the `.roomodes` version completely overrides the global one. This applies to ALL properties, not just some. For instance, if you have a global 'code' mode and a project-specific 'code' mode in `.roomodes`, the project version will be used when working in that project, and all properties from the global version are ignored.
+
+You can override any default mode by including a mode with the same slug in your global or project-specific configuration.
+
+*   **Note on Instruction Files:** Within the loading of mode-specific instructions from the filesystem, the directory `.roo/rules-{mode-slug}/` takes precedence over the single file `.roorules-{mode-slug}` found in the workspace root.
+
+---
+
+## Overriding Default Modes
+
+You can override Roo Code's built-in modes (like `💻 Code`, `🪲 Debug`, `❓ Ask`, `🏗️ Architect`, `🪃 Orchestrator`) with customized versions. This is done by creating a custom mode with the same slug as a default mode (e.g., `code`, `debug`).
+
+### Overriding Modes Globally
+
+To customize a default mode across all your projects:
+
+1. **Open the Modes page:** Open the Roo Code panel, click the Mode menu under the chatbox, then click the <Codicon name="settings-gear" />.
+2. **Edit Global Modes:** Click "Edit Global Modes" to open `settings/custom_modes.yaml` (or `custom_modes.json`).
+3. **Add Your Override:**
+
+**YAML Example:**
+```yaml
+customModes:
+  - slug: code # Matches the default 'code' mode slug
+    name: 💻 Code (Global Override) # Custom display name
+    roleDefinition: You are a software engineer with global-specific constraints.
+    whenToUse: This globally overridden code mode is for JS/TS tasks.
+    customInstructions: Focus on project-specific JS/TS development.
+    groups:
+      - read
+      - - edit
+        - fileRegex: \.(js|ts)$
+          description: JS/TS files only
+```
+
+**JSON Alternative:**
+```json
+{
+  "customModes": [{
+    "slug": "code",
+    "name": "💻 Code (Global Override)",
+    "roleDefinition": "You are a software engineer with global-specific constraints",
+    "whenToUse": "This globally overridden code mode is for JS/TS tasks.",
+    "customInstructions": "Focus on project-specific JS/TS development",
+    "groups": [
+      "read",
+      ["edit", { "fileRegex": "\\.(js|ts)$", "description": "JS/TS files only" }]
+    ]
+  }]
+}
+```
+This example replaces the default `💻 Code` mode with a version restricted to JavaScript and TypeScript files.
+
+### Project-Specific Mode Override
+
+To override a default mode for just one project:
+
+1. **Open the Modes page:** Open the Roo Code panel, click the Mode menu under the chatbox, then click the <Codicon name="settings-gear" />.
+2. **Edit Project Modes (.roomodes):** Click "Edit Project Modes (.roomodes)" to open or create the workspace file.
+3. **Add Your Override:**
+
+**YAML Example:**
+```yaml
+customModes:
+  - slug: code # Matches the default 'code' mode slug
+    name: 💻 Code (Project-Specific) # Custom display name
+    roleDefinition: You are a software engineer with project-specific constraints for this project.
+    whenToUse: This project-specific code mode is for Python tasks within this project.
+    customInstructions: Adhere to PEP8 and use type hints.
+    groups:
+      - read
+      - - edit
+        - fileRegex: \.py$
+          description: Python files only
+      - command
+```
+
+**JSON Alternative:**
+```json
+{
+  "customModes": [{
+    "slug": "code",
+    "name": "💻 Code (Project-Specific)",
+    "roleDefinition": "You are a software engineer with project-specific constraints for this project.",
+    "whenToUse": "This project-specific code mode is for Python tasks within this project.",
+    "customInstructions": "Adhere to PEP8 and use type hints.",
+    "groups": [
+      "read",
+      ["edit", { "fileRegex": "\\.py$", "description": "Python files only" }],
+      "command"
+    ]
+  }]
+}
+```
+Project-specific overrides take precedence over global overrides.
+
+### Common Use Cases for Overriding Default Modes
+* **Restricting file access:** Limit a mode to specific file types.
+* **Specializing behavior:** Customize expertise for your tech stack.
+* **Adding custom instructions:** Integrate project standards.
+* **Changing available tools:** Remove tools to prevent unwanted operations.
+
+:::tip
+When overriding default modes, test carefully. Consider backing up configurations before major changes.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Understanding Regex in Custom Modes
+
+Regular expressions (`fileRegex`) offer fine-grained control over file editing permissions.
+
+:::tip
+**Let Roo Build Your Regex Patterns**
+
+Instead of writing complex regex manually, ask Roo:
+```
+Create a regex pattern that matches JavaScript files but excludes test files
+```
+Roo will generate the pattern. Remember to adapt it for YAML (usually single backslashes) or JSON (double backslashes).
+:::
+
+When you specify `fileRegex`, you're creating a pattern that file paths must match.
+
+**Important Rules for `fileRegex`:**
+*   **Escaping in JSON:** In JSON strings, backslashes (`\`) must be double-escaped (e.g., `\\.md$`).
+*   **Escaping in YAML:** In unquoted or single-quoted YAML strings, a single backslash is usually sufficient for regex special characters (e.g., `\.md$`). However, YAML regex patterns in quoted strings may need double escaping similar to JSON.
+*   **Path Matching:** Patterns match against the full relative file path from your workspace root (e.g., `src/components/button.js`).
+*   **Case Sensitivity:** Regex patterns are case-sensitive by default.
+*   **Validation:** Invalid regex patterns are rejected with an "Invalid regular expression pattern" error message.
+
+**Common Pattern Examples:**
+In the table below, the 'Pattern (Conceptual / YAML-like)' column shows patterns as they would appear in YAML. For JSON, remember to double-escape backslashes.
+
+| Pattern (Conceptual / YAML-like) | JSON `fileRegex` Value          | Matches                                   | Doesn't Match                         |
+| -------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------- |
+| `\.md$`                          | `"\\.md$"`                      | `readme.md`, `docs/guide.md`              | `script.js`, `readme.md.bak`          |
+| `^src/.*`                        | `"^src/.*"`                     | `src/app.js`, `src/components/button.tsx` | `lib/utils.js`, `test/src/mock.js`    |
+| `\.(css|scss)$`                  | "\\.(css|scss)$"             | `styles.css`, `theme.scss`                | `styles.less`, `styles.css.map`       |
+| `docs/.*\.md$`                   | `"docs/.*\\.md$"`               | `docs/guide.md`, `docs/api/reference.md`  | `guide.md`, `src/docs/notes.md`       |
+| `^(?!.*(test\|spec))\.(js\|ts)$`  | `"^(?!.*(test\|spec))\\.(js\|ts)$"` | `app.js`, `utils.ts`                      | `app.test.js`, `utils.spec.js`, `app.jsx` |
+
+**Key Regex Building Blocks:**
+*   `\.`: Matches a literal dot. (YAML: `\.`, JSON: `\\.`)
+*   `$`: Matches the end of the string.
+*   `^`: Matches the beginning of the string.
+*   `.*`: Matches any character (except newline) zero or more times.
+*   `(a|b)`: Matches either "a" or "b". (e.g., `\.(js|ts)$`)
+*   `(?!...)`: Negative lookahead.
+
+**Testing Your Patterns:**
+1.  Test on sample file paths. Online regex testers are helpful.
+2.  Remember the escaping rules for JSON vs. YAML.
+3.  Start simple and build complexity.
+
+:::info Error Handling
+When a mode attempts to edit a file that doesn't match its `fileRegex` pattern, you'll see a `FileRestrictionError` that includes:
+- The mode name
+- The allowed file pattern
+- The description (if provided)
+- The attempted file path
+- The tool that was blocked
+
+This information helps you understand why your operation was blocked and what file types are allowed for the current mode.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Additional Features
+
+### Built-in Mode Customization
+When exporting built-in modes (like Code, Architect, Ask, Debug), any customizations you've made are included in the export. This allows you to share your personalized versions of built-in modes with others.
+
+### Mode Deletion and Rules
+When deleting a mode through the UI, Roo Code will prompt you about deleting the associated rules folder, showing the exact path before deletion. This helps prevent accidental loss of custom instructions.
+
+### Global Rules Directory
+In addition to mode-specific rules directories, there's also a generic `.roo/rules/` directory (without mode suffix) that can be used for shared rules across all modes.
+
+### Troubleshooting
+
+**Common Issues:**
+- **Mode not appearing:** After creating or importing a mode, you may need to reload the VS Code window for it to appear in the mode selector.
+- **Invalid regex patterns:** If your `fileRegex` pattern is invalid, you'll receive an error message. Test your patterns using online regex testers before applying them.
+- **Precedence confusion:** Remember that project modes completely override global modes with the same slug - no properties are merged.

apps/docs/docs/features/diagnostics-integration.md

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+---
+description: Leverage Roo Code's integration with VSCode's Problems panel to automatically detect, understand, and fix code errors, warnings, and linting issues.
+keywords:
+    - diagnostics integration
+    - error detection
+    - problems panel
+    - code fixes
+    - linting
+    - language server
+    - automatic error fixing
+---
+
+# Diagnostics Integration
+
+Roo Code provides intelligent integration with VSCode's Problems panel, allowing the AI assistant to understand and help fix code errors, warnings, and other issues detected by language servers, linters, and other diagnostic providers.
+
+---
+
+## Overview
+
+The diagnostics feature seamlessly integrates with VSCode's diagnostic system to provide context-aware assistance for code issues. When you make edits or encounter problems in your code, Roo Code can automatically detect and help resolve them.
+
+### Key Capabilities
+
+- **Automatic Error Detection**: Captures new errors introduced during code edits
+- **Context-Aware Fixes**: Provides targeted fixes based on diagnostic information
+- **Workspace Problems Mention**: Access all workspace diagnostics through a simple mention
+- **Smart Filtering**: Uses predefined severity levels for different contexts
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+### 1. Automatic Error Detection
+
+When Roo Code makes edits to files, it automatically:
+
+- Captures diagnostics before editing
+- Waits for diagnostics to update after editing
+- Detects new problems introduced by the changes
+- Only reports new errors (not pre-existing ones)
+
+This ensures you're immediately aware of any issues introduced by code changes, allowing for quick resolution.
+
+### 2. Workspace Problems Mention
+
+Users can include `@problems` in their messages to:
+
+- Get a complete list of workspace errors and warnings
+- Provide context for debugging tasks
+- Request fixes for specific issues
+
+Example usage:
+
+```
+@problems Fix all TypeScript errors in my project
+```
+
+For more details on using `@problems`, see [Context Mentions](/basic-usage/context-mentions#problems-mention).
+
+### 3. Code Actions Integration
+
+When diagnostics exist at a cursor position:
+
+- "Fix with Roo Code" action appears in quick fix menu
+- Includes diagnostic details in the fix request
+- Provides targeted solutions based on error context
+
+Learn more about this integration in [Code Actions](/features/code-actions#context-aware-actions).
+
+### 4. Smart Severity Filtering
+
+Different features use different severity filters to provide the most relevant information:
+
+- **Workspace Problems mention**: Shows errors and warnings
+- **Automatic detection**: Shows only errors (to avoid distraction)
+- **Context-Aware**: Different features use different hardcoded severity filters
+
+---
+
+## Severity Levels
+
+The diagnostics system recognizes four severity levels from VSCode:
+
+| Level       | Value | Description                                         | Workspace Problems | Auto-detection  |
+| ----------- | ----- | --------------------------------------------------- | ------------------ | --------------- |
+| Error       | 0     | Syntax errors, type errors, breaking issues         | ✅ Included        | ✅ Included     |
+| Warning     | 1     | Code quality issues, deprecations, style violations | ✅ Included        | ❌ Not included |
+| Information | 2     | Suggestions, hints, informational messages          | ❌ Not included    | ❌ Not included |
+| Hint        | 3     | Minor suggestions, refactoring opportunities        | ❌ Not included    | ❌ Not included |
+
+### Why Different Filters?
+
+- **Workspace Problems (`@problems`)**: Includes both errors and warnings to give you a complete picture of code health when explicitly requested
+- **Automatic Detection**: Only includes errors to avoid interrupting your workflow with non-critical issues
+
+---
+
+## Using Diagnostics Effectively
+
+### For Debugging Sessions
+
+When starting a debugging session, include `@problems` to give Roo Code full context:
+
+```
+@problems Help me debug why my application is crashing
+```
+
+### For Code Reviews
+
+Use diagnostics to ensure code quality:
+
+```
+@problems Review my code and fix any linting issues
+```
+
+### For Refactoring
+
+Let diagnostics guide safe refactoring:
+
+```
+I want to refactor this function. @problems shows current issues to address.
+```
+
+---
+
+## Integration with Other Features
+
+### Code Actions
+
+Diagnostics power the context-aware [Code Actions](/features/code-actions) that appear in VSCode's lightbulb menu. When errors are present, you'll see "Fix Code" options that include the specific diagnostic information.
+
+### Context Mentions
+
+The [`@problems` mention](/basic-usage/context-mentions#problems-mention) provides a convenient way to include all workspace diagnostics in your conversation without manually copying error messages.
+
+### Automatic Error Reporting
+
+When Roo Code edits files, any new errors introduced are automatically reported in the response, helping maintain code quality throughout the editing process.
+
+---
+
+## Best Practices
+
+1. **Use `@problems` for Context**: When debugging, always include `@problems` to give Roo Code full visibility into current issues
+
+2. **Address Errors First**: Focus on fixing errors before warnings, as errors typically prevent code from running
+
+3. **Leverage Code Actions**: Use the quick fix menu for targeted fixes to specific diagnostics
+
+4. **Monitor Auto-Detection**: Pay attention to new errors reported after edits to catch issues early
+
+5. **Combine with Other Tools**: Use diagnostics alongside other Roo Code features like codebase search and file mentions for comprehensive problem-solving
+
+---
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Diagnostics Not Appearing
+
+- Ensure your language server or linter is properly configured and running
+- Check that the file type is supported by your diagnostic providers
+- Verify that VSCode's Problems panel shows the issues
+
+### `@problems` Shows Nothing
+
+- Confirm there are actually problems in the Problems panel
+- Check that you're in the correct workspace
+- Some diagnostic providers may take time to initialize
+
+### Auto-Detection Missing Errors
+
+- Only new errors (introduced by edits) are reported
+- Pre-existing errors won't be shown in auto-detection
+- Use `@problems` to see all current issues
+
+---
+
+## Related Features
+
+- [Context Mentions](/basic-usage/context-mentions) - Learn about all mention types including `@problems`
+- [Code Actions](/features/code-actions) - Discover how diagnostics integrate with quick fixes
+- [Codebase Search](/features/codebase-indexing) - Find code related to specific errors

apps/docs/docs/features/enhance-prompt.md

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+---
+description: Improve your AI interactions with Roo Code's Enhance Prompt feature. Automatically refine prompts for clarity, context, and better results with one click.
+keywords:
+    - enhance prompt
+    - prompt optimization
+    - AI prompts
+    - prompt engineering
+    - chat enhancement
+    - prompt refinement
+    - wand icon
+---
+
+# Enhance Prompt
+
+The "Enhance Prompt" feature in Roo Code helps you improve the quality and effectiveness of your prompts before sending them to the AI model. By clicking the wand icon in the chat input, you can automatically refine your initial request, making it clearer, more specific, and more likely to produce the desired results.
+
+---
+
+## Why Use Enhance Prompt?
+
+- **Improved Clarity:** Roo Code can rephrase your prompt to make it more understandable for the AI model.
+- **Added Context:** The enhancement process can add relevant context to your prompt, such as the current file path or selected code.
+- **Better Instructions:** Roo Code can add instructions to guide the AI towards a more helpful response (e.g., requesting specific formatting or a particular level of detail).
+- **Reduced Ambiguity:** Enhance Prompt helps to eliminate ambiguity and ensure that Roo Code understands your intent.
+- **Consistency**: Roo will consistently format prompts the same way to the AI.
+- **Context-Aware Suggestions:** When enabled, uses your recent conversation history to generate more relevant and accurate enhancements.
+
+---
+
+## How to Use Enhance Prompt
+
+1.  **Type your initial prompt:** Enter your request in the Roo Code chat input box as you normally would. This can be a simple question, a complex task description, or anything in between.
+2.  **Click the Wand Icon:** Instead of pressing Enter, click the wand icon located in the top right corner of the chat input box. While Roo processes your enhancement request, the wand icon will spin to indicate it's working.
+3.  **Review the Enhanced Prompt:** Roo Code will replace your original prompt with an enhanced version. Review the enhanced prompt to make sure it accurately reflects your intent. You can further refine the enhanced prompt before sending. Changed your mind? You can undo the enhancement using Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z on Mac) to restore your original prompt.
+4.  **Send the Enhanced Prompt:** Press Enter or click the Send icon (<Codicon name="send" />) to send the enhanced prompt to Roo Code.
+
+---
+
+## Special Behaviors
+
+### Empty Prompt Enhancement
+
+If you click the enhance button with an empty prompt, Roo will show you a helpful message explaining how the feature works. This is a great way to learn about the enhancement feature if you're new to it.
+
+### Message Queueing Support
+
+The enhance button remains enabled even when message sending is disabled. This allows you to enhance prompts that will be queued for later sending.
+
+---
+
+## Customizing the Enhancement Process
+
+The "Enhance Prompt" feature uses a customizable prompt template. You can modify this template to tailor the enhancement process to your specific needs.
+
+### Accessing Prompts Settings
+
+1.  **Open Settings:** Click the gear icon (<Codicon name="gear" />) in the Roo Code panel or use the settings command.
+2.  **Navigate to Prompts:** Go to the "Prompts" tab in the settings.
+3.  **Select "ENHANCE":** From the dropdown menu, select "ENHANCE" to view and edit the enhancement prompt.
+
+### Editing the Enhancement Prompt
+
+The default enhancement prompt template is:
+
+```
+Generate an enhanced version of this prompt (reply with only the enhanced prompt - no conversation, explanations, lead-in, bullet points, placeholders, or surrounding quotes):
+
+${userInput}
+```
+
+The `${userInput}` placeholder will be replaced with your original prompt. You can modify this template to fit your needs and the model's prompt format.
+
+### Testing Your Custom Prompt
+
+The Prompts settings include a test area where you can preview how your custom enhancement prompt works:
+
+1. After editing your enhancement prompt, look for the "Test Enhancement" section
+2. Enter a sample prompt to test
+3. Click "Test" to see how your custom prompt would enhance it
+4. Adjust your enhancement prompt as needed based on the results
+
+---
+
+## API Configuration
+
+The API configuration used for Enhance Prompt is, by default, the same one that is selected for Roo Code tasks, but it can be changed:
+
+1.  **Open Settings:** Navigate to Roo Code settings
+2.  **Go to Prompts Tab:** Select the "Prompts" tab
+3.  **Select "ENHANCE":** Choose "ENHANCE" from the dropdown
+4.  **Configure API:** You'll see an "API Configuration" dropdown where you can choose an existing configuration. Future Enhance Prompt requests will be sent to that configured provider/model.
+
+---
+
+## Context-Aware Enhancement
+
+The Enhance Prompt feature can now use your conversation history to generate more relevant suggestions. This helps reduce hallucinations and provides more accurate enhancements based on what you've been working on.
+
+### How It Works
+
+When enabled, the enhancement process includes your last 10 messages from the current conversation as context. This allows the AI to:
+
+- Understand what you've been working on
+- Maintain consistency with previous discussions
+- Avoid suggesting unrelated or incorrect enhancements
+- Provide more targeted and useful prompt improvements
+
+### Enabling Task History Context
+
+To enable or disable the use of conversation history in prompt enhancement:
+
+1. **Open Settings:** Navigate to Roo Code settings
+2. **Go to Prompts Tab:** Select the "Prompts" tab
+3. **Select "ENHANCE":** Choose "ENHANCE" from the dropdown
+4. **Toggle History Option:** Check or uncheck "Include task history in enhancement" for better context
+
+When disabled, the enhancement will only consider your current prompt without any conversation context.
+
+---
+
+## Visual Feedback and UI Elements
+
+### Button Appearance
+
+- The wand icon appears semi-transparent (60% opacity) by default
+- Becomes fully opaque (100%) when you hover over it
+- Located in the top-right corner of the chat input box
+- Has a focus ring for keyboard accessibility
+
+### Loading State
+
+- While processing your enhancement request, the wand icon spins
+- This provides clear visual feedback that Roo is working on your prompt
+
+### Tooltip
+
+- Hovering over the button shows: "Enhance prompt with additional context"
+- Helps new users understand the button's purpose
+
+---
+
+## Limitations and Best Practices
+
+- **Experimental Feature:** Prompt enhancement is an experimental feature. The quality of the enhanced prompt may vary depending on the complexity of your request and the capabilities of the underlying model.
+- **Review Carefully:** Always review the enhanced prompt before sending it. Roo Code may make changes that don't align with your intentions.
+- **Iterative Process:** You can use the "Enhance Prompt" feature multiple times to iteratively refine your prompt.
+- **Not a Replacement for Clear Instructions:** While "Enhance Prompt" can help, it's still important to write clear and specific prompts from the start.
+
+By using the "Enhance Prompt" feature, you can improve the quality of your interactions with Roo Code and get more accurate and helpful responses.

apps/docs/docs/features/experimental/background-editing.md

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+---
+description: Learn about the experimental Background Editing setting that allows uninterrupted coding while Roo Code makes file edits in the background.
+keywords:
+    - experimental features
+    - editor focus
+    - diff views
+    - background editing
+    - workflow optimization
+    - uninterrupted coding
+---
+
+# Background Editing
+
+Work without interruption while Roo Code edits files in the background—no more losing focus from automatic diff views.
+
+:::warning Experimental Feature
+This is an experimental feature that changes how file edits are displayed. While it can significantly improve workflow, you'll need to manually review changes through source control or file history.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Overview
+
+The "Background Editing" setting is an experimental feature that disables automatic diff view displays when Roo Code edits files. Instead of switching your editor focus to show diffs, Roo works silently in the background, allowing you to continue coding without interruption. This feature affects all file editing operations including write, apply diff, search/replace, insert content, and multi-file apply diff tools.
+
+### Key Benefits
+
+- **Uninterrupted Focus**: Stay in your current file while Roo makes changes
+- **Smoother Workflow**: No context switching between files
+- **Background Processing**: File edits happen silently
+- **Reduced Distractions**: Maintain your coding flow
+- **Performance**: Faster file operations without UI updates
+- **Batch Operations**: Ideal for large refactoring or multiple file updates
+
+### Trade-offs
+
+- **No Visual Confirmation**: You won't see diffs as changes are made
+- **Manual Review Required**: Check changes through Git or file history
+- **Less Immediate Feedback**: Changes aren't immediately visible
+- **Silent Changes**: Files change without visual notification - check Git status regularly
+- **Limited Environment Context**: Roo won't see recently edited files as open tabs in its environment details since they're not visually opened
+
+---
+
+## Enabling the Feature
+
+To enable Background Editing:
+
+1. Open Roo Code settings (gear icon in the top right)
+2. Navigate to the "Experimental" tab
+3. Find "Background editing" in the list
+4. Toggle the setting to enable it
+
+<img src="/img/background-editing/background-editing.png" alt="Background editing setting in Roo Code experimental features" width="400" />
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+### Default Behavior (Feature Disabled)
+
+Without this feature, when Roo edits a file:
+
+1. The file opens in your editor
+2. A diff view appears showing changes
+3. Your focus shifts to the modified file
+4. You review and potentially adjust changes
+
+### With Feature Enabled
+
+When enabled, Roo's file edits:
+
+1. Happen silently in the background
+2. Don't open new editor tabs
+3. Don't show diff views
+4. Don't interrupt your current work
+5. Still open files in memory for diagnostic detection (not visible)
+
+### What Still Happens
+
+Even with the feature enabled:
+
+- Files are still modified on disk
+- Changes appear in source control
+- File watchers and build tools detect changes
+- Roo's chat shows what files were edited
+- Error detection and diagnostics continue to work normally
+- Files are opened in memory for diagnostic purposes (not visible in editor)
+- Write delays for diagnostic detection are still respected
+
+---
+
+## Best Use Cases
+
+This feature is particularly beneficial for:
+
+- **Large Refactoring Operations**: When Roo needs to update many files
+- **Batch File Updates**: Making similar changes across multiple files
+- **Performance-Sensitive Tasks**: When UI updates would slow down operations
+- **Focused Coding Sessions**: When you want to avoid context switches
+- **Automated Workflows**: Running multiple file operations in sequence
+
+---
+
+## Best Practices
+
+When using this feature:
+
+1. **Use Version Control**: Regularly check Git status to track changes
+2. **Review Periodically**: Don't let too many changes accumulate without review
+3. **Enable Selectively**: Consider enabling for specific task types
+4. **Monitor Chat**: Pay attention to Roo's messages about file modifications
+5. **Check Diagnostics**: Ensure your editor's problems panel stays visible
+
+---
+
+## FAQ
+
+**Q: Can I still see what files Roo edited?**
+A: Yes, Roo's chat messages list all modified files, and changes appear in source control.
+
+**Q: What if I need to see a specific change immediately?**
+A: You can manually open the file and use source control to view the diff.
+
+**Q: Does this affect Roo's ability to edit files?**
+A: No, Roo can still make all the same edits; only the display behavior changes. All file editing tools (write, apply diff, search/replace, insert content, and multi-file apply diff) respect this setting.
+
+**Q: Can I enable this for specific projects only?**
+A: Currently, this is a global setting that affects all projects.
+
+**Q: What happens to approval dialogs?**
+A: File edit approvals still appear if you haven't auto-approved them; only the diff display is suppressed.
+
+**Q: Do diagnostics and error detection still work?**
+A: Yes, files are opened in memory for diagnostic detection, so error checking continues to function normally even though files aren't displayed.
+
+**Q: How does this feature appear in the settings?**
+A: In the Experimental tab, it's labeled as "Background editing" with a description about preventing editor focus disruption.

apps/docs/docs/features/experimental/concurrent-file-edits.md

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: "Multi-File Edits"
+description: "Speed up refactoring and multi-file changes with Roo Code's Concurrent File Edits feature. Edit multiple files in a single operation with batch approval."
+keywords:
+    - concurrent file edits
+    - multi-file edits
+    - batch editing
+    - refactoring
+    - apply_diff
+    - "batch approval"
+---
+
+# Concurrent File Edits (AKA Multi-File Edits)
+
+:::note
+Multi-file edits have graduated from experimental status and are now enabled by default. You no longer need to enable this feature in settings.
+:::
+
+Edit multiple files in a single operation, dramatically speeding up refactoring and multi-file changes.
+
+---
+
+## What It Does
+
+<img src="/img/concurrent-file-edits/concurrent-file-edits-1.png" alt="Batch diff approval interface showing multiple file changes" width="800" />
+
+Concurrent File Edits allows Roo to modify multiple files in your workspace within a single request. Instead of approving each file edit individually, you review and approve all changes at once through a unified batch approval interface.
+
+---
+
+## Why Use It
+
+**Traditional approach**: Sequential file edits requiring individual approvals
+
+- Edit file A → Approve
+- Edit file B → Approve
+- Edit file C → Approve
+
+**With Concurrent File Edits**: All changes presented together
+
+- Review all proposed changes across files A, B, and C
+- Approve once to apply all changes
+
+This reduces interruptions and speeds up complex tasks like:
+
+- Refactoring functions across multiple files
+- Updating configuration values throughout your codebase
+- Renaming components and their references
+- Applying consistent formatting or style changes
+
+---
+
+## Availability
+
+Multi-file edits are now available by default in Roo Code. The feature has graduated from experimental status and no longer requires manual activation in settings.
+
+---
+
+## Using the Feature
+
+When enabled, Roo automatically uses concurrent edits when appropriate. You'll see a "Batch Diff Approval" interface showing:
+
+- All files to be modified
+- Proposed changes for each file
+- Options to approve all changes or review individually
+
+### Example Workflow
+
+1. Ask Roo to "Update all API endpoints to use the new authentication method"
+2. Roo analyzes your codebase and identifies all affected files
+3. You receive a single batch approval request showing changes across:
+    - `src/api/users.js`
+    - `src/api/products.js`
+    - `src/api/orders.js`
+    - `src/middleware/auth.js`
+4. Review all changes in the unified diff view
+5. Approve to apply all changes simultaneously
+
+---
+
+## Technical Details
+
+This feature leverages the [`apply_diff`](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) tool's multi-file capabilities. For detailed information about the implementation and diff format, see the [apply_diff documentation](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff).
+
+---
+
+## Best Practices
+
+- Use with capable AI models (Claude 3.5 Sonnet, GPT-4, etc.) for best results
+- Review all proposed changes carefully before approving
+- For very large batch operations, consider breaking the task into smaller chunks
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- **Model dependent**: Works best with more capable AI models
+- **Token usage**: Initial requests may use more tokens due to larger context
+- **Complexity**: Very large batch operations might be harder to review
+
+---
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Changes Not Batching
+
+- Check that your model supports multi-file operations
+- Ensure files aren't restricted by `.rooignore`
+
+### Approval UI Not Appearing
+
+- Update to the latest version of Roo Code
+- Check VS Code's output panel for errors
+- Try disabling and re-enabling the feature
+
+### Performance Issues
+
+- For very large batches, consider breaking the task into smaller chunks
+- Monitor token usage if working with limited API quotas
+
+---
+
+## See Also
+
+- [`apply_diff` Tool Documentation](/advanced-usage/available-tools/apply-diff) - Detailed technical information
+- [Experimental Features](/features/experimental/experimental-features) - Other experimental capabilities
+- [`.rooignore` Configuration](/features/rooignore) - File access restrictions

apps/docs/docs/features/experimental/custom-tools.md

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+---
+description: Define TypeScript/JavaScript tools that extend Roo's capabilities beyond built-in tools, with npm dependency support and per-tool environment variables.
+keywords:
+    - experimental features
+    - custom tools
+    - TypeScript tools
+    - JavaScript tools
+    - tool extension
+    - defineCustomTool
+    - workflow automation
+    - npm dependencies
+    - environment variables
+---
+
+# Custom Tools
+
+Define TypeScript or JavaScript tools that Roo can call like built-in tools—standardize team workflows instead of re-prompting the same steps every task.
+
+:::warning Experimental Feature
+Custom tools is an experimental feature. Custom tools are **automatically approved** when enabled—Roo won't ask for permission before running them. Only enable this feature if you trust your tool code.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## What it does
+
+Custom tools let you codify project-specific actions into TypeScript/JavaScript files that Roo calls like [`read_file()`](/basic-usage/how-tools-work) or [`execute_command()`](/basic-usage/how-tools-work). Ship tool schemas alongside your repo so teammates don't need to keep re-explaining the same workflow steps. Tools are validated with Zod and automatically transpiled from TypeScript.
+
+---
+
+## How to create a tool
+
+Tools live in `.roo/tools/` (project-specific) or `~/.roo/tools/` (global) as `.ts` or `.js` files. Tools from later directories can override earlier ones.
+
+#### Basic structure
+
+```typescript
+import { parametersSchema as z, defineCustomTool } from "@roo-code/types"
+
+export default defineCustomTool({
+	name: "tool_name",
+	description: "What the tool does (shown to AI)",
+	parameters: z.object({
+		param1: z.string().describe("Parameter description"),
+		param2: z.number().describe("Another parameter"),
+	}),
+	async execute(args, context) {
+		// args are type-safe and validated
+		// context provides: mode, task
+		return "Result string shown to AI"
+	},
+})
+```
+
+#### What you define
+
+- **`name`**: Tool name Roo sees in its available tools list
+- **`description`**: Shown to the AI so it knows when to call the tool
+- **`parameters`**: Zod schema converted to JSON Schema for validation
+- **`execute`**: Async function returning a string result to Roo
+
+Tools are dynamically loaded and transpiled with esbuild. Automatic reload on file changes isn't reliable—use the **Refresh Custom Tools** command to pick up changes immediately.
+
+---
+
+## Enabling the feature
+
+1. Open Roo Code settings (gear icon in top right)
+2. Go to the "Experimental" tab
+3. Toggle "Enable custom tools"
+
+<img src="/img/custom-tools/custom-tools.png" alt="Enable custom tools toggle in experimental settings" width="400" />
+
+**Critical:** When enabled, custom tools are **auto-approved**—Roo runs them without asking. Disable if you don't trust the tool code.
+
+---
+
+## Tool directories
+
+- **`.roo/tools/`** in your workspace: project-specific tools shared with your team
+- **`~/.roo/tools/`** in your home folder: personal tools across all projects
+
+Tools from both directories are loaded. Tools with the same name in `.roo/tools/` override those in `~/.roo/tools/`.
+
+---
+
+## Using npm Dependencies
+
+Custom tools can use npm packages. Install dependencies in the same folder as your tool, and imports will resolve normally.
+
+```bash
+# From your tool directory
+cd .roo/tools/
+npm init -y
+npm install axios lodash
+```
+
+Then import in your tool:
+
+```typescript
+import { parametersSchema as z, defineCustomTool } from "@roo-code/types"
+import axios from "axios"
+
+export default defineCustomTool({
+	name: "fetch_api",
+	description: "Fetch data from an API endpoint",
+	parameters: z.object({
+		url: z.string().describe("API endpoint URL"),
+	}),
+	async execute({ url }) {
+		const response = await axios.get(url)
+		return JSON.stringify(response.data, null, 2)
+	},
+})
+```
+
+---
+
+## Per-Tool Environment Variables
+
+Roo copies `.env` and `.env.*` files from your tool directory into the tool's cache folder so your tool can load them at runtime. **Roo does not automatically inject these variables into `process.env`**—your tool must load them itself.
+
+**Setup:**
+
+1. Create a `.env` file next to your tool:
+
+    ```
+    .roo/tools/
+    ├── my-tool.ts
+    ├── .env          # Copied to cache dir at load time
+    └── package.json
+    ```
+
+2. Add your secrets:
+
+    ```bash
+    # .roo/tools/.env
+    SLACK_WEBHOOK_URL=https://hooks.slack.com/services/XXX
+    API_SECRET=your-secret-key
+    ```
+
+3. Load the `.env` in your tool using `dotenv` and `__dirname`:
+
+    ```typescript
+    import { parametersSchema as z, defineCustomTool } from "@roo-code/types"
+    import dotenv from "dotenv"
+    import path from "path"
+
+    // Load .env from the tool's cache directory
+    dotenv.config({ path: path.join(__dirname, ".env") })
+
+    export default defineCustomTool({
+    	name: "notify_slack",
+    	description: "Send a notification to Slack",
+    	parameters: z.object({
+    		message: z.string().describe("Message to send"),
+    	}),
+    	async execute({ message }) {
+    		const webhookUrl = process.env.SLACK_WEBHOOK_URL
+    		if (!webhookUrl) {
+    			return "Error: SLACK_WEBHOOK_URL not set in .env"
+    		}
+
+    		const response = await fetch(webhookUrl, {
+    			method: "POST",
+    			headers: { "Content-Type": "application/json" },
+    			body: JSON.stringify({ text: message }),
+    		})
+
+    		return response.ok ? "Message sent" : `Failed: ${response.status}`
+    	},
+    })
+    ```
+
+**Why `__dirname`?** Roo copies your `.env` files into a cache directory alongside the transpiled tool. Using `__dirname` ensures your tool finds the `.env` in the correct location regardless of where the tool was originally defined.
+
+**Security:** Ensure your `.env` file is ignored by version control to keep secrets safe.
+
+---
+
+## Limits
+
+- **No approval prompts**: Tools are auto-approved when the feature is enabled—security trade-off for convenience
+- **String-only results**: Tools must return strings (Roo's protocol constraint)
+- **No interactive input**: Tools can't prompt the user mid-execution
+- **Cache invalidation**: Tool updates may require reloading the window
+
+**vs. MCP:** [MCP](/features/mcp/overview) is for external services (search, APIs). Custom tools are for in-repo logic you control directly. MCP is more extensible; custom tools are lighter weight for project-specific actions.

apps/docs/docs/features/experimental/experimental-features.md

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+---
+description: "Explore Roo Code's experimental features. Enable advanced capabilities that are still under development."
+keywords:
+    - experimental features
+    - "Roo Code beta"
+    - "advanced features"
+    - "concurrent file edits"
+    - "feature flags"
+---
+
+# Experimental Features
+
+Roo Code includes experimental features that are still under development. These features may be unstable, change significantly, or be removed in future versions. Use them with caution and be aware that they may not work as expected.
+
+**Warning:** Experimental features may have unexpected behavior, including potential data loss or security vulnerabilities. Enable them at your own risk.
+
+---
+
+## Enabling Experimental Features
+
+To enable or disable experimental features:
+
+1.  Open the Roo Code settings (`<Codicon name="gear" />` icon in the top right corner).
+2.  Go to the "Advanced Settings" section.
+3.  Find the "Experimental Features" section.
+
+---
+
+## Current Experimental Features
+
+The following experimental features are currently available:
+
+- [Custom Tools](/features/experimental/custom-tools) - Define TypeScript/JavaScript tools that Roo can call like built-in tools
+- [Background Editing](/features/experimental/background-editing) - Work uninterrupted while Roo edits files in the background
+- [Image Generation](/features/image-generation) - Generate images from text prompts and save them to your workspace
+- [Run Slash Command](/advanced-usage/available-tools/run-slash-command) - Execute predefined slash commands for templated instructions and workflow automation
+
+---
+
+## Providing Feedback
+
+If you encounter any issues with experimental features, or if you have suggestions for improvements, please report them on the [Roo Code GitHub Issues page](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code/issues).
+
+Your feedback is valuable and helps us improve Roo Code!

apps/docs/docs/features/image-generation.md

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+---
+description: Generate new images from text prompts or edit existing images in Roo Code using OpenRouter API. Transform, enhance, and save AI-processed images to your workspace with preview support.
+keywords:
+    - image generation
+    - image editing
+    - text to image
+    - image transformation
+    - OpenRouter
+    - AI images
+    - experimental feature
+    - image creation
+    - prompt to image
+    - watercolor
+    - upscaling
+    - style transfer
+---
+
+# Image Generation
+
+Generate new images from text prompts or edit existing images in your workspace. Save results to your project with preview in chat. This experimental feature requires an OpenRouter API key.
+
+:::warning Experimental Feature
+Image Generation is an experimental feature that requires enabling in settings and configuring an OpenRouter API key.
+:::
+
+---
+
+## Key Features
+
+- Create new images from text prompts using natural language
+- Edit and transform existing images in your workspace
+- Saves to your workspace at a path you choose; appropriate extension (.png or .jpg) is auto-added if missing
+- Shows a preview of the generated/edited image in the conversation
+- Currently uses Gemini 2.5 Flash Image Preview models via OpenRouter
+- Simple on/off toggle under Experimental settings
+
+---
+
+## Use Cases
+
+### Image Generation
+
+**Before:** You had to copy prompts to an external site, download the result, then move it into your workspace.
+
+**With this feature:** Ask Roo to generate an image, approve, pick a save location, and continue editing with the image already in your project.
+
+### Image Editing
+
+**Before:** Export image, upload to external editor, make changes, download, import back to project.
+
+**With this feature:** Ask Roo to transform your existing image directly - it reads the file, applies your edits, and saves the result in your project.
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+When enabled, Roo sends your prompt (and optionally an existing image) to an image-capable model through OpenRouter. The generated or edited image returned by OpenRouter is saved to the path you specify inside your current workspace. Roo shows a preview in the chat and the file appears in your file explorer.
+
+---
+
+## Requirements
+
+- OpenRouter account and API key
+- Internet access
+- An open, writable workspace folder
+
+---
+
+## Configuration
+
+### 1. Enable Image Generation (Experimental)
+
+- **Purpose:** Turns the feature on so Roo can create images on request
+- **Default:** Off
+- **Location:** Settings > Experimental
+
+### 2. OpenRouter API Key
+
+- **Purpose:** Authorizes image generation requests
+- **Default:** Empty (required)
+- **Get your key:** [https://openrouter.ai/keys](https://openrouter.ai/keys)
+
+### 3. Image Generation Model
+
+- **Purpose:** Selects which model to use for generation
+- **Default:** Gemini 2.5 Flash Image Preview
+- **Available Models:** Currently limited to Gemini 2.5 Flash Image Preview and its free variant
+
+---
+
+## Using Image Generation
+
+1. In chat, ask Roo to generate an image and describe what you want (subject, style, lighting, composition).
+2. Confirm the action when prompted. Roo may ask you to choose a save path (for example: `images/sunset.png`).
+3. Roo generates the image and saves it. If you don't include an extension, the appropriate extension (.png or .jpg) is added based on the output format.
+4. See the image preview in the chat and locate the file in your workspace.
+
+---
+
+## Editing Existing Images
+
+Roo can also transform and edit existing images in your workspace:
+
+1. Ask Roo to edit an image, describing the transformation you want
+2. Specify both the input image path and where to save the result
+3. Roo will apply your requested edits to the existing image
+
+**Supported Input Formats**: PNG, JPG, JPEG, GIF, WEBP
+
+**Example Requests**:
+
+- "Transform `photos/portrait.jpg` into a watercolor painting and save as `art/watercolor-portrait.png`"
+- "Upscale and enhance `images/logo.png` to higher resolution"
+- "Apply a vintage filter to `screenshots/app.png`"
+
+**Note**: Both the input image path and output path must be accessible (not blocked by `.rooignore`)
+
+---
+
+## Tips for Better Results
+
+### Be Specific
+
+Include these elements in your prompts:
+
+- **Style:** artistic medium, art movement, or specific artist style
+- **Mood:** emotional tone, atmosphere
+- **Color palette:** specific colors or color schemes
+- **Camera/lighting:** angle, perspective, lighting conditions
+- **Aspect ratio:** dimensions or orientation
+
+---
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Experimental feature; availability and model list are limited
+- Currently limited to Gemini 2.5 Flash Image Preview models
+- One image is produced per request
+- Output formats supported: PNG or JPG
+- Supported input formats for editing: PNG, JPG, JPEG, GIF, WEBP only
+- Image paths must be accessible (not blocked by `.rooignore` restrictions)
+- Usage may be subject to your OpenRouter plan limits and costs
+
+---
+
+## Status
+
+This feature is experimental and may change or be removed in future versions. Provide feedback through [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/RooCodeInc/Roo-Code/issues).

apps/docs/docs/features/index.md

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+---
+description: "Explore all Roo Code features including AI-powered coding assistance, multi-file editing, codebase indexing, MCP integration, custom modes, and experimental capabilities."
+keywords:
+    - Roo Code features
+    - AI coding assistant
+    - code editing
+    - developer tools
+    - VS Code extension
+    - MCP integration
+    - custom modes
+    - experimental features
+sidebar_label: "Features Overview"
+---
+
+# Roo Code Features
+
+Discover the powerful features that make Roo Code your ultimate AI-powered coding assistant. From intelligent code editing to advanced integrations, Roo Code enhances your development workflow.
+
+## Core Features
+
+### Code Editing & Navigation
+
+- [**Concurrent File Reads**](/features/concurrent-file-reads) - Read multiple files simultaneously for better context
+- [**Code Actions**](/features/code-actions) - Quick fixes and refactoring suggestions
+- [**Diagnostics Integration**](/features/diagnostics-integration) - Real-time error detection and resolution
+
+### AI Enhancements
+
+- [**Codebase Indexing**](/features/codebase-indexing) - Semantic search across your entire codebase
+- [**Enhance Prompt**](/features/enhance-prompt) - Automatically improve your prompts for better results
+- [**Suggested Responses**](/features/suggested-responses) - Context-aware follow-up suggestions
+- [**Model Temperature**](/features/model-temperature) - Fine-tune AI creativity and consistency
+
+### Workflow Management
+
+- [**Task Todo List**](/features/task-todo-list) - Track progress on complex multi-step tasks
+- [**Checkpoints**](/features/checkpoints) - Save and restore conversation states
+- [**Boomerang Tasks**](/features/boomerang-tasks) - Reusable task templates
+- [**Custom Modes**](/features/custom-modes) - Create specialized AI assistants for specific workflows
+
+### Configuration & Customization
+
+- [**API Configuration Profiles**](/features/api-configuration-profiles) - Manage multiple API configurations
+- [**Custom Instructions**](/features/custom-instructions) - Personalize AI behavior
+- [**Skills**](/features/skills) - Create reusable task-specific instruction packages
+- [**Settings Management**](/features/settings-management) - Fine-tune Roo Code to your preferences
+- [**.rooignore**](/features/rooignore) - Control file access and visibility
+
+### Integration Features
+
+- [**MCP (Model Context Protocol)**](/features/mcp/overview) - Connect to external tools and services
+- [**Shell Integration**](/features/shell-integration) - Seamless terminal command execution
+- [**Marketplace**](/features/marketplace) - Discover and share custom modes
+
+### Productivity Tools
+
+- [**Auto-Approving Actions**](/features/auto-approving-actions) - Streamline repetitive approvals
+- [**Keyboard Shortcuts**](/features/keyboard-shortcuts) - Speed up common actions
+- [**Intelligent Context Condensing**](/features/intelligent-context-condensing) - Optimize token usage
+
+## Experimental Features
+
+Push the boundaries with cutting-edge capabilities:
+
+- [**Custom Tools**](/features/experimental/custom-tools) - Define TypeScript/JavaScript tools that Roo can call
+- [**Concurrent File Edits**](/features/experimental/concurrent-file-edits) - Edit multiple files in a single operation
+- [**More Experimental Features**](/features/experimental/experimental-features) - Explore features under development
+
+## Additional Resources
+
+- [**More Features**](/features/more-features) - Discover additional capabilities
+- [**Tips & Tricks**](/tips-and-tricks) - Get the most out of Roo Code
+- [**FAQ**](/faq) - Common questions answered
+
+---
+
+Ready to explore? Start with our [Getting Started Guide](/getting-started/installing) or dive into any feature that interests you!

apps/docs/docs/features/intelligent-context-condensing.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+---
+description: Learn how Intelligent Context Condensing helps manage long conversations by summarizing earlier dialogue to prevent information loss when approaching context limits.
+keywords:
+  - context condensing
+  - context window
+  - conversation management
+  - token optimization
+  - AI summarization
+sidebar_label: 'Intelligent Context Condensing'
+---
+import Codicon from '@site/src/components/Codicon';
+
+# Intelligent Context Condensing
+
+The Intelligent Context Condensing feature helps manage long conversations by summarizing earlier parts of the dialogue. This prevents important information from being lost when the context window nears its limit. This feature is **enabled by default**.
+
+---
+
+## How It Works
+
+As your conversation with Roo Code grows, it might approach the context window limit of the underlying AI model. When this happens, older messages would typically be removed to make space. Intelligent Context Condensing aims to prevent this abrupt loss by:
+
+1.  **Summarizing:** Using an AI model, it condenses earlier parts of the conversation.
+2.  **Retaining Essentials:** The goal is to reduce the overall token count while keeping the key information from the summarized messages.
+3.  **Maintaining Flow:** This allows the AI to have a more coherent understanding of the entire conversation, even very long ones.
+4.  **Slash command continuity:** Slash commands included in the first message are preserved across condensations.
+
+**Important Considerations:**
+*   **Summarization Impact:** While original messages are preserved if you use [Checkpoints](/features/checkpoints) to rewind, the summarized version is what's used in ongoing LLM calls to keep the context manageable.
+*   **Cost:** The AI call to perform the summarization incurs a cost. This cost is included in the context condensing metrics displayed in the UI.
+
+---
+
+## Configuration
+
+Intelligent Context Condensing is **enabled by default** and offers several configuration options:
+
+1.  Open Roo Code settings (<Codicon name="gear" /> icon in the top right corner of the Roo Code panel).
+2.  Navigate to the **Context Management** settings section.
+3.  Configure the available options:
+    - **Automatically trigger intelligent context condensing**: Enabled by default, this controls whether condensing happens automatically (found in "Context" settings)
+    - **Threshold to trigger intelligent context condensing**: A percentage slider (default 100%) that determines when condensing activates based on context window usage (found in "Context" settings)
+    - **Custom Context Condensing Prompt**: Customize the prompt Roo uses when condensing (found in "Context Management" settings)
+
+<img src="/img/intelligent-context-condensing/intelligent-context-condensing.png" alt="Settings for Intelligent Context Condensing" width="600" />
+*Intelligent Context Condensing configuration options: automatic triggering toggle, threshold slider, and custom prompt customization.*
+---
+
+## Controlling and Understanding Context Condensing
+
+Roo Code provides several ways to control and understand the Intelligent Context Condensing feature:
+
+#### Controlling context condensing
+*   **Automatic Threshold:** The threshold slider in "Context" settings allows you to define a percentage (e.g., 80%) of context window usage. Roo Code will attempt to condense the context automatically when the conversation reaches this level of capacity.
+*   **Custom Prompt:** Modify the prompt used for condensing to better suit your workflow or emphasize what should be preserved.
+*   **Manual Trigger:** A **Condense Context** button is available at the top of the task, positioned to the right of the context bar. This allows you to initiate the context condensing process at any time.
+
+    <img src="/img/intelligent-context-condensing/intelligent-context-condensing-1.png" alt="Manual Condense Context button in expanded task view" width="600" />
+    *The Manual Condense Context button (highlighted with a yellow arrow) is easily accessible for manual control.*
+
+#### Understanding context condensing activity
+*   **Context Condensing Metrics:** When context condensing occurs, Roo Code displays:
+    *   The context token counts before and after context condensing.
+    *   The cost associated with the context condensing AI call.
+    *   An expandable summary detailing what was condensed (this information is part of the `ContextCondenseRow` component visible in the chat history).
+
+<img src="/img/intelligent-context-condensing/intelligent-context-condensing-2.png" alt="A completed context condense row showing token counts and cost" width="600" />
+*Why this view matters: it’s your audit trail for what changed, how much it cost, and what Roo will carry forward.*
+
+*   **Visual Indicators:**
+    *   A progress indicator ("Condensing context...") is shown in the chat interface while context condensing is active.
+
+    *   The task header also displays the current context condensing status.
+    *   The `ContextWindowProgress` bar offers a visual representation of token distribution, including current usage, space reserved for the AI's output, available space, and raw token numbers.
+*   **Interface Clarity:** The "Condense Context" button includes a tooltip explaining its function, available in all supported languages.
+
+---
+
+## Tips for Effective Context Condensing
+
+#### Customizing the context condensing prompt
+
+You can customize the context reduction prompt to better suit your specific domain or use case. This is particularly useful if you find that the default condensing process loses important information specific to your workflow.
+
+To customize the prompt:
+1. Go to Roo Code settings (<Codicon name="gear" /> icon)
+2. Open **Context Management**
+3. Find the **Custom Context Condensing Prompt** editor
+4. Enter your custom prompt that instructs Roo on what must be preserved
+
+For example, if you're working on a complex debugging session, you might add instructions like:
+- "Always preserve error messages and stack traces in full"
+- "Maintain all variable names and their last known values"
+- "Keep track of all attempted solutions and their outcomes"
+
+This customization ensures that the context condensing process retains the information most critical to your specific use case.
+
+---
+
+## Automatic Error Recovery
+
+When Roo Code encounters context window limit errors, it now automatically recovers to keep your work flowing:
+
+#### How error recovery works
+
+1. **Error Detection**: Roo Code detects context window errors from multiple providers (OpenAI, Anthropic, and others)
+2. **Automatic Truncation**: The system automatically reduces the context by 25%
+3. **Retry Mechanism**: After truncation, Roo Code retries your request (up to the built-in retry limit)
+4. **Continuation**: Roo retries without manual intervention
+
+This automatic recovery ensures that:
+- You don't lose work due to context limit errors
+- Long conversations can continue smoothly
+- The system intelligently manages context without requiring manual restarts
+
+#### When recovery triggers
+
+The automatic recovery activates when:
+- The API returns a context window exceeded error
+- The conversation approaches the maximum token limit
+- Multiple providers report similar context-related errors
+
+This feature works alongside Intelligent Context Condensing to provide multiple layers of context management, ensuring your conversations can continue even in challenging scenarios.
+
+---
+
+## Technical Implementation
+
+#### Token counting
+Roo Code uses a sophisticated token counting system that:
+- Employs native token counting endpoints when available (e.g., Anthropic's API)
+- Falls back to tiktoken estimation if API calls fail
+- Provides accurate counting for different content types:
+  - Text content: Uses word-based estimation with punctuation and newline overhead
+  - Image content: Uses a conservative estimate of 300 tokens per image
+  - System prompts: Includes additional overhead for structural elements
+
+#### Context window management
+- By default, 30% of the context window is reserved (20% for model output and 10% as a safety buffer), leaving 70% available for conversation history.
+- This reservation can be overridden by model-specific settings
+- The system automatically calculates available space while maintaining this reservation
+
+#### Error handling strategy
+
+#### Why you can't use a different model/provider for condensing (and why that's good)
+
+Condensing always uses your active conversation provider/model.
+
+Using a different model to condense can degrade summary quality when the history includes tool calls, tool results, or other structured content. Keeping condensing on the same model/provider avoids "translation" errors between different tool/format expectations.
+
+#### How the custom condense prompt is stored (advanced)
+
+Your custom condense prompt is stored using the same support-prompt override mechanism as other prompt templates: `customSupportPrompts.CONDENSE`.
+
+- If you had a legacy `customCondensingPrompt`, Roo migrates it into this location automatically.
+- **Reset** clears the override so Roo falls back to the built-in default condense prompt.

apps/docs/docs/features/keyboard-shortcuts.md

@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+---
+description: Master keyboard navigation in Roo Code with customizable shortcuts, command execution, and prompt history navigation for efficient coding workflows.
+keywords:
+    - keyboard shortcuts
+    - keyboard navigation
+    - roo-cline.acceptInput
+    - prompt history
+    - accessibility
+    - vim compatibility
+sidebar_label: Keyboard Navigation
+---
+
+# Keyboard Navigation
+
+The Roo Code interface supports keyboard navigation and shortcuts to streamline your workflow and reduce dependence on mouse interactions.
+
+---
+
+## Available Keyboard Commands
+
+Roo Code offers keyboard commands to enhance your workflow. This page focuses on the `roo-cline.acceptInput` command, but here's a quick reference to all keyboard commands:
+
+| Command                  | Description                                  | Default Shortcut                                 |
+| ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ |
+| `roo-cline.acceptInput`  | Submit text or accept the primary suggestion | None (configurable)                              |
+| `roo-cline.focusInput`   | Focus the Roo input box                      | None (configurable)                              |
+| `roo-cline.openInNewTab` | Open Roo Code in a new editor tab            | None (via Command Palette)                       |
+| Add to Context           | Add selected code to Roo's context           | macOS: Cmd+K Cmd+A; Windows/Linux: Ctrl+K Ctrl+A |
+| Arrow Up/Down            | Navigate through prompt history              | Built-in                                         |
+
+### Key Benefits of Keyboard Commands
+
+- **Keyboard-Driven Interface**: Submit text or select the primary suggestion button without mouse interaction
+- **Improved Accessibility**: Essential for users with mobility limitations or those who experience discomfort with mouse usage
+- **Vim/Neovim Compatibility**: Supports seamless transitions for developers coming from keyboard-centric environments
+- **Workflow Efficiency**: Reduces context switching between keyboard and mouse during development tasks
+
+---
+
+## roo-cline.acceptInput Command
+
+The `roo-cline.acceptInput` command lets you submit text or accept suggestions with keyboard shortcuts instead of clicking buttons or pressing Enter in the input area.
+
+### What It Does
+
+The `roo-cline.acceptInput` command is a general-purpose input submission command. When triggered, it:
+
+- Submits your current text or image input when in the text input area (equivalent to pressing Enter)
+- Clicks the primary (first) button when action buttons are visible (such as confirm/cancel buttons or any other action buttons)
+
+### Detailed Setup Guide
+
+#### Method 1: Using the VS Code UI
+
+1. Open the Command Palette (`Ctrl+Shift+P` or `Cmd+Shift+P` on Mac)
+2. Type "Preferences: Open Keyboard Shortcuts"
+3. In the search box, type "roo-cline.acceptInput"
+4. Locate "Roo: Accept Input/Suggestion" in the results
+5. Click the + icon to the left of the command
+6. Press your desired key combination (e.g., `Ctrl+Enter` or `Alt+Enter`)
+7. Press Enter to confirm
+
+#### Method 2: Editing keybindings.json directly
+
+1. Open the Command Palette (`Ctrl+Shift+P` or `Cmd+Shift+P` on Mac)
+2. Type "Preferences: Open Keyboard Shortcuts (JSON)"
+3. Add the following entry to the JSON array:
+
+```json
+{
+	"key": "ctrl+enter", // or your preferred key combination
+	"command": "roo-cline.acceptInput",
+	"when": "view == roo-cline.SidebarProvider || activeWebviewPanelId == roo-cline.TabPanelProvider"
+}
+```
+
+Scoped examples:
+
+- Sidebar Roo view only:
+
+```json
+{
+	"key": "ctrl+enter",
+	"command": "roo-cline.acceptInput",
+	"when": "view == roo-cline.SidebarProvider"
+}
+```
+
+- Editor Roo tab only:
+
+```json
+{
+	"key": "ctrl+enter",
+	"command": "roo-cline.acceptInput",
+	"when": "activeWebviewPanelId == roo-cline.TabPanelProvider"
+}
+```
+
+#### Recommended Key Combinations
+
+Choose a key combination that doesn't conflict with existing VS Code shortcuts:
+
+- `Alt+Enter` - Easy to press while typing
+- `Ctrl+Space` - Familiar for those who use autocomplete
+- `Ctrl+Enter` - Intuitive for command execution
+- `Alt+A` - Mnemonic for "Accept"
+
+## Add to Context Shortcut
+
+- Default: macOS: Cmd+K Cmd+A; Windows/Linux: Ctrl+K Ctrl+A
+- Requires: when condition `editorTextFocus && editorHasSelection`
+- Focus does not change automatically. To continue typing immediately, use "Roo: Focus Input" (`roo-cline.focusInput`) or click into the Roo panel.
+
+:::note Redo Shortcut Restored
+The standard Redo shortcut (macOS: Cmd+Y; Windows/Linux: Ctrl+Y) remains unchanged and is available for its usual function in VS Code.
+:::
+
+### Practical Use Cases
+
+#### Quick Development Workflows
+
+- **Text Submission**: Send messages to Roo without moving your hands from the keyboard
+- **Action Confirmations**: Accept operations like saving files, running commands, or applying diffs
+- **Multi-Step Processes**: Move quickly through steps that require confirmation or input
+- **Consecutive Tasks**: Chain multiple tasks together with minimal interruption
+
+#### Keyboard-Centric Development
+
+- **Vim/Neovim Workflows**: If you're coming from a Vim/Neovim background, maintain your keyboard-focused workflow
+- **IDE Integration**: Use alongside other VS Code keyboard shortcuts for a seamless experience
+- **Code Reviews**: Quickly accept suggestions when reviewing code with Roo
+- **Documentation Writing**: Submit text and accept formatting suggestions when generating documentation
+
+#### Accessibility Use Cases
+
+- **Hand Mobility Limitations**: Essential for users who have difficulty using a mouse
+- **Repetitive Strain Prevention**: Reduce mouse usage to prevent or manage repetitive strain injuries
+- **Screen Reader Integration**: Works well with screen readers for visually impaired users
+- **Voice Control Compatibility**: Can be triggered via voice commands when using voice control software
+
+### Accessibility Benefits
+
+The `roo-cline.acceptInput` command was designed with accessibility in mind:
+
+- **Reduced Mouse Dependence**: Complete entire workflows without reaching for the mouse
+- **Reduced Physical Strain**: Helps users who experience discomfort or pain from mouse usage
+- **Alternative Input Method**: Supports users with mobility impairments who rely on keyboard navigation
+- **Workflow Optimization**: Particularly valuable for users coming from keyboard-centric environments like Vim/Neovim
+
+### Keyboard-Centric Workflows
+
+Here are some complete workflow examples showing how to effectively use keyboard shortcuts with Roo:
+
+#### Development Workflow Example
+
+1. Open VS Code and navigate to your project
+2. Open Roo via the sidebar
+3. Type your request: "Create a REST API endpoint for user registration"
+4. When Roo asks for framework preferences, use your `roo-cline.acceptInput` shortcut to select the first suggestion
+5. Continue using the shortcut to accept code generation suggestions
+6. When Roo offers to save the file, use the shortcut again to confirm
+7. Use VS Code's built-in shortcuts to navigate through the created files
+
+#### Code Review Workflow
+
+1. Select code you want to review and use VS Code's "Copy" command
+2. Ask Roo to review it: "Review this code for security issues"
+3. As Roo asks clarifying questions about the code context, use your shortcut to accept suggestions
+4. When Roo provides improvement recommendations, use the shortcut again to accept implementation suggestions
+
+### Troubleshooting
+
+| Issue                             | Solution                                                                                                                                             |
+| --------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| Shortcut doesn't work             | Ensure Roo is focused (click in the Roo panel first)                                                                                                 |
+| Wrong suggestion selected         | The command always selects the first (primary) button; use mouse if you need a different option                                                      |
+| Conflicts with existing shortcuts | Try a different key combination in VS Code keyboard settings                                                                                         |
+| No visual feedback when used      | This is normal - the command silently activates the function without visual confirmation                                                             |
+| Shortcut works inconsistently     | Make sure the `when` clause is properly configured (use `view == roo-cline.SidebarProvider` or `activeWebviewPanelId == roo-cline.TabPanelProvider`) |
+
+### Technical Implementation
+
+The `roo-cline.acceptInput` command is implemented as follows:
+
+- Command registered as `roo-cline.acceptInput` with display title "Roo: Accept Input/Suggestion" in the command palette
+- When triggered, it sends an "acceptInput" message to the active Roo webview
+- The webview determines the appropriate action based on the current UI state:
+    - Clicks the primary action button if action buttons are visible and enabled
+    - Sends the message if the text area is enabled and contains text/images
+- No default key binding - users assign their preferred shortcut
+
+### Limitations
+
+- Works only when the Roo interface is active
+- Has no effect if no inputs or suggestions are currently available
+- Prioritizes the primary (first) button when multiple options are shown
+
+---
+
+## Command Line Style Prompt History Navigation
+
+Navigate your prompt history with a terminal-like experience using the arrow keys. This feature makes it easy to reuse and refine previous prompts, whether from your current conversation or past tasks.
+
+### Key Features
+
+- **Up/Down Arrows**: Cycle through previous prompts.
+- **Context-Aware**: Switches between conversation and task history.
+- **Preserves Input**: Remembers what you were typing.
+
+### Why This Matters
+
+**Before**: Reusing a prompt meant scrolling up, copying, and pasting.
+
+- Tedious and slow
+- Easy to lose your place
+- Interrupted your workflow
+
+**With Prompt History Navigation**: Quickly access past prompts without leaving the keyboard.
+
+### How it Works
+
+The navigation is designed to be intuitive and adapt to your current context.
+
+#### In an Active Conversation
+
+- **Arrow Up**: Shows the last prompt you sent. Keep pressing to go further back in the conversation.
+- **Arrow Down**: Moves forward through the conversation history, eventually returning to the text you were typing.
+
+#### Starting a New Chat
+
+- **Arrow Up**: Shows the most recent prompt from your task history in the current workspace.
+- **Arrow Down**: Moves forward through your task history.
+
+#### Edge Cases
+
+- If you start typing while navigating, the history is dismissed, and your new text is preserved.
+- Navigation only works when your cursor is on the first or last line of the input box to avoid interfering with multi-line editing.
+
+### Configuration
+
+This feature is enabled by default. There are no settings to configure.
+
+### Benefits
+
+- **Faster Workflow**: Reuse prompts without using the mouse.
+- **Better Context**: Easily access and build upon previous interactions.
+- **Less Interruption**: Stay focused on the task at hand.
+
+### Common Questions
+
+**"Why doesn't anything happen when I press the up arrow?"**
+
+- You might be in the middle of a multi-line prompt. The cursor must be on the first line.
+- There might be no history available for the current context.
+
+**"What's the difference between conversation and task history?"**
+
+- **Conversation history** includes prompts from your current, active chat session.
+- **Task history** includes the initial prompts from all previous tasks in your current workspace.

apps/docs/docs/features/marketplace.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+---
+description: Discover and install MCP servers and custom modes from the Roo Code Marketplace to extend your AI coding assistant's capabilities.
+keywords:
+  - Roo Code Marketplace
+  - MCP servers
+  - custom modes
+  - extensions
+  - tools
+  - AI integrations
+---
+import Codicon from '@site/src/components/Codicon';
+
+# Roo Code Marketplace
+
+<div style={{ marginTop: '20px' }}></div>
+
+---
+
+## Overview
+
+The Roo Code Marketplace is a central hub for discovering and installing extensions, known as MCPs (Model Context Protocol) and Modes. It allows you to easily extend the functionality of Roo Code to fit your specific needs and workflows.
+
+### Key Features
+- **Discoverability**: Browse a curated list of MCPs and Modes.
+- **Simple Installation**: Install and remove items with a single click.
+- **Curated Extensions**: Access a growing collection of ready-to-use extensions.
+- **Project & Global Scopes**: Install items for a specific project or for all your projects.
+
+---
+
+## Getting Started
+
+The Roo Code Marketplace is available directly within the Roo Code extension in VS Code. Access it by clicking the marketplace icon <Codicon name="extensions" /> in the top menu bar.
+
+---
+
+## Marketplace Items
+
+The marketplace offers two types of items:
+
+### MCPs (Model Context Protocol)
+MCPs allow Roo Code to connect to and interact with various AI models, APIs, and other external tools. By installing an MCP, you can configure Roo Code to use different language models (like those from OpenAI, Anthropic, or others) or to integrate with other services. Learn more about [What is MCP?](/features/mcp/what-is-mcp) and [how to use MCP in Roo Code](/features/mcp/using-mcp-in-roo).
+
+<img src="/img/marketplace/marketplace-1.png" alt="MCP tab showing available MCPs with install and remove buttons" width="500" />
+
+### Modes
+Modes are custom sets of instructions and rules that tailor Roo Code's behavior for specific tasks. For example, you might find a "React Component" mode that is optimized for creating React components, or a "Documentation Writer" mode for writing technical documentation. Learn more about [using modes](/basic-usage/using-modes) and [creating custom modes](/features/custom-modes).
+
+<img src="/img/marketplace/marketplace-4.png" alt="Modes tab showing available modes" width="500" />
+
+---
+
+## Installation Scope
+
+When you install an item from the marketplace, you can choose to install it at the project level or the global level.
+
+### Project Installation
+- **Scope**: The item is only available within the current VS Code workspace (your project).
+- **Configuration File**:
+    - **MCPs**: [`.roo/mcp.json`](/features/mcp/using-mcp-in-roo#configuring-mcp-servers) in the root of your project.
+    - **Modes**: [`.roomodes`](/features/custom-modes#3-manual-configuration-yaml--json) in the root of your project.
+- **Use Case**: This is useful when an item is specific to a particular project's needs or when you want to share a project-specific configuration with your team.
+
+### Global Installation
+- **Scope**: The item is available across all your VS Code workspaces.
+- **Configuration File**:
+    - **MCPs**: [`mcp_settings.json`](/features/mcp/using-mcp-in-roo#configuring-mcp-servers) in the Roo Code extension's global settings directory.
+    - **Modes**: [`custom_modes.yaml`](/features/custom-modes) in the Roo Code extension's global settings directory.
+- **Use Case**: This is ideal for items that you want to use in all your projects, such as a favorite Mode or a commonly used MCP.
+
+---
+
+## Using the Marketplace
+
+### Browsing and Filtering
+
+You can browse all available items in the marketplace view. To find specific items:
+- **Search**: Use the search bar to find items by name or description.
+- **Filter by Type**: Show only MCPs or only Modes.
+- **Filter by Tags**: Find items related to specific technologies or tasks.
+- **Show Installed Only**: Use the "Installed" checkbox to filter the view to show only items you've already installed, making it easier to manage and review your installed extensions.
+
+The "Show installed only" filter is particularly useful when:
+- You want to quickly see what MCPs or modes you have installed
+- You need to manage or remove installed items
+- You're reviewing your project or global configurations
+
+### Installing an Item
+
+1. Find the item you want to install.
+2. Click the "Install" button.
+3. Choose whether to install it for the current **Project** or **Globally**.
+
+#### Installing MCPs
+<img src="/img/marketplace/marketplace-3.png" alt="MCP installation modal showing installation scope and method options" width="500" />
+
+For MCPs, you may also need to:
+- Select an installation method (NPX or Docker)
+- Provide additional parameters when prompted (see [Parameterized MCPs](#parameterized-mcps))
+
+#### Installing Modes
+<img src="/img/marketplace/marketplace-5.png" alt="Mode installation modal showing installation scope options" width="500" />
+
+For Modes, simply select the installation scope and click Install.
+
+5. Roo Code automatically adds the item to the appropriate configuration file. If the file doesn't exist, Roo Code will create it for you. The file is then opened for your review.
+
+### Removing an Item
+
+1. Find the installed item in the marketplace view (installed items show a "Remove" button).
+2. Click the "Remove" button.
+3. If the item is installed in both scopes, choose to remove from the current project or remove globally.
+4. Roo Code removes the item from the corresponding configuration file.
+
+**Note:** The "Remove" button is context-aware. If an item is installed in only one scope (e.g., just for the project), it will be a single-action button. The dropdown menu with "Remove from Project" and "Remove Globally" options only appears if the item is installed in both scopes.
+
+**Important:** The removal is immediate after you click the button or select an option from the dropdown. There is no additional confirmation prompt.
+
+### Parameterized MCPs
+
+<img src="/img/marketplace/marketplace-6.png" alt="Parameterized MCP installation showing API key input and prerequisites" width="500" />
+
+Some MCPs require specific information during installation, such as API keys or URLs. When installing these "parameterized" MCPs, you'll be prompted to:
+- Review any prerequisites (like creating accounts or obtaining API keys)
+- Enter required configuration values
+- Select the installation method if applicable
+
+This keeps sensitive information secure and makes configuration more flexible.
+
+---
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Installation Errors
+- **Invalid YAML/JSON**: The configuration file (`.roomodes`, `.roo/mcp.json`, etc.) has a syntax error. To prevent data loss, Roo Code will not modify a corrupted configuration file. Please fix the syntax error before installing or removing items.
+- **File Not Found**: Rare error - Roo Code automatically creates necessary configuration files.
+
+### Item Not Working
+If an installed item isn't working:
+1. **Check the configuration file**: Verify the item was added correctly.
+2. **Restart VS Code**: New configurations sometimes require a restart.
+3. **Check prerequisites**: Review the item's description for any requirements.
+4. **Check Roo Code logs**: Look for error messages in the Roo Code output panel.
+
+---
+
+## Related Documentation
+
+### For MCPs
+- [MCP Overview](/features/mcp/overview) - Comprehensive guide to Model Context Protocol
+- [What is MCP?](/features/mcp/what-is-mcp) - Understanding the fundamentals
+- [Using MCP in Roo Code](/features/mcp/using-mcp-in-roo) - Detailed configuration and usage guide
+- [Recommended MCP Servers](/features/mcp/recommended-mcp-servers) - Curated list of tested servers
+
+### For Modes
+- [Using Modes](/basic-usage/using-modes) - Learn about built-in modes and how to switch between them
+- [Custom Modes](/features/custom-modes) - Create and configure your own specialized modes